

Protrusive Dental Podcast
Jaz Gulati
The Forward Thinking Dental Podcast
Episodes
Mentioned books

Dec 10, 2024 • 1h 3min
Step by Step Functional Crown Lengthening – PDP207
What are the steps involved in Functional Crown Lengthening?
Which scenarios/teeth are best for this type of surgery?
What is biologic width and why should we care?
Is Bone sounding a diagnostic test, or just a genre of music?
The answer to these questions and a lot more can be found in this packed episode with Dr Hiten Halai. We cover the right protocols when crown lengthening and understand the difference between aesthetic and functional crown lengthening.
https://youtu.be/KRlEtz16I8c
Watch PDP207 on Youtube
Protrusive Dental Pearl – Bone Sounding
Using a periodontal probe, go into the depth of the sulcus, pushing deeply until you hit bone, all while recording the measurement with the probe. This measurement will then guide you on how to carry out your crown lengthening procedure. Push hard to pass the connective tissue and ensure you are touching the bone.
Not using AI to write your notes and letters for you yet? Save hours every day and save money using this affiliate link for DigitalTCO: Click Here
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights of this Episode:03:19 Protrusive Dental Pearl06:10 Introduction – Dr Hiten Halai12:56 Functional Crown Lengthening15:41 Understanding Crown Lengthening Types18:42 University of Dental Instagram22:38 Biologic Width aka Supra-crestal Tissue Attachment25:51 Functional Crown Lengthening: Practical Considerations31:09 Assessments & Keratinised Tissue35:47 Understanding Tissue Phenotypes39:16 Case Study: Premolar Treatment43:17 Bone Sounding and Biologic Width46:58 Shape of Gingivectomy50:31 Flap Designs52:37 Burs for Crown Lengthening56:13 Healing and Restoration Timelines58:31 Learning and Training Opportunities
Key Takeaways:
Hiten’s journey began with a passion for periodontics during dental school.
Managing time effectively is crucial for specialists with busy schedules.
Functional crown lengthening is often underutilized in practice.
Aesthetic crown lengthening can lead to complications if not done correctly.
Understanding biologic width is essential for successful crown lengthening procedures.
Preoperative assessments are critical for determining candidacy for crown lengthening.
The type of gingival tissue affects surgical outcomes and healing.
Proper surgical techniques can prevent complications and ensure better healing.
Postoperative care is vital for achieving desired aesthetic results.
Continuous education and mentorship are important for dental professionals.
This episode is eligible for 1 CE credit via the quiz on Protrusive Guidance.
This episode meets GDC Outcome C.
ADG Code: 490 PERIODONTICS (Mucogingival management)
Aim: To enhance knowledge and practical understanding of crown lengthening procedures, with a focus on distinguishing between aesthetic and functional crown lengthening, and the importance of biologic width in achieving predictable clinical outcomes.
Learning Outcomes:
Identify the key differences between aesthetic and functional crown lengthening and the clinical scenarios in which each is most appropriate.
Demonstrate an understanding of biologic width and its significance in the success of crown lengthening procedures, including the impact on long-term periodontal health.
Apply the principles of bone sounding to accurately assess the need for crown lengthening and ensure optimal restoration outcomes, minimising risks such as gingival recession and bone loss.
If you liked this episode, check out: PDP079 – Crown Lengthening
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: Despite what the University of Instagram tells you, all cases cannot be treated by laser gingivectomy. And that is the truth. Four or five years down the line, when there has been enough time for that tissue to relapse, what happens is they'll come back with that persistent inflammation. And actually the management of it is much more complex now.
Teaser:If you’re going to remove an extensive amount of bone and you might even cause mobility, that is probably not indicated in that situation. If your alveolar bone all of a sudden grows from incidental peaks to a really low trough on the mid palatal, the soft tissues will not be able to follow that margin there, okay? And if you cut them to that, post surgically, there will be rebound. It’s kind of like, the way I describe it, it’s like-
Jaz’s Introduction:When you think of crown lengthening, what do you first think of? Do you perhaps think of aesthetic crown lengthening? That’s when we’re trying to make the gingival levels match up. For example, a lateral incisor, we want that gum to go a little bit higher. So that’s aesthetic crown lengthening. We’re lengthening how much tooth we’re showing for the primary benefit of aesthetics.
The other type of crown lengthening, which I personally have more experience with, is functional crown lengthening. Think of an upper premolar, which is the example we use deeper in this episode today. And this premolar, it’s got good amount of buccal tissue, but palatally, it’s got very little tissue. It might even be broken sub gingivally. And yes, in this world of implants, there is a place for titanium therapy, but I like to save teeth where possible.
And if the general endodontic prognosis is good, A good way to improve the restorative prognosis is by doing functional crown lengthening. And so this would be necessary because, yes, you’ve got good tissue buccally and you get good ferrule. Ferrule is like that tooth structure that the crown can grab onto.
Now, if you haven’t got any structure palatally, and your palatal tooth structure is broken subgingivally, how is the crown supposed to grip that tooth structure? We need at least two millimeters 360 degrees, maybe 1. 5 millimeters with care, but two millimeters is ideal in the literature. So if we can get rid of some gum palatally and a bit of bone, and then now everything heals so that you can now grab on to two millimeters of tooth structure, you have lengthened how much crown you have available of the tooth to be able to restore.
Hello, Protruserati, I’m Jaz Gulati, and welcome back to your favorite dental podcast. I’m joined by specialist periodontist Dr. Hiten Halai, and you’ll find out the funny way which Hiten had a big role to play in the birth of this podcast many years ago. Now we discussed everything from indications and contraindications and actually came to guide us through the technique step by step from assessment, bone sounding, the incision, and the bone removal down to which burs you should use for the bone removal.
And if you’re a Student or a young clinician who’s never done this before then this should inspire you to seek out more education and learn more. Pick up those books or go on a course. But it’ll give you a really sound understanding. And if you have a bit more experience under your belt, with a little bit of mentorship, I think you could do this.
I think functional crown lengthening, if you pick your case as well, like an upper premolar, and you’ll see why an upper premolar is ideal for this. This is fun dentistry. This is fun. You get to breathe new life into a tooth, which was otherwise of poor restorative prognosis. And once in a blue moon, when I get to do this, I quite enjoy it.
Dental PearlNow, Protrusive Dental Pearl Time. As you know, every PDP episode, I give you a pearl. And if you think back to a few episodes ago, I told you about accessing through a molar before you do your sectioning of that molar for extraction to give you more practice of accessing molars for endo. So the more you access, the more you improve with your access cavity.
Now in a similar vein, in the perio crown lengthening field, one skill that we talk about in this podcast is bone sounding. Now, I’ve talked about bone sounding on this episode four. That episode of Dr. Jason Smithson on Ovate Pontics, absolutely brilliant. Do check it out if you haven’t already. And I talked about the edentulous site and how to bone sound there.
Actually, bone sounding can happen around any tooth. You want to figure out where is that bone relative to that gingival margin? And don’t worry if it’s not quite making sense of why you do this, that’s all to come later in this episode. But essentially you want to get a perioprobe, you want to go into the depth of the sulcus, and then you want to go really hard until you hit bone.
And that measurement will guide you in terms of how to do your crown lengthening. And if you’ve never done this before, you want to get like a feel of what it feels like to actually hit bone. Because sometimes you get to the connective tissue and you think, ah, I’m there. But actually, if you really push a bit more, you’ll sink in another millimeter or two more.
And that’s when you’ve truly done bone sounding. So how can you practice bone sounding without doing it for no reason at all? Okay. So if you’re doing an extraction, then I kind of regularly bone sound for extraction because it’s one of the ways I check that the patient is sufficiently numb. So whenever I’m doing an extraction, I will probe really hard with a sharp probe.
Buccal, mesial, distal, lingual, to make sure that the patient is fully anesthetized. And actually what I’m doing is very often I’m getting down to the bone. And so I have just done some bone sounding. So two benefits here. One, it gives you practice of bone sounding. If it’s not something that you’re used to, it gives you that skill.
It gives you that tactile feel or what it feels like to feel bones. So when you do a future case of functional crown lengthening, you are more likely to get accurate measurement. And two, it’s a great way to check that you’ve got objective anesthesia from the tooth you’re extracting. For those who are watching this on the Protrusive Guidance, YouTube, etc, then you would have seen a visual.
For those listening, I’m hoping I described it well enough that you can actually implement this if you have an extraction today if you’re heading into work right now. As always, everything I discuss will go in the show notes. Now, very often with my guests, we explore a topic so well and the notes that are generated, the premium notes that we create, are a lovely summary, a cheat sheet, if you like, of the entire episode.
So if you’re a Protrusive Guidance member, you can get that from the Protrusive Vault or under the episode in the paid section of the app. The premium notes are a paid benefit of being a Protrusive member and you support the podcast. So me and the team can keep creating wonderful content for you. So if you ever wanted to access that PDF, cause maybe you’re driving, maybe you’re running and you want to revisit and refresh everything.
Then that’s why we create the PDF summaries. A lot of work actually goes into this. So head over to protrusive.app or download the Protrusive Guidance app and check that out. This episode is eligible for CPD or one CE credit and we are a PACE approved provider. Now it’s time to enjoy the episode. I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Dr. Hiten Halai, welcome to the Protrusive Dental Podcast. Before we get into today’s topic, did you know, Hiten, right, and we didn’t talk about this before I hit the record button, did you know that you may be single handedly responsible for this podcast?
[Hiten]What you mean?
[Jaz]Okay. Let me explain how, okay. Remember those, at that time, many, many years ago, I messaged you on Facebook. Right? And this must have been like, I don’t know, eight, nine years ago. Seven or a significant time ago, right? Like a significant, a lifetime ago to ask you about advice about you being in Singapore. I was in England, you were in Singapore and you were one of the guys along with Surinda who helped me to come to Singapore, gave me everything I needed to know, and then just as I was coming, you were leaving. right? So never got-
[Hiten]Never really crossed. Yeah.
[Jaz]Literally like the opposite planes, right. Anyway, so ever so thankful for all the help you gave me, right? And then anyway, fast forward like two years, I come back to England and just like you got bombarded by everyone asking you about Singapore and stuff, right?
I felt like I was getting bombarded like daily, right? And I was on the phone call on my commute from London to Oxford, asking, answering the same questions that you used to answer. How much do you earn? Do you need to pass the exam? Do you speak English? You remember those questions, right?
[Hiten]Yeah, yeah, yeah. All the usual stuff.
[Jaz]The same things I ask you basically, right? Anyway, so that led me to create the podcast. Cause episode one was like, okay, how can I get my message out there? So people stop asking me so I can get back to this and listen to my audio books. So episode one was a Surinda at expat dentists in Singapore.
[Hiten]Yeah.
[Jaz]So there we are. You created this podcast.
[Hiten]Yeah, strong word, but no, I’m glad to be an inspiration to you. I guess.
[Jaz]A hundred percent, my friend. And you’ve been doing great inspiring things. You’re obviously you’ve been a specialist for a while now. But Hiten, tell us about yourself, man. Tell us about you, your journey and how you ended up as a PerioBot.
[Hiten]Yeah. So, I think, well, it started at dental school. Like when I was doing my undergrad training, I really actually enjoyed Perio, which is a surprise to a lot of people because at undergrad level, it tends to be what people think quite boring, but I made it a point to go and kind of learn more about than just bog standard non surgical treatment and oral hygiene and get into a bit more depth about what actual perio is and what life looks like as a perio specialist. And it is a lot more than just kind of non surgical treatments.
[Jaz]Exactly. As you were saying that, Hiten, you were saying, you enjoyed it. And all I was thinking was you enjoyed sticking the scaler a few millimeters deeper than earlier. And then that’s it really. I mean, but then obviously you’ve done your research, you are far ahead of your time. So what does an average week look like? Tell us, what is it that you do now that you wanted to emulate and what you got a dose of as a student?
[Hiten]Yeah, my week is different every week. I’m usually five days clinical, which is quite a lot. I know, but I love-
[Jaz]Five days a week is crazy. I don’t know how you do it. I mean, it reminds me of, I think the Singapore time when I message you, I think you also give a crazy answer then it’s all like six days or something. How many days are you working in Singapore?
[Hiten]As I was working six days and I was doing eight to eight, I was going to work after dinner, which is not what someone should be doing. And at that point I started considering my life, thinking, I don’t know how long I could do this. And-
[Jaz]Well, you obviously had, you’re coasting now. Now you’re just working five days normal hours, nine to five. So this is your vacation. You’re on vacation, man.
[Hiten]Yeah, this is nothing. I mean, and as cliche as it sounds, like actually when you enjoy what you do, like it, it really, like the time flies, like the week goes by and it’s Friday already and of course I love my weekends and that’s great. I have my weekends to myself. I don’t do any work on the weekends. I make that a rule and that’s my family time, but five days a week.
I say I’m five days clinical, but actually in an average month, I’m probably away a week and a bit, I do a fair amount of traveling and also lecturing now as well, so, I mean, as I do more and more of it. Webinars, podcasts, DFT lectures, running our own courses, those kinds of things. So then that kind of takes up some time as well, doing some corporate stuff, working with Bupa and things like that. So as that increases-
[Jaz]What about the admin though? Like patient letters, because being a specialist, that’s what you expect to do, right? Writing back to referring dentists, writing comprehensive letters to your patients. How do you squeeze that in? I mean, have you got any admin time, like, blocked out?
[Hiten]At the beginning, I used to come home and past five o’clock, I’ll be here at home for another two hours, just finishing off the admin, the letters for that day. And I thought to myself, this is not how I can go on. Like, this is not the way to continue with my life. And it’s just eating into my time, which is, should be my own time.
So I just basically made it a point to put systems in place at the places that I work at to make sure that there’s a very effective, like a workflow whereby, as soon as the patient’s seen me for a consultation, that letter is pretty much ready to go and whether that means my nurse has already loaded up the letter for me, has filled in all the template bits and bobs, and then the practice manager is already au fait with how I like my letters to be done, dots the i’s, crosses the t’s, if I’ll do a final check, sign off.
Off it goes basically. What it means now is, I’ll have an hour for a consultation these days. Be done in 45 minutes. 15 minutes is just for me to do a bit of admin, let us get sorted. And then at least by five o’clock, I’m done. I don’t have any other bits and bobs to do. So it takes time and you need good team members and good practices, which are running really well, but putting in that effort from the beginning saves you so much time in the long run.
[Jaz]It’s a lot of pain creating that system, work, teaching those around you to work to it. But once it’s done, you front loaded all the hard work. Now, have you embraced the power of AI yet?
[Hiten]Not yet. You know.
[Jaz]Dude, you need to get Digital TCO right away, man. Like, I’ve been speaking to Azim, right? I got him onto it, right? Azim, Azim loves it. Thankfully. Okay. Honestly, mate, like literally you just stick the microphone on, right? And you press play and it’ll write a letter for you. Like the full thing. You’ll write a notes for you. You just have to check it. So, trust me, you will love it.
[Hiten]He’s every time I see him, he’s like, mate, how have you not got on TCO yet? And he keeps showing me and I’m like, yeah, yeah. Do you know, I need to, I need to. It’s just laziness. I’m going to be honest.
[Jaz]It’s because you’ve already got your system. You’ve already got your system. To change a system takes energy.
[Hiten]Yeah, and for me at the moment, if it’s not broken, I don’t know.
[Jaz]Yes. Totally understand. It works for most dentists. The system is broken. The most dentist system is broken and that’s why it comes in. So, mate, your journey went to Singapore. You came back to the UK, you did your specialist training and you described kind of like your week. You got some variety in there. Yeah. Let’s talk about the topic of functional crown lengthening.
Okay. Before we define what it is and stuff, what percentage of your month? I mean, I don’t even know like how much this is a required service, how many referrals one gets for this compared to other work like implants, soft tissue stuff. How many referrals do you have? What percentage of your work does functional crown lengthening actually make up nowadays?
[Hiten]Yeah, actually, it’s actually quite little, it’s actually quite little if I’m honest. I think one is people, maybe not having the ability to know what can be achieved with heavily broken down teeth. And secondly as well, I think in the day of implants, there’s always that conversation of going through surgical procedure, which costs X.
May or may need root treatment, may or may need a crown, whatever. At that point, the cost of all that, are we better off extraction and implant, you know? So that often has a role to play. The aesthetic side of crown lengthening, as more and more people do Invisalign, more and more people appreciate soft tissue work.
I think that’s where I get more of the work from. Honestly speaking, I will maybe do one or two cases a month, something like that, of crown lengthening, whether that’s functional or aesthetic. Again, and it varies from periodontist to periodontist, I know a lot of periodontists do several cases a week, I know others that don’t do any, yeah.
And I think also it’s, even in periodontics, people will have their own subspecialties as well, people will be, heavily non surgical people with surgical people will be exclusively implants now and not do any perio treatment right? For me honestly-
[Jaz]It’s a niche within a niche, you can make your specialty what exactly what you want.
[Hiten]Yeah and for me my niche is soft tissue work we could do all work. I will do five, six cases a week, averaging one a day of muco gingival work. So that’s where my passion is and where my interest is.
[Jaz]When you say muco gingival work, is that recession coverage?
[Hiten]Not just recession coverage. It’s basically augmentation of gingival tissues of any kind, not just management of recession. It’s for gaining or keratinized tissue. It’s for development of keratinized tissue around implants.
It’s around bulking pontic sites. It’s getting ready for bridges, those kind of things. It’s a whole host of sort of procedures, basically, but all to some degree involve augmentation of soft tissue in one way or the other. But yeah, functional crown lengthening, lengthening in general is something that we learn quite extensively in our perio training.
And even though maybe I don’t do as many as I don’t do many on a day to day basis, it’s still something that I have a, good amount of knowledge on and have had experience in managing and even complex cases and things like that.
[Jaz]So for the students that are listening and the younger colleagues, what are the different types of crown lengthening? What is it? Just the bare bones, like you’re talking to someone who’s very early in their career, just describe in simple terms, what is crown lengthening? What are the different types?
[Hiten]Yeah, yeah. So basically crown lengthening is a procedure. It’s a surgical procedure that is carried out and it involves augmentation of the gingival tissues and also the alveolar bone. And in that process, what we’re trying to do is expose more of the tooth structure, essentially to move it more supergingivally.
And that will take many different forms. Either it involves cutting away tissue, moving tissue down. It may just involve removing gum. It may just involve removing bone or it may remove involve a combination of both basically, but essentially it involves augmentation of either or both of those tissues to increase the crown height essentially.
[Jaz]And you’re doing it for aesthetics versus function two different concepts, right?
[Hiten]Yeah, so when we talk about functional crown lengthening, it specifically relates to doing it for a functional purpose that may be like-
[Jaz]Which is always improving restorability, surely, right? Is there any other functional purpose?
[Hiten]Yeah, yeah, essentially, yeah. It’s in the sense that you want to gain clinical crown height of some degree, either that’s to increase retention of it in direct restoration. You need to create a ferrule of some sort, or you don’t have enough crown height to get a ferrule. If you’ve already got, or if you’ve got a cavity basically, and it’s quite subgingival, and you can’t get isolation there, you could carry out crown lengthening there to make the margin supra gingival to make it one easier for you to restore and then long term easier for the patient to manage and maintain so they can access that margin to clean it.
Yeah. Also rarer things like, if you’ve got cervical resorptions, root resorptions, just apical to the CEJ, you can crown link from that site in order for you to restore it with a biocompatible material. And then put the tissues back over that area basically. So that in itself is some form of crown lengthening.
It’s different to aesthetic crown lengthening. And just like that, aesthetics is it’s all about kind of improving the appearance of the smile. And most commonly it’s reducing the appearance of a gummy smile or what we’d call a gingival excess. Tends to be patients post ortho who then want to have kind of the gingival tissues re contoured in order to get a good amount of clinical crown height so that when they’re smiling they show a sort of, let’s say, harmonious amount of tooth and also soft tissue as well.
[Jaz]And get that nicer gingival symmetry going as well basically. And you know what I’m seeing more of, and I mean you kind of alluded to it right, in some instances. It may involve removal of bone or sometimes just soft tissue. Now, if you go down that approach now, I know we’re supposed to be talking about functional crown and thing, but just for a brief second on aesthetic we see on Instagram, oh, I just lasered the gingiva a bit.
And then it is some edge bonding. And we see that all the time that every case, oh yeah, I just lasered about a millimeter of gum. Should it be as prevalent as it is? Basically cause I don’t know. I just feel as though from my prior knowledge and understanding, that there’s very few patients that will fall into a category that are amenable to that. But you explain your view when you see that.
[Hiten]Yeah. I teach these courses very, very regularly on crown lengthening, right? And we have one slide that relates exactly that. And it says, despite what the university of Instagram tells you, all cases cannot be treated by laser gingivectomy. And that is the truth.
There will be 5 percent of cases, which will be okay if you take one or two millimeters of gingival tissue off and you put a composite margin there, right? The reality is the problem with that is over time, if left long enough, it will relapse. And in the best case scenario, it will relapse with maybe a minor aesthetic issue and you’d have to cut it back again and redo it.
In worst case, if you encroach on biologic width by you cutting away tissue and you’re now placing a restorative margin in an area where it shouldn’t be, you’re going to invade something called the biologic width. Which we’ll talk about in a little while when we talk about how to assess for crown lengthening.
But if you’re doing that, essentially over time, that patient is going to get persistent inflammation. If that’s left, you’re going to get pocket formation, bone loss, and eventually affect the prognosis of that tooth. So, you know-
[Jaz]Do you see this in the clinic? Like patients coming in where they’ve been subject to this and they had these veneers placed and you’re having to correct the crown lengthening. Tell us about these kind of cases that you might have seen.
[Hiten]Yeah, so exactly that, like often what you see is with the laser gingivectomy, you’ll see an immediate post op where it looks all nice and clean, the laser or the electrosurgery, let’s call it, because it’s not actually lasers people are using, it’s electro curettage, they’ll give you hemostasis, so you can put a beautiful composite restoration there, right up to the gingival margin, but the reality is four or five years down the line, when there has been enough time for that tissue to relapse, what happens is they’ll come back with that persistent inflammation.
And actually the management of it is much more complex now because they’d have to go through a retrospective crown lengthening procedure. And at that point, I can’t guarantee that, let’s say those margins, which were supposed to be just sub or equi, are now not going to be exposed. And in this case, where you’ve got high smile line, where it’s really aesthetically an issue, patients have to be warned of the risk that not only will they need a surgical crown lengthening, they may also need to have all their crowns and veneers replaced.
Because as much as we try to kind of control where the final tissues will sit after crown lengthening. We don’t know what’s going to happen with the biology, and there’s always this risk that it will inadvertently expose a margin of restoration, which then will need to be replaced. And if someone spent a good amount of money getting it all done just a few years ago, you can imagine they’re not best pleased to hear that they now got to go for all this corrective work to have it done.
[Jaz]Now, you said that about 5% of cases aren’t amenable to that. Describe the ideal 5% scenario, whereby we should double tap it on Instagram and this is valid.
[Hiten]Yeah. So let’s say when we are assessing a tooth for crown lengthening now, right? There are quite a few things that we need to look at. The first thing is where is the soft tissue at the moment? Do we need to expose more of the crown or like when we’re talking about crown, right? So essentially the issue is that you’ve got a short crown for whatever reason. Can you get away with adding composite to the edge at the bottom of the tooth.
Is that going to give you the outcome that you need? Is that going to give you the appearance of the crown height? If not, then you need to be taking it away from the gingival margin, yeah? And if you’re going to plan to take away tissue from the gingival margin, you need to know where the bone is sitting underneath there, okay? And this is where this concept of biologic width comes into it. All right. So biologic-
[Jaz]Like a supracrestal tissue attachment. Are you proud of me?
[Hiten]Yes. That’s the one. Yes. You know it. You know it boy. So biologic width. It’s a term that gets banded about everywhere. Oh my God. You invaded the biologic width.
But let’s talk about what biologic width is here. Just so everyone understands. Biologic width is a fixed number. It is basically the sum or the height of the soft tissue attachment that sits above the crest of the bone. So you have your alveolar bone here, you’ll have a little bit of connective tissue that will sit and attach onto the root of the tooth.
And then above that, you’ll have a bit of epithelial tissue, which will sit partly on root, traverse the CEJ and then partly on the crown of the tooth there as well. The total of the connective tissue and epithelial attachment on average is about one millimetre each. So then your biologic width in an average patient is two millimeters.
So essentially, if you have two millimeters of biologic width, and let’s say you have a sulcus, gingival sulcus of one millimeter in depth, it means that from any gingival margin that you have, the bone needs to sit at least three millimeters away. And let’s say you’ve just done a gingivectomy.
So you’ve taken away, let’s say the sulcus depth, you’ve taken one millimetre away, so now you don’t have any sulcus. You’re left with just the biologic width element of it, okay? If your bone is just two millimetres away, your body’s going to want to recreate a new biologic width. Because the biologic width is a protective mechanism.
It protects any bacterial ingress so it doesn’t go on directly onto the bone. And so if you cut away a bit of gingival margin, what will happen is your body will be like, hang about, this is not right, we need to re establish a biologic width. So it will do what it needs to, it will resorb that bone, create 1mm space so that that biologic width can be shifted down 1mm and allow space for a new gingival sulcus to form.
[Jaz]So essentially some perio will happen in that scenario to reestablish three millimeters away from the gingival margin.
[Hiten]Correct. Now the problem with that is you can’t control, you’re not in control of how much bone that’s going to be changed by. So if you’re lucky, it might not be that significant, and it might not impact your overall outcome, okay?
But the chances are, what will probably happen is over time, you will get inflammation, because in the body’s attempt to try and recreate that biologic weight. If it can’t do so, it will respond by getting inflamed, and it will respond by creating pockets and moving that bone down. Over time, you’ll get recession, it will expose the margin there as well.
[Jaz]Okay, at the very best scenario, I guess what would happen is that the gingiva will just creep down and relapse, like you said, and If it’s just an edge bonding case, that restorative material wasn’t placed there. It’s all that happens that you lose the final smile. You made the tooth longer and it looked amazing and symmetrical, but then a year later, the gums crept down and all your moments of work are gone.
[Hiten]Correct. You get relapsed basically of that, right? That’s best case scenario. Worst case scenario, you’ve got a margin that’s stopping that tissue from rebounding. So that essentially, it’s always going to be an issue unless that restorative margin is removed.
[Jaz]So moving on to functional, if you don’t mind, I want to know the differences, the nuances, and if you assess it the same way for functional, but then also about which teeth that we mentioned, we’ll get to it, which teeth are amenable to it.
[Hiten]Yes. So generally teeth that are amenable to functional crown lengthening, all these, generally speaking, you can do crown lengthening on molars, anteriors, premolars and stuff. But there are certain things that we need to consider, which are like kind of contraindications to doing crown lengthening.
So let’s say basically you need to look at a couple of things. You need to look at whether at the end of your treatment, you’re going to have enough root length left in the alveolar bone. What I’m alluding to here is, are you going to end up with a favorable crown to root ratio by the end of the crown lengthening procedure?
If you’re going to remove an extensive amount of bone, if you’re going to have a very little bit of root left, that the progress of that tooth, and you might even cause mobility in that tooth is probably not indicated in that situation. The other thing is root proximity. So in, particularly in posterior teeth, if you’ve got two molar roots which are very, very close together, this is a practical contraindication.
In functional crown lengthening, it requires you to remove interdental bone. And if you haven’t got enough space between roots to get even a Piezon or a bur or even the smallest rose head through there, you’re going to cause iatrogenic damage to those roots. Yeah, again, it’s going to affect the prognosis of those teeth.
So, you just practically can’t do it in those situations. Another big thing in molars is furcation exposure. Now, in the molars, furcation entrances, so the fornix of furcations, can be as shallow as one to two millimeters away from the CEJ. So that doesn’t really give you much scope to crown lengthening.
And in an ideal situation, you want to keep one millimeter of bone above the fornix of any furcation. So the reality of it is, very few teeth actually meet the ideal, let’s say, indication for crown lengthening. All right. So essentially, some teeth that you crown lengthen, it may lead to a furcation exposure.
But as long as you understand that that’s what is going to happen, you understand the implications of that, and your patient is consented of that. Because essentially, if you’ve got a furcation exposure, yes, it will impact the progression of that tooth long term. The patient will have to maintain that site. You will have to continually check that area as well. But the alternative could be an extraction of that tooth, which the patient may not be wanting.
[Jaz]But, going back to your previous point, if you’re getting into a scenario where a crown lengthening a molar for functional reasons so that you can restore it, likely, again, this tooth already has or will need a root canal, need a temporary crown, a crown, just like you said before, you’re getting into implant territory.
It’s something that I can see why molars are, anatomical complexities, access, and the cost. It’s not something that I’ve ever done. I’ve done premolars. It’s the only time I’ve ever done crown lengthening is premolars. I just tend to get premolars that I think, alright, I fancy, improving the prognosis of this tooth.
Because even with like, and incisors, actually. I had a patient who had canine to canine wear that was more on the palatal and that had enough ferrule labially but didn’t have enough ferrule palatally, right? And so by getting more palatal tooth structure, I was able to get a ferrule 360. So those are two scenarios I’ve done it. Is that what you’re suggesting as well is the more common way to go?
[Hiten]Yeah, I mean, like another common thing is like when you’ve got substantial fractures, let’s say premolars, right, and you’ve got cuspal fractures, those are kind of good candidates for crown lengthening, which you’ll see palatal cusp fracture.
I mean, palatal, actually crown lengthening palatally is much easier than to do buccally, which is doesn’t, you think, okay, axis wise, it’s easier buccally, but actually palatally, you have ample alveolar bone, you have ample keratinised tissue and keratinised tissue, another big factor that we need to talk about, but when you are first starting out, those are the kind of ones that are a bit more easier to do and a bit more forgiving because-
[Jaz]Which is why I cherry pick those. All the tough ones that send them guys like you.
[Hiten]So, when we talk about it, when you boil down to it, actually very few teeth are the ideal candidate for crown lengthening, yeah? And before you get to that point, yeah, a lot of molar teeth, you’ll be having that conversation already. It’s like, okay, well, by the time you add the cost of the crown lengthening surgery, the crown, potential root canal, that might be necessary. Are you already in the point of, should we think about extraction and implant at that point there?
[Jaz]Do you mind asking, if you were to crown lengthen a molar, right? Obviously we charge by time. How long will it take you? What’s the London rate or England rate in terms of, okay, a crown length thing for a molar, for example. The reason I’m only bringing it out is because that dentists who may never been subjected to this, they can actually involve in their calculations, have an informed discussion with their patient.
[Hiten]Yeah, yeah. Like to be honest, it varies from place to place. Typically, I will take about an hour or so to do that procedure. It can vary from 700 to 900 pounds, typically for a crown linked film procedure.
[Jaz]Okay, so we can factor that in and very quickly with the root canal for the specialist, 12, 13 hundred pounds. Then the crown, yeah, it’s easy getting into implant territory, basically, so that just validates that.
So those teeth, like such, for example, pre molars and whatnot, when you are doing a crown lengthening there, functional crown lengthening, what are you assessing for to make sure that, okay, you said already about the proximity to the adjacent tooth, about whether there’s enough root there as well. What else are you doing before we then actually think, okay, I’m going to pick up the scalpel.
[Hiten]Right, yes. So, as I said, first I need to know, the most important thing is, where is my margin going to be? Like, where is my proposed gingival margin? Where am I going to plan to restore to? You have to work backwards, so you’ve got to say, look, this is where I envisage my new CEJ, my new gingival margin will be.
If I cut my gingival tissue to this much, based on my biologic width measurement, I’m going to need to move my bone margin by this much. All right. And then you’ll know, okay, you’ll be able to assess, okay, look, will I be in a good crown to root ratio or not that you can look at, right? So yeah, it’s basically you’re working backwards.
You start with the final prosthesis or restoration, and then you’re going to calculate backwards, kind of how much soft tissue you need to remove, how much bone you’re going to remove as well. Okay. When you’re doing that preoperative assessment, one of the other things that is quite important and we’ll talk about is, is keratinised tissue.
Okay. So, keratinised tissue until recently, it’s been something that as periodontists is quite, I don’t want to say controversial. It’s not controversial. It’s kind of like heavily debated about how much cratonized tissue you need around a tooth. Okay. It wasn’t only till 2017 when the classification guidelines came out that it’s been agreed that you need two millimetres of cratinized tissue and one millimetre of attached tissue around the tooth for it to be stable and for you to minimize the risk of further gingival recession or periodontal disease occurring.
[Jaz]What do you mean by a keratinised ensemble? What do you mean by keratinised and attached?
[Hiten]Attached, right. So, essentially, if you think about the formation of a sulcus, yeah, a sulcus is not attached, it’s free gingiva. When you put your probe into it, it moves. Okay. Beyond that, the tissue beyond that is attached to the alveolar bone underneath.
Okay. Understood. So that is basically tissue that is attached by periosteum to the alveolar bone underneath, okay? And that is not mobile. You don’t always have that. Let’s say, for example, commonplace, you don’t have that is lower incisor labial. If teeth are really moved out of the alveolus and there’s no attached in your mouth means when you pull the lip down, all that tissue moves with it.
Okay. And that’s not attached. So one, there has to be characterization there. Yeah, and two, not only has to be keratinised, at least a millimeter of it has to be attached onto the, basically the bed or the periosteum underneath that, okay? So that’s why those two things have to be met. And when you’re crown lengthening, remember, we’re essentially planning to cut away tissue here, okay?
That’s what crown lengthening is, you’re cutting away tissue to expose more clinical crown height. If you don’t have two millimetres of keratinised tissue. You can’t afford to cut it away.
[Jaz]Which is why I favoured those cases. Just like you said, lately, where I didn’t have to worry about that. I had enough labelling, which is why I cherry picked those cases.
[Hiten]Cut where you want. Cut where you want in pilot. There’s keratinised tissue everywhere. But yes, luckily, if you don’t have two millimeters of keratinised tissue, you can’t cut it away, unfortunately. And therefore you get into more complex territory, which means you’re going to have to think about trying to move that whole band of keratinised tissue that you do have apically.
So here we’re talking about apically. We position flaps, you’re getting into specialist territory, complex crown lengthening. Honestly, luckily, 9 times out of 10, a tooth that you’re crown lengthening, because it’s associated with a thicker phenotype, will have a decent band of keratinised tissue that you can cut away.
[Jaz]So you can sacrifice and you don’t have to do apical repositioning, you can do excisive? What’s it called?
[Hiten]Gingivectomy?
[Jaz]Receptive. Receptive.
[Hiten]Receptive surgery. You do a receptive or gingivectomy in that area, basically. Okay. I mean, worst case scenario is if you don’t have any keratinised tissue, essentially what you have to do is you have to put a graft there. To create keratinised first. And then cut it away or move it apically, basically. Yeah.
[Jaz]Sounds like a lot of work, isn’t it?
[Hiten]It’s a lot of work, right? And that’s why you can see very few people have it done.
[Jaz]This is why they call it gum gardening. There we are. It all makes sense now. So that’s why it gets quite complex.
[Hiten]But honestly speaking, 9 times out of 10 you’ll have a straightforward type of case with, because interestingly, the other thing, so we’re talking about just coming back to the main thing, which is where we’re talking about preoperative assessments, right? So one thing is keratinised tissue. The other thing as well is tissue thickness.
Or the gingival phenotype. You’ll have two types. You’ll have a thin phenotype or a thick phenotype. People are somewhere in the mid middle. But broadly speaking, if you’re a thinner phenotype. It’s very unlikely you’re going to be suffering from gummy smiles and things like that, okay? Often what happens in those situations is the tissues will recede over time.
So thinner tissues, they just tend to recede, okay? So most often, let’s say specifically for gummy smile treatment, you’re going to have the thicker phenotype, yeah? And the thicker phenotype is also associated with more keratinised tissue.
[Jaz]But the outcome is better healing, less risk of recession and unpredictable healing, right?
[Hiten]Okay. I mean, we say about better healing. Each of them have the nuances as well. So with a thicker phenotype, your patient is more, more prone to rebound.
[Jaz]More relapse.
[Hiten]Yeah, exactly. Because the tissues will relapse. They’re not going to recede. So if anything, what’s going to happen is once you do your crown lengthening, I’m already thinking, okay, this patient’s a thicker phenotype.
So when I’ve done my biologic with measurement, say that my biologic with measurement is two milimetres, usually I will allow three millimeters from the gingival margin. I may allow three to four millimeters to allow for a bit of rebound to occur in the thicker phenotype. Whereas, and I may cut away a little bit more tissue than I need to knowing that there will be some rebound of that tissue in a thick phenotype.
[Jaz]In contrast, when we’re talking about a thinner phenotype, you’re going to be much more conservative. So you’re going to cut away a little bit less because there’ll be some postoperative recession. Even with the alveolar bone, you cut a little bit less away because you know that as you get post surgical inflammation, that will probably take away a little bit of that alveolar bone height as well.
So you’re not going to go to the full three, four millimeters. You may be shy away a little bit and allow the body to do a little bit of it as well. So, that again is a nuance. Like, so you’re looking first at keratinised tissue. Have you got enough? If you do, fantastic. Cut it. No problems. If you don’t, you’re going to be needing to do some kind of apical repositioning surgery.
Or you’re going to need to be doing grafting. Bit too complex I would say. Probably needs to go to a specialist at that point. But gingivectomy, with someone who’s got training at a general dental practice level. it’s more than capable of doing that. And then you’ve got to look at the tissue thickness, have we got a thicker or thin phenotype?
That’s going to dictate how we carry out the surgery. And also, I mean, without going into too much detail of it, the way that your blade is inclined, because you may have heard of terms of inverse and external bevel incisions, okay, internal and external bevel incisions, right? So internal bevels are designed to thin thick tissues. External bevels are designed to make thinner tissues thicker. So those little nuances, they’ll come into play when you kind of try to plan the actual sort of the nuances of the surgical treatment.
[Hiten]I’ve heard of those incisions, but it’s nice to know the sort of role they play. And the nice little nuance to consider.
[Jaz]In the interest of making it tangible for the GDPs that are listening here, everything makes so much sense so far. Let’s talk about, I think sometimes when you talk about, cause you can’t cover everything background and that’s not the point. It’s about to give people a flavor. When can it can be used indications, contradications, suitability.
Have you done that already? So let’s talk about a specific scenario and we’ll just talk about one specific scenario and we can learn a lot more and go deeper basically. So let’s talk about the pre molars that I’ve treated, for example. I remember treating these premolars and on the upper right, and I treated both these premolar because the kind of fracture they had was that I was really lacking palatal tooth structure.
Okay. But I had a buccal wall that was decent. So, because I was lacking palatal tooth structure and I knew that, okay, keratinised tissue was important and I didn’t know how, I still dunno how to do an Apical repositioning. I was like, okay, this is a great candidate for me as a GDP.
The patient can afford the endo and the restoration stuff. So in that scenario, talk us through the sort of procedural element of the functional crown lengthening.
[Hiten]Right. Okay. First, you’ve got to decide how much crown height you want to gain.
[Jaz]Okay. All right. So let’s say we’re going for, we want to be able to, so right now, if you want to put crown margin there, you don’t have any ferrule. And we want at least a two millimetre ferrule. So we want to gain two millimetres of tooth stress. You want plus two on the palatal.
[Hiten]Okay, fine. So we’re aiming to, we have a restorative margin, two millimetres of where your current tooth clinical crown ends at the moment. So now we know that, okay, let’s say palatally, palatally, you’re going to have a thicker phenotype.
9 times a 10, it’s going to be thicker. So what we need to do now is from your restorative margin, you’re going to want to take away at least two millimeters. So you can get that clinical crown. I would say go three millimeters. So actually what we’re going to plan is a gingivectomy.
Three millimeters from where your current crown height is, okay? That will allow for a little bit of relapse, okay? And it’ll also allow for the formation of a gingival sulcus in that area, okay? It’s not so crucial on the palatal because where the margin is, ideally you want it a little bit supra gingival Anyway, because it’s cleansable, it’s not really an aesthetic site. But yeah, we’re talking about three millimeters of gingivectomy that we’re going to perform.
[Jaz]So this is a scalpel, an electrocautery, use whatever you want basically, right?
[Hiten]You can use either, you can use three, you can use laser, you can use electrosurgery, you can use a blade, yeah, to do that gingivectomy. Now, but before you do that, we’re going to be doing a pocket chart. We’re going to basically do bone sounding on the palatal aspect. The purpose of the bone sounding is to determine the biologic width. So let’s we figured out the biologic width is two millimeters. So what that means is from our gingival margin, the new gingival margin that we’ve created, the bone has to sit two millimeters. Which is going to be the biological width. Plus one millimetre for the gingival sulcus. So the bone has to sit three millimetres away from the new gingival margin that you’ve created.
[Jaz]So therefore compared to where it is now, right, you’re going to go to this one. I’m kind of working out for everyone here compared to where the tooth is broken down. Now, the bone should end up being five millimetres away from that.
[Hiten]Exactly. Yeah.
[Jaz]And it can use stents and stuff, right?
[Hiten]Yeah. Well, you don’t have to use stents. You didn’t have to use stents.
[Jaz]I don’t, I haven’t.
[Hiten]No, so the time you will need to use a stent is if you’re planning usually aesthetic sites when you’re doing your anterior aesthetics, because that’s when it’s really key, right? But even like just for aesthetic crown lengthening, where there’s no cosmetic work planned, or even just small edge bonding, I won’t use a stent. If we’re talking about full veneers, full composite bonding, then yes, we’ll be using a stent. Okay, based on the definitive prosthesis. But in these cases, palatals, it’s not necessary. Okay. Because in your mind’s eye, you already know where you’re proposing to have your gingival margin there.
[Jaz]You can check with your perioprobe, put it right against the bone and see where the margin is. And you do that calculation of, okay, when the biological width reestablishes, how much true structure will that give you?
So it’s like a game of maths, like you said before, as well. The only thing that I want to check on in terms of nuances, because younger colleagues are thinking about bone sounding. I’ve covered it before in a podcast, but people don’t listen to everything. So just cover in that upper premolar area, palatal, what does bone sounding look like when you do it?
[Hiten]Okay. So what’s going to happen? You need to do it under anaesthetic because it’s quite uncomfortable otherwise. So what happens is you’re trying to determine what the biologic width is. That’s what bone sounding is. And if you remember, the biologic width is the sum or the height of the epithelial attachment and the connective tissue attachment.
It doesn’t include the gingival margin value, okay? Because that varies from site to site, okay? So what we’re going to do, we’re going to get our perioprobe and we’re going to insert it into the pocket, okay? That’s going to give us a measure of the gingival margin, yeah?
[Jaz]The sulcus.
[Hiten]The sulcus, sorry, the sulcus depth, yeah. So let’s say we’re talking, we’ve got two millimeters of a sulcus at that point. Your probe is going to measure two on the band, okay? From there, we’re going to basically pierce through the soft tissue until we hit a bony stop, okay? You will definitely feel, if you go along the root surface, you will hit the alveolar bone and your probe won’t go any further, okay?
So now you’ve reached the crest of the bone. So let’s say that measurement is now 4,okay? So from your gingival margin measurement, your sulcus measurement, sorry, your probe has traveled two millimeters further down to hit the bone, okay? So that two millimeters that your probe has traveled, that’s your biologic width because you’ve now paced through connective tissue and epithelial tissue to get to the height of the aveolar bone. So that’s what you’re finding.
[Jaz]And in some individuals this could be more, this could be three, for example, right? In some individuals, like, there could be, it’s an individual thing, like you said at the beginning, some people might miss that. So, from reading Kois’ work, you know, high crest, low crest, we won’t get into that, but some people have a variation basically. So it’s good to measure each individual’s actual biological width, like you said.
[Hiten]It will vary from site to site. It will vary from tooth to tooth. It will vary from person to person. When we look at studies, it varies on humans from between one to six millimeters on average per patient. Look, you don’t need to be so facetious about it, about measuring every single site and doing a biologic width measurement and then going to do that on the sixth point.
But as long as you get a rough idea of what that biologic measurement of that patient is, that’s pretty good. So I would set an average value of what the biologic width measurement is on that tooth, let’s say. And like I said, typically, it’s going to be around two millimeters on average, most here where there is about two millimeters is the average measurement of a biological width.
[Jaz]Here’s a geeky question, right? So we go that scenario where we’re going to plan to remove in this patient then remove two millimeters of bone. And to reestablish that but then we also counted for the one millimeter sulcus. But if someone started with the two millimeter sulcus, should we be planning for them to have a two millimeter sulcus at the end or should we still aim for one millimeter sulcus?
[Hiten]I mean, it’s neither here nor there. It doesn’t really matter because again-
[Jaz]Yeah, it’s one of those things.
[Hiten]Yeah. Cause the sulcus is again, variable. The sulcus depth. What I would say to you, as long as you’ve got one millimeter room for a sulcus, that’s good. If you want to give two, give two, it’s fine. Because the sulcus will be two millimeters. It’s fine. It’s not the end of the world. But at least you need at least one millimeter is what I would say.
[Jaz]Okay. So you’ve done the gingivectomy there before you’d done the gingivectomy, you did the bone sounding, you know your measurement, you’ve done the gingivectomy, and then-
[Hiten]Just come back to the gingivectomy. Now the shape of the gingivectomy is also quite important as well. So when we’re talking about function crown lengthening, it’s very rare that it just involves, just, let’s say the palatal, the wall of of the tooth. We have to also include the essential spaces. So it can’t be a case where the incision is just done like a little C shape.
[Jaz]U shape. Yeah.
[Hiten]Or U shape. No, it has to gradate, it has to taper and to include the papilla. So it’s what we call like a crisscross design. So you’re basically from the midpoint of the palatal aspect of that tooth, you’re going to go and include the papilla on one side. And the same on the other side, okay?
So what that means is when that flap is elevated, and you go and remove the bone, not just on the palatal aspect, but also in the incidental space, when the papilla sits back down, you’ll have created crown height in the incidental area as well. You can’t just do it in isolation, okay? And again, the other thing with that is, you have to end up with what is called positive architecture. And this is more important for incidental chronic things. Actually, let’s leave that aside for a second. Let’s just kind of focus in on what we’re talking about here.
[Jaz]Because yeah, you’re a specialist, man. You’re like every little nuance detail, which I love it. It can definitely see that.
[Hiten]I need to tell you about a negative and positive architecture, but you told me to keep it simple. So let’s keep it simple. Let’s go back to where we were. We were talking about the incision, which has to not only be palatal, it has to include the papilla. So that’s what my-
[Jaz]Very useful, very useful. And the take home point there is don’t neglect the interproximal because even if you, let’s say, even if you don’t need mesial and distal ferrule, let’s say you have that by chance and you just only happen to have like the palatal, mid palatal portion, for example, rare, obviously, but even still.
You need to account for some bone removal mesial and distal, because you can’t just have like a crater, which is what I think we’re trying to get to, you can’t have a crater in the middle, and then you need to have a nice transition. So this is what I learned when I was doing my first few cases, I was learning about this, of making sure that the bone is smooth and flowing.
And from memory, it was like, there was a certain number of degrees, was it 15 degrees or something like that? Like, it shouldn’t be like a too acute. It shouldn’t be like a step.
[Hiten]Yeah, 15 degrees roughly. But what we’re saying here essentially is soft tissue do not like sort of very steep curves and very quick changes in its architecture underneath. So if your alveolar bone all of a sudden grows from incidental peaks to a really low trough on the mid palatal, the soft tissues will not be able to follow that margin there. And even if you cut them to that, post surgically, there will be rebound. It’s kind of like, the way I describe it is like kind of two curtain poles, right, or two tent poles, right?
If you’ve got two tent poles hanging really tall, yeah, and you’re draping a fabric over it, that fabric is not going to sit with a big deep V in the middle there, okay? It’s going to sit up there. Okay. You’re not going to get that shape, that deep U shape that you’ve cut away. It will just rebound and it will be held up by those incidental bone peaks.
So that’s part of the reason why you have to remove those incidental bone peaks to some degree in order for you to get that undulating pattern of the soft tissue to stay where it is at the position that you cut it to. Basically on the incidental, on that portion.
[Jaz]Yeah. Brilliant. So that’s a little clinical tip there to bear in mind when you’re thinking and planning in your head as well. So once you’ve done the gingivectomy, the kind of flaps I’ve done in the past, rightly or wrongly, have been an envelope. Like I just lifted away. I didn’t do any like relieving incisions or anything because palatally I just didn’t feel I need to. Is that how you do it as well?
[Hiten]Yeah. The only time you’ll need to do a relieving incision is if you’re going to do an apically repositioning of that flap. When I teach these things and we do the practical element, people will say, have I extended it too far? Have I raised the flap enough? So my answer is, why have you raised that flap in the first place? And the answer is, well, you’ve raised that flap because you want to access the bone.
Because otherwise you’d have ended up the gingivectomy. That’s all you would have had to do. The sole purpose now of raising a flap is to access the bone underneath, so you can adjust it, okay? And if that was the purpose of what you intended to raise that flap, can you do your job? Can you get an instrument in there? Can you see the site that you need to remove the bone from? And can you do it safely? And if the answer to that is no, then you haven’t raised your flap enough.
[Jaz]It’s all about access.
[Hiten]Yeah, because you can’t access it. And that’s the only reason you raise the flap now. And so in order to get more access, you have to extend the flap laterally. So increase the envelope. So it may mean you have to include them, the neighboring papilla on either side. You very, very rarely. In fact, you’ll never need to do a vertical incision there. You just extend it laterally. It’s better to do that because you’ll get better healing. Not only better healing, as soon as you start dropping vertical incisions on flaps, you completely lose the mobility. But you increase the mobility dramatically, let’s say, so you completely lose the stability of the flap.
[Jaz]Okay, I knew that this is why I felt comfortable with GDP with some experience and some prior homework or whatnot to do these procedures because I felt okay, I’m in a safe area where I don’t need to do any relieving incisions and that worked well.
So once you’ve got your envelope flap, you can see the bone. I remember many years ago when I did this. I didn’t, I picked up the phone to Dhru Shah and the periodontist said, Drew, what kind of burs can I use on the bone? And he said, dude, just use carbide, use diamond, use what you want. I was like, really? Is there a special bone bur? Like, as a GDP, I didn’t know. So tell us about the kind of burs you’re using.
[Hiten]So I would just use a sterile rose head. Straightforward. Yeah. You’re going to have some kind of irrigation through it cause you’re going to, it has to be cooling. But, it doesn’t have to be anything fancy, man.
Like honestly speaking, it’s not unknown that I will use an ultrasonic to remove alveolar bone on a higher setting. If the bone is so thin, you can chip away at it with it with an ultrasonic and then get a curette just to scrape it off. If it’s thicker, you just use it a slow speed rose head, fine, not an issue.
You can use lasers. Yeah, you can use peons and things like that, but in general practice, if you’ve not got access to those things. Slow speed with some kind of irrigation. Even if you don’t have irrigation, you’ll need to have your nurse kind of doing saline through it. That’s absolutely fine.
Usually on our courses, we teach people to use ultrasonics to chip away because when you’re talking about aesthetic sites, yeah. The bone’s a little bit thinner, so you can get away of actually with marking out where you need to be with ultrasonic, and then actually if you use ultrasonic on alveolar bone, it creates like this kind of mushy kind of texture, which you can then just scrape away with a curette. I should get a decent amount of control with an ultrasonic. So sometimes I’ll just ultrasonic, but yeah, rose head’s absolutely fine. That’s what I tend to use in most cases.
[Jaz]To help the beginners out there, when I did this, having some mentoring with Drew or Amit Patel, who was helping me at the time. Once you remove the height of the bone, like at two millimeters, it’s really important then to make sure, you smooth that step, right? So if you’ve gone down vertically, if you feel with your glove finger, you’ll feel like a step bone again, your point earlier, as you said, everything needs to be smooth and flowing. So again, is that something that you would use the bur for or some sort of specialized chisels and stuff?
[Hiten]Again, you can either use a chisel, you can use a bone curette, or you can just use the rose head again. All you’re trying to achieve is so, like, to liken it to a crown prep, you’re trying to go from a shoulder to a chamfer, basically, yeah?
Because, again, it comes down to the fact that the soft tissue does not like those steep changes in, or acute changes in the underlying bone architecture, okay? So, if you were to leave this little ledge there, essentially, or the shoulder, you’ll end up with this weird, like, kind of trough or pocket. It’ll form into a pocket, basically, and the soft tissue won’t be able to adapt itself well into that area, okay?
And, at worst, it’ll leave a pocket, but in anterior site, essentially, you’d have a weird aesthetic result. You won’t have a nice emergence profile of your tooth from the gingiva, because it’ll have this little bulky appearance, and then the tooth will come out from there. So you do kind of like a chamfer, you kind of gradate that in a horizontal direction as well. So that the soft tissues can adapt better into that area.
[Jaz]Brilliant. Now in the interest of time and obviously there’s only so much we can discuss and I’d encourage everyone to attend your courses attend some period training. It’s always good to add these skill sets your GDP, you know skill sets. It gives you an appreciation of the surgical techniques and also be able to restore teeth that you may not have been able to restore before It’s a great little thing.
I’ve got a case coming up In a few weeks time, again, premolar, palatal side. It’s like, okay, I’ve been here before. Yeah, I’m a great, I’m a great, you know, best thing about being a GDP. It’s in the ability to cherry pick. And I think case selection is everything and you must hate that, but, now you’re on the other side.
But in the interest of time, look, we’re not going to go into the suturing, we’re not going to go into this. The main question I want to answer now, because I want them to learn more and get inspired to learn more, but the main question is how long to wait before you can actually put your definitive restorations?
[Hiten]Restorations. Okay. So generally speaking, let’s just first talk about evidence here. Okay. So, 80% to 90% of the healing will occur within the first two months. So what’s happening here is you’re getting epithelial and the connective tissues reforming, periosteum is reforming, and you’re going to get maturation of the tissue just starting at the two months phase.
So basically what that means is 80% to 90% of the stability is there at two months. But after that, you can get some minor changes. So the gingival margin may creep up a little bit or go down a little bit. We’re talking maybe half a millimeter here with that. So what I would say is that a posterior site where the final gingival margin, if it’s gone up half a mil, one mil max, it’s not going to make that much of a difference, three months.
Anterior sites, where you’re talking, we’re talking really highly aesthetic work and gingival margin has to be spot on. I would say wait at least six months before you go in and do your definitive restorations. So during that time, patient will be in temporaries and as the soft tissues change, you can probably be, you need good lab made long term temporaries and you can be adding composite onto the margins as and when you need to, but definitely plan and consent your patient to accept the temporaries for at least six months.
And also when you’re doing your planning, that’s what you want to be doing. If you want to get a nice stable, result and a good aesthetic outcome for your patients.
[Jaz]So in our scenario of the example, pre molar, it’s like three months would be fine for that because the palatal genital margin moving here and there is not so crucial.
[Hiten]No, yeah, even two months, like.
[Jaz]Yeah, two months.
[Hiten]Yeah, two, three months, I would be fine on the palatal aspect because like I said, the main aim there was to get enough clinical crown height there, yeah? And you pretty be sure, you know, like. If you’re going to keep your margins quite super gingival, which you probably will do in a palatal, if they creep up by one millimeter, it’s not the end of the world.
Yeah, yeah. Because you still pretty much will be supra gingival. But in a aesthetic site that one millimeter could be a massive difference.
[Jaz]Absolutely.
[Hiten]So that could be the difference between an an exposed margin and and a hidden margin. So yeah.
[Jaz]Very true. Each case on its merit, and it’s all, like you said, it’s all in the planning. Hiten, thanks so much for giving us this tour. We reached a one hour point now of, time goes fast, doesn’t it? Time flies when you’re having fun. Functional crown lengthening. We talked a little bit about the aesthetic crown lengthening in the beginning, how be careful with that, quote unquote, laser gingivectomy.
And we talked about the biological width, therefore, then we talked about these scenarios of doing functional crown lengthening, the nuances of it. We almost got super duper geeky and talked about all these positive, negative stuff, but I really backed in, and we covered it quite nicely there. Yes, we didn’t talk about suturing.
Yes, we didn’t talk about post op care protocols, but this is all to inspire you guys to learn more, to gain your CPD for this podcast, which is great, but also just to, you get a higher level of understanding and hopefully we made these, this topic a bit more tangible for the dentists. Now, how can we learn more from you? I know there’s some training that you do. Tell us where to find out more.
[Hiten]Yeah, basically I’m involved with an academy, Edudent, and we run courses for GDPs, not just GDPs, we also run courses for hygienists and therapists as well. But on the basis of this, if you are interested in learning more background lengthening, if you want to learn about when and when not you can be doing the gingivectomies, to doing the more complex types of cases and aesthetic cases, and you want to know the proper protocol that we as specialists follow to get predictable outcomes, then you can sign up to our course and you can find our details which is Edudent UK that’s E D U D E N T U K on Instagram, or you can go to www. edudent. co. uk.
Also, if any of you guys want to know a bit more about crown lengthening, about getting started, feel free to drop me a message. You can contact me on @hh_periodontics, which is my Instagram as well, or you can email me info@hhperiodontics.com.
[Jaz]The Instagram, follow him. It’s how I think it must have been Facebook, Messenger back in the day when I was messaging you is how you helped me with my Singapore move, which led to this podcast being created. So there’s good things that can come if you need some perio advice and hit into your guy.
[Hiten]Yeah, yeah, I’m happy to give you guys, you know, even if you just want a second opinion on anything, even if it’s not crown lengthening, just drop me a message you want to know about referrals, whatever it may be. I’m approachable.
[Jaz]And where do you work? London, yeah?
[Hiten]I work all around. I work in London and I work in Berkshire and in Hertford, Hertfordshire.
[Jaz]Whereabouts in Berkshire?
[Hiten]I work in Windsor, in Burnham and in Chalfont Saint peter.
[Jaz]You sound like endodontist man, you’re everywhere.
[Hiten]I know man. Yeah, I’ve got to keep myself on my toes, isn’t it?
[Jaz]Have you ever turned up, one of our guests once, Ameer Alloybocus , has he turned up at the wrong, because you worked at so many clinics, you turned up at the wrong clinic on the wrong day. Has that happened to you?
[Hiten]Once. Once. I can’t believe I did that. I’m usually so organised, but once I rocked up to clinic, and they were like, hey, you’re not meant to be here, and I was like, and I quickly, luckily it was between Burnham and Windsor and it’s 20 minutes away. So it was fine. But yeah, imagine I was on Harley street and I needed to get into Windsor. So half a minute, but thankfully it’s not happened that much.
[Jaz]I always wondered how you guys managed it. Well, there we are. It’s nice to get a glimpse into specialist life as well. Hiten, thank you so much for all those years ago is helping me, but also today helping make functional crown and think tangible. And we gain a lot from that. So thanks so much, my friend.
[Hiten]No worries. Absolute pleasure, Jaz.
Jaz’s Outro:Well, there we have it guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. As you went on, we made it more and more tangible so you can really visualize what a functional crown lengthening looks like, even if you’ve never done one before, never seen one before.
Thanks again to my guest Dr. Hiten Halai for both inspiring the birth of the podcast, if you like, and also talking us through functional crown lengthening. Now, if you’ve never done anything like this before, you’ve never actually made an incision, then please go and source all perio training, read a book about perio, see some videos on YouTube, do what you like.
That always inspired me before surgery. And maybe if you’ve got a few more years under your belt, you’re confident with sectioning and elevating, and you’ve got a nice case, then with a few questions, and maybe you can post on the Protrusive Guidance app, send us a radiograph, send some photos, and ask questions.
Whilst it’s not one to one mentorship, we are group mentorship on Protrusive Guidance. It’s absolutely brilliant. We have some real superstars on there, some lovely, kind, geeky dentists that are so generous with their knowledge. And I’m so proud to have created this community. So if you’re not already part of the community, do join us.
The website is protrusive. app. And if it’s one thing you do today, if you’re not already a member, please join us. It’s a bit of a selection process. We are approving. We have to verify that you are a dental professional, because this is how we keep our platform secure and nice and geeky and allow ourselves to be vulnerable.
Because when we do that, we unlock so much more learning. Thank you so much once again, everyone. I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Dec 4, 2024 • 40min
Exodontia for Beginners – Extractions via Avocados! – PS012
Application points, luxation vs elevation, avoiding common mistakes – this one’s an episode that I wish I had when I was at dental school!
How do you know when you’ve found the application point during extractions?
What are the key protocols that can help make your extractions more efficient?
https://youtu.be/rOBPnCTyAwM
Watch PS012 on Youtube
This week’s Protrusive Student episode is all about exodontia – and again I’m joined by Emma Hutchison, our Protrusive Student Ambassador, to discuss some tips and tricks on how to make extractions that little bit easier.
Jaz also shares a memorable analogy—could removing a stone from an avocado be the perfect way to describe an extraction?!
Key Takeaways
Tactile feedback is crucial during tooth extractions.
Understanding application points can improve extraction techniques.
Using the right amount of pressure is essential to avoid breaking teeth during extraction.
Luxators are typically used to sever the PDL before extraction.
Atraumatic extraction techniques are important for preserving bone for future implants.
Luxators should not be used as elevators.
Understanding the mechanics of elevators is crucial for effective extractions.
The ‘six second rule’ helps in assessing extraction progress.
Having a plan for extractions can prevent complications.
Communicating with patients about the extraction process is essential.
Avoid tunnel vision; consider the surrounding teeth during extractions.
Breaking interproximal contacts can simplify extractions.
Always check the patient’s medical history before procedures.
An audible checklist can prevent mistakes during extractions.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlight of this episode:
00:00 Introduction
02:07 Catching Up with Emma
05:58 Teeth are like avocados!
11:13 Understanding Application Points in Extractions
17:01 Luxators vs. Elevators: Techniques and Safety
24:10 Extraction Technique
25:08 The Six-Second Rule
28:04 Having a plan
29:58 Common Mistakes and How to Avoid Them
38:17 Conclusion and CE Certification
This episode is eligible for 0.75 CE credit via the quiz on below.
This episode meets GDC Outcomes B and C.
AGD Subject Code: 310 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (Exodontia)
Dentists will be able to –
1. Recognise essential steps to establish secure application points
2. Develop approaches for patient communication around extraction procedures, potential risks, and expected outcomes
3. Implement the “6-second rule” and other practical techniques to streamline extractions and troubleshoot common challenges
If you loved this episode, make sure to watch Make Extractions Less Difficult: Regain Confidence by Sectioning and Elevating Teeth [B2B] – PDP085
Click below for full episode transcript:
Jaz's Introduction: This episode on basics of extractions is the episode I wish I had when I was learning extractions when I was a student. But also what I've found from this Protrusive Student series is that so many dentists are listening to them and they're commenting and they're enjoying and they're liking it.
Jaz’s Introduction:What I’ve discovered is that it’s so good to just reconnect with basics and actually by listening to these kind of episodes you do sometimes pick a few things up or it’s validation.
It helps to validate some techniques, some ideas, some protocols that you’re already using. It’s also a wonderful way to see how far you’ve come. Sometimes we move so far in our career that we forget what it’s like to have those struggles like we did when we were a student. So the reason I gave you that little preamble is because now from this episode, most Protrusive Student episodes, I think, will be eligible for CPD or CE credits.
And so this one is eligible for 0. 75 CE credits or 45 minutes, if you’re in the UK. Protrusive Education is a PACE approved education provider. So that satisfies everyone in the States and the rest of the world as well. The only place to get CE points is on our app Protrusive Guidance. So if you find yourself listening to us while you’re running or while you’re driving or watching on YouTube or on the app, you’re just literally a few clicks away from validating your learning and certifying it so you get a certificate emailed to you by our CPD Queen Mari.
Enough about certification. In this episode, we’re going to give you some real world tips with Emma Hutchison, who is the Protrusive Student. We’ve done so many great episodes just looking into the basics, the perspectives from a student, and Emma had absolutely fantastic questions today, such as, how do you know when you found an application point?
I also give my analogy, my first time I ever gave this analogy, which is how you could liken an extraction to removing a nut from an avocado. I actually think it went really well. Please comment below on what you think of that part, and I won’t take up too much time. Let’s now join the main episode. When we catch up with Emma a little bit, she’s now in her fourth year at Glasgow, and then we get into the meaty bits of the episode.
We talk about how to make your extractions better on Monday morning. The tips I share on here are absolutely timeless, and it will improve your expenditure. Catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Fourth BDS Emma. Welcome to the show again for the second season, if you like, of the Protrusive Student Series. Please. How’s it going? How’s fourth year?
[Emma]Fourth year’s good. I was just saying to Jaz that I’ve not cried yet this semester, which is a good sign. Fourth year’s quite fun now. Like, you are like a little mini dentist. The difference between third and fourth year is you really need to know your stuff. So it’s stressful in that aspect. But, you do sort of have a bit more freedom on clinics and I think the clinicians like to hear what you have to say that little bit more. So it’s fun, but I’ve got my final exams this year.
[Jaz]Give me an example of what you mean by like, having a feeling like you need to know a bit more. Have you got like a real world clinical example recently that you were preparing for or experiencing clinic?
[Emma]I suppose, like in third year. It’s your first time seeing patients, like in Glasgow anyway, it’s your first time having your own patients. The clinicians will be a bit more lenient with you and your background knowledge and your reasoning behind why you’re doing things or what you know about your guidelines, all this sort of thing.
You can sort of get away with it but in fourth year when you’re doing your competencies. And you’re having that discussion with the clinician. They will get on with you a bit more if you don’t know what you’re doing. I don’t know how it is in other universities. I know in Glasgow and a lot of other places down in England, they use something called LiftUpp. Have you ever heard of that, Jaz?
[Jaz]No, never. No, I haven’t.
[Emma]I can’t remember what it stands for but basically after every patient interaction you’re given scores by your clinician, graded one to six, like one being could cause potential harm to the patient, like not good at all, and six being that you did good whatever, independently.
So, it’ll be communication with the patient, communication with your tutor, infection control, background knowledge, like literally everything. And in 4th year you’re expected to start getting 4s and 5s, some 6s, that sort of a thing. But in 3rd year you can get away with 3s and 4s. So you just need to know a bit more of what you’re talking about, which is the scary bit. It’s fine. It’s all going okay so far.
[Jaz]Good. I know you were worried about fourth year as being the big one. So I’m so pleased to see a smile on your face and that you said you’re enjoying it, which is really, really important. When you’re in dental school, there’s a message to those dentists out there who are reminiscing about dental school.
Or those who are looking to get into dental school or you’re in dental school at the moment. It’s so important in any phase of life you’re in, right? To stop thinking about, oh, when I qualify or when I this, it’s really important. Tomorrow’s never promised, right? So it’s important to enjoy moments of today.
And I’m so, so, so happy for you that you are looking like you’re enjoying it. So please continue. Remember that learning is a privilege. Learning is a wonderful thing. Mahatma Gandhi said, live as though you were to die tomorrow. Learn as though you’re going to live forever. Have you heard of that?
[Emma]Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I have.
[Jaz]Did I say it correctly?
[Emma]I think so. Yeah. Yeah. Makes sense anyway.
[Jaz]Fine. Good. Well, today we’re talking about extractions and with the extractions, we’ll talk a little about the clinical side of things, but also we’ve got your student notes, which you always add to the crush your exam section.
We’ve seen Emma do a lot more on social media. So she’s had a little bit of a takeover on our Instagram and Facebook and the app and whatnot. So if you’re liking what she’s doing, come and join us on the student section of the app or check us out on Instagram. Some of your posts have been getting so much engagement.
Like they’re just basic things, but I think there’s a beauty in the basics. It’s a really nice thing about things that you do day in, day out, checking medical histories day in, day out. And to have that, that’s such an important thing. We see so much composite, beautiful composites, veneers.
We need to see some of the more daily mundane real world stuff. And it’s so great that you kind of made this like revision bit or there’s infographics and stuff. So thank you so much, Emma. With that, I think the engagement has been brilliant, but with extractions, Emma. Tell me, how many have you done?
[Emma]I think I’ve been quite lucky. 11 or 12 over about 5 patients. I think that’s quite a lot for where I am at the moment. I have been quite lucky with patients.
[Jaz]Okay. And so really, I mean, I’ve got a few things that I like to talk through, but more important than some of the preconceived ideas I have, I’d love to know what questions do you have? Because what your questions you have are the most valid metric. They’re the ones that the students are thinking about. You are in the midst of being this learner and extractions, a beginner, right? You haven’t have experienced that. You’ve had that glorious feeling of taking that tooth out and be like, yes, I did it. And also must’ve faced some challenges. And so let’s start with that. Have you had a moment where you just couldn’t do it? And then the tutor had to save you.
[Emma]Oh, absolutely. On most of them, probably. I know at Glasgow when we were doing extractions, probably in fifth year as well, you’re constantly supervised, like you’re never taking a tooth out by yourself.
Well, that’s good because most of the time you need a bit of guidance in dental school, 100%. But the first thing that I wanted to ask you, Jaz, like every single time when I’m taking a tooth out, it’s such a tactile thing, extraction. So I want to talk about how important that tactile feedback is.
So application point, when the tutor is telling me that, like, do you feel that application point or they find it for me and then like, I sort of take over and they’re like, do you feel that application point? And I’m like, no, I don’t know where, I have no idea what you’re talking about. So like, what does that- it’s hard, I think it’s one of those things you need to feel, but like, what am I looking for? Like, what does it feel when you find a good application point?
[Jaz]I’m smiling. Like those who are listening on Spotify, I’m smiling because this is such a wonderful question. I love it so much. And you know what, today I’m going to introduce an original concept that I’ve never shared before.
All right. And I was always going to like, make an episode about this or a video about this. But now is the moment. Let’s talk about it because it ties in nicely to application point. It’s how we can learn extractions through avocados. All right. So when you cut an avocado in half, okay, and then maybe you don’t do it in half, like you do it like one side is like 55%, one side is 45%, right?
So you maybe think I’m going with this, okay? So you cut the avocado almost in half, right? And you take it off. One half of the avocado will have the seed and one won’t. So the bit that was 55% will have the avocado nut. It’s a better word for it. The nut rather than the seed. Okay, so it’s got the avocado nut inside, right? Now, how do you, Emma, take out the nut of the avocado?
[Emma]I chuck a knife into it and twist it.
[Jaz]Aha.
[Emma]Is that it? I don’t know.
[Jaz]No, you’re living by the edge. That’s a good way to do it. But have you ever put a knife in it and like, it can slip sometimes? Or when you twist it, are you trying to break the nut? Or are you trying to just take it out whole?
[Emma]Well, I do it like you chuck the knife in and then it sticks with the knife once you twist it. And then it’s stuck to your knife when you take it away.
[Jaz]Okay. Amazing. Let’s go with this. Right. So you put the knife in. It’s the knife is now on the nut. Now then you twist it and what do you hope will happen?
[Emma]That it comes away on all in one piece.
[Jaz]Okay. Has it ever gone wrong for you?
[Emma]Yeah, it doesn’t always.
[Jaz]This is really good where this is going because we can learn so much about extraction. I promise you it’s linked to extractions. Okay. So tell me about what could happen when you’ve twisted it and it hasn’t gone to the right. Just try and remember, what kind of stuff happens.
[Emma]Like it can start to split, it can start to crack, and then it just falls away.
[Jaz]Excellent, just like teeth, just like teeth, you try and take it out, you put some pressure, you put some force, it’s a force transfer from your arm to the tooth, essentially, okay?
[Emma]Yeah.
[Jaz]Instead of the PDL, we have the avocado itself, the green bits, the soft bits, okay? But now we have, obviously, the nut and the tooth, basically, analogy, and sometimes you put force, but the force transfer, okay? It actually breaks the nut. Why does that happen? Why does sometimes the nut break and it’s not the soft avocado that breaks? Because surely the soft avocado should be mushing away, but it isn’t. So what’s happened there? Why has that happened?
[Emma]Too much force?
[Jaz]That’s a good one actually. If you put more force, like if you are using a giant hammer to break a nut, it’s overkill. So maybe, and already lesson number one of the podcast is sometimes when you have a fragile tooth, like a fragile lower premolar with a huge MOD amalgam and extracting it, if you, and it’ll happen to you, it’s happened to me many times.
I remember I was taking a tooth out and I broke it and my consultant was very upset with me. He said, when you’ve got a fragile tooth, you have to grip it. You still put the force transfer. You have to grip it lighter. And then try and sort of twist it basically until you feel as though if you twist any more, the tooth will break.
So you kind of have to respect the tooth basically. So that’s lesson number one, basically the appropriate amount of force. So maybe you put too much pressure and it broke the nut. Basically, what else could it be?
[Emma]That you didn’t have a good enough grip on the-
[Jaz]Yes. And it slipped away and it slipped away. So that is akin kind of tooth not having an application point. So an application point, like if you put the spoon, for example, right. Or a knife. Where the nut meets the avocado. Where the nut meets the flesh of the avocado. And what you’re trying to recreate that in terms of tooth analogy is you’re trying to put the luxator in push push push or you get the elevator.
Right and then you do the twist. If you get a nice application point what you should feel is the tooth that you are extracting, you kind of see under loops like lifting up a bit at the same time your instrument is not slipping. And the adjacent teeth, tooth behind it, for example, is not having too much pressure.
They are not seeing that one move as well. That is the ideal application point. So feeling an application point is that you are moving your wrist, moving your hand. And the instrument is not rotating. Like the instrument is sturdy. Because that force transfer is going from your arm, to the instrument, to the tooth.
So that is an application point. You’re feeling that actually, if you were to really go for it, all the energy would get transferred for the tooth, but sometimes you don’t want to put all your might into it because the scenario one will happen again, whereby the nut breaks. And so what you want to do in that scenario, the elevator, is like, gentle, a little bit, you’re kind of getting that tactile feedback, just like you said, you’re really learning a lot from that tactile, and you feel as though that if you’re putting too much, that is, nothing’s really happening, you want to go the other way, and then you see the tooth become more mobile, in the same way that an avocado nut goes mobile.
I’m going to just go with this avocado nut analogy and just say one more thing that extractions actually very easy if you think about it. Okay, fundamentally, there is only two ways to extract the tooth. That’s it. And the same way to remove the nut basically from avocado. Either you break the nut. You make the nut smaller. If you make the nut smaller, you can take it out. Or you remove the avocado flesh. If you literally get a spoon and you gouge out and you sacrifice avocado flesh, you can take the nut out in the same way.
Taking a tooth out is, either you make the hole bigger, i. e. you remove the bone, okay, or you make the nut smaller, i. e. you section the tooth, or you drill into the tooth, basically. And when we think of it that way, you kind of get an idea. Does that help in any way, with this nut analogy, and actually figuring out what an application, does that answer what an application point can feel like?
[Emma]Yeah, so in my head, I thought an application point was like, I don’t know a specific thing, but from what you’re saying, it’s like a situation. I don’t know if that makes sense.
[Jaz]It’s a situation. It’s a position that you find, right? Whereby this is sometimes to understand what something is, we have to appreciate what it isn’t. It isn’t when you put your instrument and you’re moving it and your entire instruments moving left and right, and nothing’s actually happened to the tooth. That is not that. It’s not when you’re put your elevator and the tooth and the wrong tooth is moving. It’s not that basically you’re in the exact right place.
In the PDL, where you’re putting that energy force transfer and the tooth that you want to take out is starting to get some energy, is starting to move a bit and your instrument is not moving because if the instrument is not moving, that means actually it’s in the right place to put the force into the tooth you’re moving without significantly damaging the adjacent teeth.
[Emma]Yeah, no, that makes sense. So like the things that you’re looking for, that’s your application point rather than like one specifically, this is what I was thinking in my head anyway, but no, that definitely clears it up 100%.
[Jaz]In the same way, like the another scenario for application point is imagine you’re removing a lower molar, two roots, okay? And then what happens is that one root and the crown comes out leaving behind, just one root in there, right? And so in this scenario, have you ever used cryers? Those ones that look like a flag?
[Emma]I’ve never used them. No.
[Jaz]So let’s imagine you get a cryer in, right? It’s curved. And then you try to like get the pointy bit. You want it to almost engage in the pulp chamber or something. Or in some piece of anatomy of that remaining root. And sometimes what you can do is you can create an application point yourself. You can get a bur. You can sink it into the root basically. And now what you find is when you put the pointy bit, the cryer, and it will lock inside the tooth.
So before the instrument was slipping, now, because you burred into the tooth a bit, okay. You’re now able to find that the tip of your cry is actually just sits in there. And then that’s an application point because now what you’ve done now, when you twist, okay, the energy transfer will now go from your hand.
To the cryer, to the tooth. Whereas before it was hand to the cryer, but it was slipping. The tooth wasn’t getting that energy. And now that application point allows you to retrieve it. It’s a cool little trick, basically, that allows you to get out a little hole. Basically sometimes having cryer when you’re moving roots is a, is a really good way to do it.
[Emma]Yeah. So in that situation, you’ve created your application point. Yeah.
[Jaz]Yes. You’ve leveraged, you create a leverage point, create an application point. So that’s a really, really lovely question. Just to go with the avocado analogy a little bit more, by the way, sometimes, okay, because the initial avocado cut was more like 55%, 45%, okay, the reason why the nut stayed in the one with the 55% cut, basically, is because the avocado was above the maximum bulbosity of the avocado nut.
It’s like the undercut. And so let’s just go around with a knife and you just loosen up that bit of avocado near the top. Then the nut comes off very easily. And sometimes we see the same thing in teeth. Basically, we literally, we just need to just get down a little bit more beyond the applicator, beyond the maximum bulbosity.
And then it can come out. Now, if you see a bulbosity on the root, like you see a root and then out of nowhere has like a bulbosity.
[Emma]Yeah.
[Jaz]Have you experienced that yet, Emma?
[Emma]I haven’t. No, not clinically.
[Jaz]Massive red flag, okay? They are really, really tough because you can’t get that out, because it’s just like the nut, there’s too much flesh above, right, the undercut. And so what typically happens, that literally the whole tooth, your forceps, your hand is spinning around. The tooth is like feeling like it’s going to come any second and you’re there for minutes, just try and take it out. It’s because of that maximum bulbosity because of that sort of bulbosity. So this is what you can learn from the avocado nut analogy. I’ll stop with the analogy there, but I’m hoping it was useful. I’ve always wanted to bust it out and I’m glad you gave me the platform to use. Thank you.
[Emma]No, a hundred percent. The next thing I was going to ask you Jaz was the difference between using a luxator and using an elevator. Am I right in saying you would always go for luxation first?
[Jaz]Yes. So I’m going to ask you, what do you think, what do you think we should be using it for? And if you’re wrong, it’s okay, I’ll correct you. If you’re right, I’ll root for you. Go for it.
[Emma]I think for, would you usually go for luxation first to sort of tear that PDL and that’s when you’re going down the long axis of the tooth. Is that right?
[Jaz]Well done.
[Emma]And then-
[Jaz]And do you think we’re going buccally and lingually or do you think we’re going interproximally?
[Emma]I don’t, I know in Glasgow we don’t, well, the students aren’t allowed to use them sort of lingually anyway. I don’t know if normal dentists would use them lingually, but we’re not allowed to.
[Jaz]Excellent. So good. Anatomical considerations, okay. Lingually, lower is a dangerous area. Why is it a dangerous area? Have you thought about that?
[Emma]I suppose if you slip, you’re at risk of damaging the lingual nerve.
[Jaz]Absolutely. If you slip, you can damage the lingual nerve. You can go through the floor of the mouth, you can cause a major bleed, it’s a very vascular area. Absolutely. So, lingual luxation, not really gaining so much, right? Sometimes the bone, right, it’s approximately so thin anyway, okay? And so, it’s just a risky area. And again, buccally, like, what are you achieving? And if you’re a bit too aggressive, you kind of chip away at the most coronal portion of that bone basically.
And so it’s safer, the interproximal bone is more sacrificial. So if you are luxating, you get down and little bits of a granules of bone are breaking away, it’s more forgiving. So yes, you typically go interproximally with a, let’s say to A, it’s safer and B the kind of application point, even for luxation where you’re trying to get down is much easier to get.
[Emma]Okay. And then-
[Jaz]Yes, it’s severing PDL.
[Emma]Yeah. Severing the PDL and that will mobilize your shifts.
[Jaz]Yes, it will. And it’s kind of in a way that whole term of dilating the socket, right? Like getting some sort of flex basically, it’s kind of doing that as well. We want to be careful with that. Cause we want to make our extractions as a traumatic or least traumatic as possible, basically.
Right. And so there is an art to it. I know many dentists use something called periotomes, okay, for this purpose to really work on that PDL, like, they’re really working on it, working on it, working on it, so the tooth almost just comes out, like, completely clean, basically, like, it just wants to just come out without very minimal force, because you want to not damage the bone, think about it, if you’re putting lots of force with an elevator or a luxator, basically, there’s like micro cracks appearing in the bone.
And so some people are very, very anal about that because they want this very nice environment for their future implant. And so what we can learn from that is always think about excessive force. Always think about, okay, do I need to really do any more? Is this actually benefiting me or am I crossing the barrier of excess force?
Interjection:Hey guys, just Jaz interfering. If you are a student and you’ve come this far, you need to check out the Protrusive Student section. It’s a student forum on our app, Protrusive Guidance. You can get free access to it. All you have to do is email student@protrusive.co.uk with some proof that you are a student.
And when you join this community, you’ll get added to that space, but also a bonus space called Protrusive Vault. We have all our Premium notes, infographics, all the goodies that we have to help improve your practice and help improve your learning, as well as that, you get access to the crush your exams section.
I wish I had this when I was a student, it’s all those revision notes that Emma’s been working hard on. The best place to start is www.protrusive.app. And once you made an account, you can actually download us on iOS or Android as well. And of course, if you’re a qualified dentist, this is the place to get your CE credits.
As well as being the nicest and geekiest community of dentists in the world. I don’t put any Facebook ads out there. I don’t market. I only talk about the app to those who listen to the podcast because I find that you are the nicest and geekiest tribe of dentists in the world. And you deserve to be surrounded by really lovely dentists who love to learn, which is what we found on Protrusive Guidance. Back to the main episode.
[Emma]So taking your time with luxation, and I’ve never used a peritome myself, but I’ve seen other dentists, implant dentists, use it for their atraumatic extractions and things. So it takes a lot of time.
[Jaz]And they’re taking a lot of time, right? They’re going all the way around. They try and get to that PDL, and they’re trying to really loosen it. The dream for the implant surgeon is to take out the tooth with just a peritome, as much as possible, basically, to loosen it, and that is a very atraumatic extraction. So with the luxator, by the way. Like you don’t want to do typically. And here’s some real world advice. We don’t want to use a Luxator and you want to put in and then start twisting and starting to lift and tooth up.
But in the real world, when you’re in with the luxator and you start to see some movement, okay, you get a little bit carried away. You just flick it and it comes out sometimes. And so it’s not how we should be using it. We’re kind of damaging luxator basically. That’s what the elevators are for.
But in the real world, I think we’re all guilty of doing it. You put the luxator in, you try and get some mobility and you do the other side, get some mobility, and at that point you can either get some forceps or sometimes just do a bit of a twist with the luxator and the tooth just pops out. Cause that’s the only way it can go.
[Emma]Yeah. And I’ll send you a picture of it. In our introduction to oral surgery, there is a slides that big bold letters that just said luxators are not elevators.
[Jaz]Yes, yes, it’s true.
[Emma]Big red writing, so that was drilled into us from day one.
[Jaz]So tell me about elevators then, how you’ve been taught to use elevators.
[Emma]So in Glasgow, we were taught your sort of three different ways of using elevators, like your wheel and axle, lever, and a wedge action, those are the three.
[Jaz]Listen, you’re saying all these things, right? And I don’t remember any of this, okay? So, I’m so far away from dental school now that I’ve got, like I say, the elevator in my hand. I’m just doing my thing from tactile, from muscle memory experience of taking out, thousands of teeth now. And so it’s great. I mean, I don’t expect you to, if you know any of those and you want to talk more about it, go for it. If even you’re like, I’m not really sure what they’re saying. That’s totally cool. That’s a safe place to be. Tell me more about elevators.
[Emma]So I suppose, would it be right in saying the most common elevator would be a Coupland’s?
[Jaz]Yes. Yeah. Coupland’s one, two, and three. They get progressively bigger from one to three, three being the largest.
[Emma]Yeah. So if you’re starting with your luxator and you’re going down that, like the long axis of the tooth, then when you come on to use your Coupland’s elevator, you’re more likely to go at a different angle, like 90 degrees to that, and like towards the tooth. I think you’re more likely to use Coupland’s sort of mesially and distally, is that right? Would you say?
[Jaz]Absolutely. Yeah. Yep. Yep.
[Emma]And you’re going to try and get that sort of application point that we were talking about when you go down in between the bone and the tooth and you’re trying to find that good application point and then you’re going to sort of do your rotation and things with your Coupland’s.
[Jaz]And you start to see if you’re in the right place and it’s a tooth with good anatomy that the tooth will get increasingly more mobility and it just starts to lift up in an ideal world, right? It just starts to lift up and then you can go for forceps to deliver the tooth. Whereas when I was learning extractions, they were so, cause this was second year we were learning doing extractions in Sheffield, right?
And so they were so worried about us using elevators and luxators and causing damage, that we were just forceps only. It’s like, you learn the hard way, just do forceps only, which really is not ideal because the amount of force transfer, you’re more likely to break a tooth. And so luxators definitely are the way to go in the real world. Luxators, elevation, and then delivery with forceps.
[Emma]Yeah. So how do you know when you have sufficiently loosened a tooth enough that you’re ready to move on to forceps? Like, are you listening for something? Feeling for something? Like, what are you looking for?
[Jaz]A lot of times with teeth with favorable root anatomy, right? That conical roots without any curvatures, without any bulbosities, maybe they’ve got an apical infection already, therefore the bone quality isn’t very good there, therefore it’s softer. In those scenarios, by the time you’ve luxated, by the time you’ve done a bit of elevation, the tooth is quite mobile now, right?
And then you just know, okay, I’m ready for my forceps and then it’s a nice day at the office. You get to have a coffee afterwards. Sometimes you’re there luxating and the bone is like marble. And then you’re elevating and the bone is like, you’re not getting very much basically, and then you’ve got to think about, okay, can I get my forceps on and start to like twist and try to traumatize that PDL is trying to do.
And so it all comes with experience, but I would say that when you feel as though the tooth is ready to deliver, forceps a good point, or you’re not really making that much progress on elevator. All in all, the best tip I learned, and something that perhaps it’s not easy to relate to as a student, but one thing I can say is the six second rule.
It was never taught to me directly. It was like someone shattered someone and they learned it and then they told me and now I’m sharing it with everyone else. But essentially it’s a six second rule. Have you heard of my, not my six second rule, have you heard of the six second rule?
[Emma]No, I don’t think so.
[Jaz]So the six second rule, and actually when, when you join Protrusive Guidance, our app, and then first question in the checklist is, what’s the number one thing that you’ve learned from the podcast? And a few people have said the six second rule actually is the number one thing that they learned.
Essentially, imagine you stick a luxator in. And then you put luxator in, and you’re kind of putting that long axis, and you’re doing tiny little rotations, not twisting so much, but you’re trying to sort of wiggle a tiny bit to try and traumatize that PDL, right? And you’re trying to hopefully get a little bit more apical, half a millimeter, half a millimeter, that’s a good day.
And as you’re doing that, you’re seeing that you’re making progress. And if you’re making progress, that’s good, you continue, okay? And then you go the other side. The six second rule pertains to that if you’re using an instrument or you’re using a technique and you tried it correctly for six seconds Okay, And nothing’s happening.
Literally like nothing’s happening, right? You’re doing it as nothing’s happening. You have to change It doesn’t mean you change the instrument doesn’t mean you change technique, but something needs to change So for example, if I’m using a luxator and nothing’s happening, if it’s been six seconds, I’m going to change my angle, my position, because maybe I’m not there at the ideal application point, okay?
Because I’ve done it before, I learned this rule, and you’ll be there for ages doing the same thing, and nothing’s real. It’s like the definition of insanity, right? I think it was Einstein, right? Definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again, expecting a different result, and you apply that to extractions, and you’re there.
Like, you’re there with forceps, right? And you’re there for ages, and nothing’s happening, and your wrist is hurting, your arm’s hurting. You’ve got to change something, either change your forceps or reintroduce a different size of elevator, or in my world, you’ve got to be sectioning, you’ll be raising a flap or whatever it could be basically.
So the six second rule means that if something’s not happening, if you’re not seeing a visible change in six seconds, do something about it. Don’t just continue to do what you’re doing.
[Emma]Yeah. And I’ve had a situation where tooth wasn’t moving, couldn’t find that application point. And the tutors watched me and he’s like, are you making any progress? Now I’m, no. And he went, well, why are you still doing that?
[Jaz]Great. It’s great. You’ve got taught that. Very good.
[Emma]Yeah. It’s like change it up. You’ve got to try something different is what one of those clinicians that are quite, in a good way, quite cutthroat. I was like, yeah, why am I still doing that?
[Jaz]It’s amazing that you learned that lesson early. Like, so many of us, I’m not going to name drop anyone, but, a dentist that I know very well, he or she is just, refuses to take my advice to start sectioning teeth for whatever reason. And they break teeth and they struggle and very much they’re just doing the same thing over and again.
I’m like, just change it up. Okay. And it’s constantly just be dynamic. And be confident about it. We’re getting some movement here, but actually I’m going to now change technique and it’s going back to one thing we haven’t talked about, which is having a plan for extraction. When I’m doing a crown prep, I have a plan.
I never thought that an extraction would have a plan. I thought the plan was extract the tooth, tick, right? Well, actually, you should have a plan. If this doesn’t work, you’re next going to do sectioning. If that doesn’t work, you’re next going to do this. That was taught to me as a DCT. And that’s the trickier the tooth is, it’s really nice to have like a checklist plan.
[Emma]Yeah. And I think that’s good for your patient as well. Like not even in terms of consent obviously, but just so that they know what’s going on. That would mean ease my mind a little bit as a patient as well. Having a bit of a plan.
[Jaz]And I love that you said that because in me to involve our patient that, we tell them, okay, so you’ve got a really tricky tooth here. It’s not going to come out in like five seconds. Don’t worry. As long as it’s not feeling anything. As long as you are comfortable, leave it to our space deep. We’ve got little tricks and tips up our sleeve to get this out. First, we’re going to try it one way and then we may have to just cut the tooth in half, basically.
Don’t worry. You won’t feel a single thing. It’ll sound like you’re having a filling done. And at some stage, the top of the tooth might break off and don’t worry. This happens very commonly because the tooth is very weak. And you just tell them, look, you’re in the driver’s seat. You’ve got everything under control, right? You just put the seatbelt on and leave the rest of me.
[Emma]Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I’ve never had a tooth taken out. I wouldn’t like to, but I know that if I was a patient, like I would want to know, I’m that kind of person. I would want to know what’s going on. So-
[Jaz]The worst thing you can do is if you don’t tell the patient all these things, right, and then now you’re like, nurse, can you pass me this? Can you pass me that? And you’re there for ages and you’re like, hmm, I’m now going to start sectioning. Just spend that one minute at the beginning, just telling someone, hey, yours is a tricky one. We’re going to try all sorts. At some stage, you’ll be laying down. Don’t worry. It’s part of the plan. Okay. But the most important thing is you are comfortable and you don’t feel a thing that just that one minute, giving that confidence that, okay, you know what? It’s not going to be just like tape tooth comes out. It’s going to be a bit of a journey with ebbs and flows and that’s okay.
[Emma]Yeah, I suppose related to that is my last sort of question, which was about common mistakes that I suppose dental students or younger dentists, dentists, whoever, like common mistakes maybe that you’ve come across that are new graduates that they do during extractions and how they can be avoided. Like what advice do you have for students when they encounter a challenging or a difficult extraction?
[Jaz]Okay, I think the most common mistake you make, which I’ve made before as well, is you just get tunnel vision on the tooth but you really need to take a step back and look at the teeth around, okay. And very often you see these huge MOD amalgams and really fragile teeth, teeth that should have had a cram but they don’t and whatnot.
And you just need to have a plan of how you’re going to mitigate that force going transferred into those adjacent teeth, but also telling the patient, showing the x ray, saying, look, I’m taking this one out. But it’s actually impossible to take this one out without the other teeth feeding a little bit of a bump.
It’s a bit like you’re trying to eat some food and you’re only going to eat on one tooth. No, a bit of collateral force will go on all the adjacent teeth. When I’m taking this tooth out, as I’m twisting it, it’s going to be pushing a little bit on the adjacent teeth. Okay, and that’s okay. But if your tooth has got some decay inside that we can’t see on the x ray, or your tooth is just very fragile, Okay, sometimes a filling comes away.
Okay, if it comes away, we will put a temporary dressing and then we will deal with it. Good strong teeth don’t break, but teeth that already have an issue usually do, it can break. And if that happens, we will sort you out in the future and it can sometimes can alert us to issues that could happen. So just have that conversation beforehand that yeah, this could happen.
Okay, and if you encounter a scenario whereby the adjacent teeth are heavily restored. A really great thing you could do is, now me and you Emma have been working on a breaking contact series basically, which we’ll come to soon basically, but actually just breaking the contact. So imagine you’re taking out a lower right molar, as you would do for a crown prep, you break the contacts, mesial and distal, right?
Except this time you have the luxury that you’re actually removing this tooth, so you can use the big bur and really just go for it. Mow the tooth. Obviously do not touch the adjacent teeth, obviously, but you can actually just get some good practice and just being very, very, practice a crown prep, crown margin, wherever you want, basically just get rid of those mesial and distal contacts.
Okay. You’ve done now two things. At the point of luxating, elevating, and forceps, those interproximal contacts are no longer pushing on the adjacent teeth and transferring the force of the adjacent teeth. And two, the other wonderful thing that you’ve done here is now, because you created space for that tooth, it can actually wiggle around, mesial distal, and rotate without colliding with the adjacent teeth.
And actually you can twist and torque the PDL more because now it’s able, you can imagine the tooth moving about more in a socket compared to when it’s got really tight contacts and it’s jammed. Is that making, can you visualize that?
[Emma]Yeah, 100%. I’ve never seen anyone do that, actually, but that makes so much sense. Like the tooth is going anyway, so yeah.
[Jaz]It’s one of those things that I’ve got on my sleeve that if I’m applying the six second rule and a tooth and someone’s got like a bone, like marble, and it’s just not budging, then I know the tooth’s going to break. If I just put more and more pressure, tooth’s going to break.
If you just break the contacts, not only do you protect the adjacent teeth, your extraction becomes simpler. So that’s the number one thing. Number two thing, like I said, is to communicate to that patient as well. And number three, like, I mean, we can dedicate a whole episode to medical history and stuff, right?
And this is not what this episode is about. It’s about actually tips that young dentists and colleagues who struggle with instructions can use tomorrow. And then hopefully everything we’ve said from the avocado to all these tips is usable basically, but just medical history wise, a basic thing is just asking, have you had your breakfast today or have you had some food today?
Because a lot of people, they think that, oh, I’m having a toothache, I better fast or something. People think that, right? And then when you give them the local, and the adrenaline is going, and what are they going to do? They’re going to faint. So it’s always important to check. Okay, have you eaten? Okay, and if they say no, the next question to ask is, is that normal for you?
If it’s normal for them, then that’s cool. But if it’s unusual for them not to have eaten, okay, I’m just going to give him a sugary drink. I make a joke about it. Don’t tell anyone else I gave you a Fanta or get a sugary drink or whatever. But you’re going to have it kind of thing. By the way, I don’t have Fanta in the practice.
I just give them like a glucose mix. Okay. It’s really important. I don’t know why I got a Fanta. So that was my other tip basically to do check the medical history in terms of, that’s fine. And then the last thing is throughout your career, Emma, you will remove potentially if you do the GDP life, thousands of teeth, right?
When you do enough of anything. Imagine the chance of you extracting the wrong tooth is 1 in 5, 000. If you take out 5, 000 teeth, it might happen once. So how can we mitigate that is before I take out any tooth, before I put my probe to check if it’s numb enough or my luxator on any tooth, I will always count.
I will always check the chart. Okay. Upper right six, and I will do upper right four, upper right five, upper right six. And I will just say it out loud, before I do it. Those are my quick wins. That’s sort of like audible checklist, yeah. Yes!
[Emma]Yeah, the checklist manifesto. Yeah.
[Jaz]Absolutely.
[Emma]I mean, it wasn’t anyone that I knew, but I remember speaking to a nurse a wee while ago, and it was a VT’s, like, first day doing treatment in the practice, and it went for the wrong tooth. But it was lucky enough that the nurse spotted it. But it does, I think it can happen, especially under pressure. Like you just get flustered or you don’t know what you’re doing. So just having that other person there.
[Jaz]And it’s so great for that nurse. But a lot of times nurses are thinking about other things. They think about suction. They think about lunch. They think about whatever, right? So the onus is on you. Responsibility is on you. So if it’s one thing people take away from this episode, it’s just have that audible checklist, upper right 5, upper right 6, upper right 7, here’s my tooth, here’s my target tooth. And that little just automatic thing that you do might just save you one day.
[Emma]Yeah, for sure. And I mean, I know it’s not really a thing in general practice, but I know in the hospital, like in the oral surgery department, we do the whole, is it the WHO, like the surgical checklist and all your sharps and all that sort of a thing as well, which is good. So it just saves your back as well.
[Jaz]That’s a really good way to do it. And a lot of this practice I learned from time in hospital, whereby the patient walks in and on the whiteboard, You have like a chart, and then you wrote, you write them the teeth that are actually being removed that day.
And then you took them off as you do it, obviously in hospitals more complex, more teeth being extracted, et cetera. But it’s such a great way to do it. Having the radiograph up, being prepared, having a mental sort of checklist of all things, just foundational.
[Emma]Yeah. And like you were saying, I know you said at the start, a lot of it’s muscle memory. So I think students can get really quite frustrated with extractions but then when it starts to come I think a lot of students really really like oral surgery and extractions and things they think they’re quite satisfying, quite fun and a good thing to do when it goes well. But yeah, so I just need to tell myself not to get too bogged down over it because like I said I’ve done just over maybe 10 extractions but I’ve not had to do, like, I’ve not been able to do any of them without help, so.
[Jaz]I think, hopefully, some of the tips I gave today will help you find that application point. Or help you just communicate with your patient those important aspects. What you might struggle to do as a student is say to your tutor, Oh, I think I’m in a section of contacts. They’ll be like, what? We don’t even have hand pieces here.
I don’t know how it works, you know what I mean? So there are some things that you apply in the real world and have up your sleeve, and some things that you just have to oblige in dental school. I’m just putting myself in your shoes, that’s all.
[Emma]Yeah, yeah, no, 100%.
[Jaz]Emma, excellent questions as always. It’s great to have you back for another season here. What notes have you prepared for the dental students in the crush your exam section of the Protrusive Guidance app?
[Emma]So to link in with this theme, obviously, I’m going to go for extractions. There’s bits and bobs in there about anesthetic, your instruments, lots about instruments. I know that’s big for competencies, especially in second, third years, knowing your instruments, as well as your techniques on how to use them as well.
I know we spoke about it briefly in here, but it does go quite into depth about the movements that you’re using with your wrists and your arms. your surgical checklist that we were talking about as well. So loads of bits and bobs about extractions there, just lots of good tips and study notes.
[Jaz]And there’s a whole plethora of every previous episode that we’ve done so far in the Protrusive Student series. All those have got wonderful from dental materials, which is the very exhaustive they did, crown preps, everything is wonderful, anatomy. So thanks so much for doing all those. And it’s great to see you and it’s great to see you smiling and enjoying your fourth year.
It will get tough, right? Especially when exam season comes around and whatnot, but you can do this Emma, the whole community is rooting for you. And please keep up the wonderful work you’re doing in spreading good, good vibes and good knowledge on social media.
[Emma]Perfect. Thank you so much.
Jaz’s Outro:There we have it guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. Please tell me in the comments, what was your tip that you took away? What was a validation points for you? Or maybe you just want to comment to wish Emma all the best with her fourth year.
As I said, this episode is unusually eligible for CE. When I look back at all the feedback we’ve had from the Protrusive Student series, so many dentists are watching and enjoying, so I thought, okay, let’s certify. So we’ve done the whole quality assurance protocol on the CE, we’ve got aims and objectives, and we’ve got questions. So you have to actually get a high score to be able to show that you learned something, reflect on it, and you get a wonderful certificate sent to you every week.
And then every quarter, Mari will send you your certificates and tally up all the hours that you’ve got with us. So thank you, Mari, for doing that. Thank you to my team. The team is ever expansive. We’ve grown yet again. So thanks so much to all of Team Protrusive for all that you do.
For all the Protruserati out there, we’ve just celebrated recently 300 episodes of Protrusive. So again, I’m so, so thankful for your listenership and watchership, if that’s a word, over all those years. Thank you so much. And please, if you haven’t already told your friends about us, why not? This is how we grow and we really appreciate your referral. Thanks so much and catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Nov 29, 2024 • 1h
White Patches – When to Refer + Diagnoses ORAL MED – PDP206
Are you confident in diagnosing white patches?
Which white patches need an URGENT referral?
How do you tell the difference between lichen planus, lichenoid reactions, and other common lesions?
Dr. Amanda Phoon Nguyen is back with another amazing episode, this time diving deep into the world of oral white patches. Jaz and Amanda explore the most common lesions you’ll encounter, breaking down their appearance, diagnosis, and management.
They also discuss key strategies to help you build a strong differential diagnosis, because identifying the right lesions early can make all the difference in patient care.
https://youtu.be/xlQpuQu2Hl0
Watch this full episode on YouTube
Protrusive Dental Pearl: A new infographic summarizing Dr. Amanda Phoon Nguyen’s key teachings. Jaz describes it as an easy-to-follow “cheat sheet” designed to simplify complex ideas and make it easier to apply the concepts discussed in the episode.
You can download the Infographic for free inside Protrusive Guidance ‘Free Podcasts + Videos’ section.
Key Takeaways
White patches in the oral cavity can be classified into normal variants, non-pathological patches, and potentially malignant disorders.
It is important to identify the cause of the white patch and differentiate between different types.
Referrals should be made based on the characteristics of the white patch and the urgency of the situation.
Clinical photographs are valuable in referrals and can aid in triaging patients.
Ongoing monitoring is important for potentially malignant disorders. Lichen planus can have different types and presentations, and a biopsy may be necessary for certain cases.
Enlarged taste buds, particularly in the foliate papillae, are usually bilateral and not a cause for concern.
Oral lichenoid lesions can be triggered by dental restorative materials or medications, and a change in dental material may sometimes improve the condition.
Smoker’s mouth can present with white patches and inflammation in areas where smoke gathers, and counseling patients to reduce smoking is important.
Oral submucous fibrosis, often caused by areca nut chewing, requires regular review and counseling patients to stop chewing the nut.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights for this episode:
01:22 Protrusive Dental Pearl
05:13 Dr. Amanda Phoon Nguyen Introduction
07:39 White Patches Introduction
09:16 Understanding Geographic Tongue
12:44 Keratosis vs. Leukoplakia
19:02 Proliferative Verrucous Leukoplakia
22:18 Referral Tips for General Dentists
29:56 Understanding Leukoplakia
33:17 Urgent and Non-Urgent Referrals
34:37 Patient Communication
39:17 Discussing Erythroplakia
41:03 Oral Lichen Planus: Diagnosis and Management
47:50 Enlarged Taste Buds
49:47 Oral Lichenoid Lesions vs Oral Lichen Planus
53:43 Smoker’s Mouth
55:14 Oral Submucous Fibrosis
57:23 Learning more from Dr. Amanda Phoon Nguyen
This episode is eligible for 1 CE credit via the quiz below.
This episode meets GDC Outcomes B and C.
AGD Subject Code: 730 ORAL MEDICINE, ORAL DIAGNOSIS, ORAL PATHOLOGY (Diagnosis, management and treatment of oral pathologies)
Dentists will be able to –
Identify the cause of a white patch and differentiate between different types.
Understand when and how to make referrals based on the characteristics of the white patch and the urgency of the situation.
Appreciate the importance of ongoing monitoring for potentially malignant disorders, including when to consider a biopsy.
For those interested in visual case studies and deeper insights into oral lesions and conditions, follow Dr. Amanda on Instagram and Facebook!
If you loved this episode, be sure to check out another epic episode with Dr. Amanda – Prescribing Antifungals as a GDP – Diagnosis and Management – PDP151
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: You may have some patients that haven't been to see the dentist in a long time. They're fairly cavalier. They don't think it's going to be anything serious. They will go see the oral medicine specialist when they get some time off work or when it suits them. Those are the patients that you probably have to sit down and actually have a conversation with them, tell them that you're worried that it's cancerous, they've got these risk factors, it is much better than it gets picked up early.
Teaser:Sometimes you get patients that are very anxious and as soon as you use the C word, that’s all they’re going to see, that’s all they’re going to hear, they can’t sleep for two weeks. You still have to give them the information and educate them on it, but there are ways to do it gently, where you can say, like you’re thinking that it potentially could be quite serious. You’re not saying that it’s cancer, but, you’re a little bit worried. There are ways that you can do it. I actually tell people this story. So I was a registrar training in oral medicine.
Jaz’s Introduction:It’s November, which means it’s oral medicine and oral pathology month. You know what? I actually really regret having these months. Like, to try and be organized enough, to have enough episodes or at least one episode to dedicate for that month. It’s been tough for me. So I think once we finish all the months, I’m probably not going to reintroduce this specific theme month because it’s just too much pressure on us as a team. But I do hope you’ve enjoyed the past months and having a little bit of focus.
Even if it was just one or two episodes that month, it’s been nice on the Protrusive Guidance Community app to have some like themed polls and themed questions. Thank you all for getting involved. Today’s episode is on white patches. It was going to be white patches and red patches, but it was so much to cover on white patches that our amazing guest Amanda and I decided that actually let’s just focus on white patches.
Why? Because white patches are so much more common than red patches. I know red patches are scarier, but you’ll see way more white patches day in and day out. Think about it, right? Lichen planus, lichenoid reactions, both of those get a huge amount of coverage in this episode, as well as smokers mouth and some lesions that you can get on the tongue.
The mission of this episode is to help you identify and get a differential diagnosis. And importantly, recognize which type of these lesions warrant a referral and which one of these referrals should be urgent. Stay tuned for a really educational episode.
Dental PearlNow, every PDP episode I give you a Protrusive Dental Pearl, and today’s pearl is the infographic that you’ll definitely want to grab for this episode. As per our previous infographics, it’s just an incredible summary of everything Amanda teaches us in this episode. We made it visual and easy to follow. It’s like a little cheat sheet, just like some of the other, like the antifungals one that we have or how to choose a ceramic one. And this one is available on Protrusive Guidance for free.
So if you want a copy of this one, you just have to click on this episode within Protrusive Guidance and you’ll be able to get it. Anyone can join for free on Protrusive Guidance. If you identify yourself to be a Protruserati, one of us, you’ll If you’re geeky and if you’re nice make a free account and if you want CPD or CE credits while you’re at it. Make a paid account.
We’d love to see you on there. And there’s so much education that we’re constantly adding. You’ve got pretty much 300 plus hours of CE credits available for you. But more powerful than that, is the power of community. It’s been so nice to be moved away from Facebook to our own app and how people have just engaged in the most wonderful way, in a helpful way.
The kind of toxicity you see on those other social media platforms, Facebook, you don’t get that on Protrusive Guidance. Because the kind of person that’d be listening to an episode on oral medicine. Yes, you know who you are, you’re so geeky. That’s the kind of person I want on our group. So to get that infographic, head on over to www. protrusive. app on your browser, make a free account, then you can download it on Android, iOS, and use those login credentials to access the platform. And then of course, you can make a community account or a CE account, or just keep it as a free account and access all the free parts of the podcast in the best way possible.
Now, while we’re talking about Protrusive Guidance, I want to introduce this new thing called Community Insight. Every now and then I post a poll and I’m just amazed about the variation of responses that we get from the Protruserati. So recently I put a poll up asking how do you guys manage a symptomatic, okay, so symptomatic cracked molar.
What is your most likely management assuming the crack is not a true vertical fracture, so basically it’s a restorable tooth, you think. And it’s symptomatic, so obviously the pulp is upset. The kind of pain when someone says, Oh yeah, when I bite together, when I chew something hard, I feel a pain right here. Or when you use a tooth sleuth, and they bite down, and they release, and they feel that sharp pain.
That’s the classic cracked tooth, right? Cracked tooth syndrome. How is everyone managing that? Well, let me tell you, 34% of you are going straight to a definitive custodial coverage restoration. So that could be Emax, Zirconia, Gold, whatever. You’re going straight to definitive. You guys are brave. I respect you.
18% are placing a long term provisional indirect restoration. I voted for this one. For me, it’s an approach I quite like to provisionalize it with a custodial coverage restoration. And this could be for many months, four months, six months, even up to a year. And I’ll be honest, it’s not just because I feel as though this is the best way to manage it, it’s kind of like diary management.
Sometimes my diary gets so crazy that I want to just give the patient a break until their next checkup and their problem is sorted, the pain is gone, they’ve got that temporary crown and we’ll upgrade it. It also gives us an opportunity to see if this tooth ends up needing a root canal treatment. Now, the most popular option you guys selected with 36% was a large cuspal coverage composite and then reassess that in the future.
Nowadays with a matrix system is available or something we’ve discussed previously on this podcast. It is much easier to do these large composites and with the material improvements we’ve had over the years, this is a really viable option. And lastly, with 9%, only 9% of you would place a composite core.
So basically remove the old restoration, clean out the crack a little bit, and just place a core without custom coverage. So sounds like probably that’s not the way to go if 91% of us are not doing that. And if you’d like to join this poll, please again, join us on Protrusive Guidance and engage.
There’s lots of interesting weekly polls. It’s just great to get insight from everyone. We can all certainly learn from each other. Anyway, enjoy Amanda’s energy. Enjoy her knowledge nuggets. I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Dr. Amanda Phoon Nguyen, welcome back to the Protrusive Dental Podcast. How are you?
[Amanda]I’m great, and you?
[Jaz]Yes, very well. Happy New Year to you and all the listeners. I’m not sure exactly when this episode is coming out, so it might be later in the year. We’re trying to go for like an all medicine month, which is why I’m so excited to have you back again. Your episode on antifungals was absolutely brilliant.
Like sometimes because I love restorative dentistry so much, Amanda, and no disrespect to any other specialty, right? And I just feel like, yeah, restorative is amazing. And then I look at other disciplines and all medicine. Sometimes for the general dentist, it’s not as sexy as veneers, right? It’s the same with occlusion and TMD that I like.
I know you like as well, basically. It’s not as sexy as onlays and veneers and stuff. However, how brilliantly engaging you made that and how digestively made that. So hats off to you. That’s have been the feedback from the Protruserati. So well done. And I imagine how you are with dentists and educating.
You’re fantastic, but I imagine you’re also brilliant with your patients. I know, you know how I know this because I saw your social media today and a patient made you a cake.
[Amanda]She did. I was so happy. I was so excited. In case you couldn’t tell, I do have a bit of a sweet tooth and we were just chatting randomly about food and she was like, I make a really good cake. I’m going to make one for you. And I was like, Oh, thank you. And it was an orange chiffon cake. It was absolutely beautiful. Hats off to her.
[Jaz]I think that the secret is whatever you want for your patient, start talking about it. So, with some of my patients, I talk about books and things I read. And so literally yesterday, a patient gifted me a really nice book about leadership that he wrote, actually, it’s like a university text.
So top tips, if you want to start getting presents, start telling your patients what you like, and they might start getting you things, which is interesting. Now, for those who have not yet heard the antifungals episode, I’m going to encourage them to go back to it. Before we delve deep into the world of white patches, essentially answering the question of when should we refer? What are the common diagnoses we make? Just for the new listeners who haven’t seen you or come across you, just tell us about yourself and your position in oral medicine.
[Amanda]Yeah, so I’m an oral medicine specialist in Perth, Western Australia. I mostly work in private practice, although I am a unit coordinator and senior lecturer at Curtin University, adjunct senior lecturer in oral medicine at the University of Western Australia.
I’m also part of the committee of the Oral Medicine Academy of Australasia. And I’m part of the expert committee for a head and neck cancer Australia. So I do a bunch of things on the side, but mostly oral medicine related, which is good because that’s what I like.
[Jaz]Amazing. So let’s delve deep into this in terms of segmenting it. I’m going to have a white patches episode with you and a red patches. Thought it’d be nice to just, instead of mixing them together and encouraging or introducing confusions, let’s make it really tangible. Let’s go into white patches as an overarching thing. I was taught in school that white patches can be scary, but generally they’re going to be okay.
Red patches, a little bit scarier and you’re more likely to refer red patches than white patches. So before we delve deeper into those two, what would you say about this comment that I’ve made? Do you believe in that as well?
[Amanda]I do kind of, however, when we started to talk about recording this episode together, I thought it was a really big topic and I was wondering how to actually make it easy and digestible to understand. And I think maybe the easiest way to start off first is to classify it into normal white patches, non pathological white patches, or red and white patches that part of the normal spectrum and don’t necessarily need any sort of referral. And then what we would classify as the oral potentially malignant disorders, because occasionally I do get variants of normal anatomy that are referred in, and those are the ones that I don’t think are necessarily require referral. So a classic example of this would be-
[Jaz]Should we pivot actually, so Amanda, should we perhaps pivot then? And if we make this episode as normal stuff, don’t panic guys. This is all normal kind of stuff that we see that might be red, might be white, but these are not worth worrying about. And then in the second episode, we look, go further into the red and white patches that maybe are a worthy referral. What do you think?
[Amanda]Yeah, no, I think that works really well. So in terms of the things that I will classify as variants of normal anatomy that don’t necessarily need referral, is actually surprisingly geographic tongue. So I do get referrals occasionally for geographic tongue. Sometimes the dentist is quite sure what it is, but the patient needs the reassurance.
Sometimes the dentist is actually unsure. So geographic tongue is pretty common. About three percent of the population have it. It’s usually associated with a fissured tongue. If the patient has geographic tongue and it’s asymptomatic, it doesn’t necessarily need any treatment. And the diagnosis of geographic tongue is usually clinical, so it doesn’t usually need a biopsy.
So if you’re seeing something and you’re pretty confident that it’s geographic tongue and you’re keeping an eye on it, I think that that is fine. So geographic tongue, the name geographic, I think, comes because the little areas of erythema, or red patches, actually look like islands. They look like islands on a map and they can move around as well.
So if you’re reviewing the patient and you see that these red patches move, they’re not necessarily worrying. So geographically-
[Jaz]Just to clarify for the younger colleagues that they’re not actually moving when the patient sticks out their tongue, as in like when you see them every few months. They’ll change position. They’re not actually moving. I can imagine them floating like tectonic plates on the tongue.
[Amanda]That would be amazing. But no, very slow. So it’s not usually something that you would see at the same appointment. That’s absolutely correct and very good to clarify. But the map light areas of erythema on the tongue are usually surrounded by a yellow white serpiginous border.
So there’s usually a little white border around it. Now most people would be familiar with how geographic tongue looks on the dorsal tongue, which is what we’ve just described. However, you can get other areas that look a little bit depopulated, a little bit smoother on the ventral or the lateral tongue as well. And these can sometimes catch people out if they’re not sure what it looks like. So if it looks like an area-
[Jaz]You have it just on the ventral and then not on the dorsal. Could that happen? Okay. I can see, I can see why that would catch people out then. Yeah.
[Amanda]And the other thing is, well, and this one, I think sometimes if you’re not sure, if in doubt, you can refer, but you can get geographic tongue, which is called erythema migrans. You can actually get erythema migraines on other parts of the mouth. So you can get it on the palate, on the gingiva, on the buccal mucosa as well. So if you see something that looks a lot like geographic tongue on the oral soft tissues, not necessarily the tongue, just because it’s not on the tongue doesn’t mean that it is an erythema migrans.
So that is probably an example of a variant of normal anatomy that doesn’t need referral. Now if it’s causing the patient significant discomfort, then that might be a reason to refer because sometimes they can be managed with things like topical steroids or sometimes maybe the patient just needs reassurance, but by and large, that is pretty uneventful. Keratosis is-
[Jaz]Before we go to keratosis, I think that’s really good. ‘Cause I’ve learned something already, right? I thought I knew. Yes. Geographic tongue. When it comes away, I know to reassure the patient, but I didn’t appreciate that you can get it on the gingiva. I didn’t appreciate that. You can get it on the ventral, the floor of mouth, kind of a part of the tongue, so that, I definitely learned something there. I heard that sometimes these patients may not be able to tolerate spicy foods as well as others. Is there any truth in that?
[Amanda]Yeah, because the areas of the tongue are de-papillated, there can actually be more sensitivity to certain foods. Spicy foods is one of them, and interestingly, chocolate as well can sometimes cause pain in patients with geographic tongue.
[Jaz]Is there any way I can induce geographic tongue to my wife?
[Amanda]I don’t know, but if you know a way, let me know, because I love chocolate.
[Jaz]Excellent. Okay, great. You can move to keratosis, which I’m sure is going to be a huge one, I guess.
[Amanda]It is because keratosis is difficult sometimes to tell apart clinically from leukoplakia. So the definition of a leukoplakia is a white patch of unknown significance. Keratosis is basically where there’s some sort of trauma or friction in the oral cavity and the oral mucosa has then developed a thicker area of keratosis. So it’s usually seen, for example, in edentulous ridges, that’s a pretty common place to find them.
Now, it can be difficult to tell keratosis and leukoplakia apart. So my top tips is if you’re suspecting someone of developing or having keratosis, is to look for the traumatic source. See why the patient may be developing white patches in the area. A good thing to appreciate as well is if the white patch is localized or well defined or poorly defined.
So a classic example, and everyone I think would have seen this at some stage or they will see it at some stage. Where a patient is a condition called Morsicatio , which is a fancy term to basically describe mucosal biting. So you get a white patch usually on the lower lip or on the buccal mucosa around where the linea alba is and it looks like a corrugated white patch.
It looks exactly like the patient has been chewing on the area. The surface texture is irregular and they get, you know, white patches. So if you see something like that, say if you see a poorly defined white patch on the lower labial mucosa. And as you’re talking to the patient, you see the patient chewing their lower lip. That is more than likely an area of keratosis because you’ve identified a traumatic source.
[Jaz]And these can look really nasty. I’ve seen a lot of my patients with this where cheek nibblers, I like to call them, and it looks really, sometimes it goes to the bottom because it really looks quite diffuse and the skin is flaking away. Yeah, it’s really, really nasty actually.
[Amanda]Now, the good thing about this condition is that it’s not inherently serious. Most times, patients are aware that they’re doing it. I usually try to counsel patients to stop if they can, but would I biopsy an area that is clearly cheek biting? I wouldn’t, as well.
And that’s not something that necessarily I would follow up. I think it’s always the patient’s aware. I’m pretty happy to leave that as is. Another classic example of keratosis would be a patient that has a broken tooth filling or a fractured cusp, I’ve had some patients referred in for ulcers or red and white patches on the sides of your buccal mucosa.
And it is immediately adjacent to a broken tooth or a broken filling, something like that should be addressed first and see if the white patch goes away. In most cases, if you have identified the traumatic cause, it will.
[Jaz]So in that case, let’s put a little dilemma into it. You see a patient with some sort of white patch, you suspect frictional keratosis or traumatic keratosis because it’s next to a broken tooth.
So rather than thinking, Hmm, this could be a leukoplakia, let me refer this. It’s a good thing to put the GIC or smooth, soflex disc just remove the source of trauma and reassess. And is that like a two week thing? One week thing? What do you recommend?
[Amanda]I recommend two weeks. So if you see something, so whether it’s an ulcer, red patch, white patch. Look for a cause of trauma. If you can identify the cause of trauma, eliminate the source of trauma. Review the patient in about two weeks and see if the area is still there, if it has improved or if it’s unchanged or getting worse. If the area is still persistent, if it looks about the same intensity, is not really fading, that’s when I would recommend speaking to the patient about a referral.
[Jaz]Excellent. And how about retromolar pad areas? Is that something on your list? I often see white patches or thickening. I feel as though from the wisdom tooth at the top or a cusp that is just getting low or food trauma where there’s a tooth at the top, there’s no tooth at the bottom, like you said, edentulous area and the food is being sort of like the mucosa is being used as a tooth, for example. Is that a common one that we see? And is that something that gets referred to you?
[Amanda]It does. And those ones can be tricky. So I would like to caveat by saying that even doubt, please refer, like if you’re not sure it is safer to refer. However, a good tip that I would have for this sort of situation, say the retromolar pad, or, a patient has had a bilateral mandibular wisdom teeth removed is to have a look at the contralateral side as well.
If they look fairly similar on the left and the right side, then I’m sort of less worried. However, if there’s a unilateral area that’s significantly worse or anything like that, then I think that that would be a reason to consider referral.
[Jaz]Okay, great. Any other white patches of keratosis that we need to worry about? Any sort of presentations?
[Amanda]Just keep in mind that even with Leukoplakia, even though the definition of Leukoplakia is that it’s a white patch of unknown significance, when you biopsy a Leukoplakia, the results would come back as no dysplasia, mild, moderate, or severe dysplasia, usually, right? And dysplasia is where there are precancerous or potentially precancerous changes that they see on histopathology.
However, you can get keratosis of unknown significance even when you biopsy a leukoplakia. So what I mean by that is that sometimes you get some people who do biopsies of white patches and it comes back with the result with no dysplasia but with keratosis. And they think it’s fine, it’s not a leukoplakia, and then they don’t review the patient.
Just because it’s come back as keratosis with no dysplasia doesn’t mean that it’s not a leukoplakia. Yeah, yeah. Sorry, I know sometimes that that can be confusing, but if the clinical suspicion is of a leukoplakia and there is no dysplasia on biopsy, clinically it is still a leukoplakia and it should be followed up.
So the first thing you want to do is actually to see if there is a cause for the white patch or not. If not, then it is clinically a leukoplakia. And then you need to decide histopathologically, what it is and what you’re gonna do.
[Jaz]So to clarify that, when you refer and they look at the biopsy and they find that there is no dysphasia, but they find keratosis, we cannot then say, oh, it’s just keratosis. We still call it a leukoplakia because we haven’t found the source of the trauma, and therefore we keep reviewing and keep an eye on it, but we label it still in our mind as a leukoplakia.
[Amanda]That’s it. And there are different types and grades of leukoplakia as well. So a condition that I did want to discuss today is something that’s called proliferative verrucous leukoplakia and it basically looks like white plaques and patches in the mouth and they can be quite florid.
So the patient can get these generalized white patches on the gingiva, tongue, buccal mucosa, things like that. Now proliferative verrucous leukoplakia is a oral potentially malignant disorder that has quite a high malignant transformation rate. So the malignant transformation rate for a proliferative verrucous leukoplakia is between 50% to about 90%, usually about 50%.
So this is a patient that is very likely to develop a oral squamous cell carcinoma. Now initially with proliferative verrucous leukoplakias, it can just look like a leukoplakia. It can just look like a area of keratosis. And when you biopsy proliferative verrucous leukoplakia, it can sometimes just come as keratosis.
So, we always have to go with our clinical impression. So, if I followed up a patient with a leukoplakia for some time and I’m quite happy that it’s low risk, nothing’s really changing, I would refer back to the general dentist. And what I think is important for general dentists to know is how to work with an oral medicine specialist.
So usually we would review our patients, but we review our patients also keeping in mind that we are referring them back to the general dentist for their ongoing dental examinations as well. So if a general dentist knows that the patient has any of these oral potentially malignant disorders, they should still be doing their comprehensive head and neck examinations, review examinations and contacting the specialist if there’s any changes. So that’s something that I would recommend.
[Jaz]Yeah, you can’t just rely then on the Oral-Med specialist who sees them twice a year, once a year, to then do the submandibular lymph nodes exam, ask for weight loss. You still gotta do your due diligence, oral cancer exam, don’t think that someone’s taking care of it.
And I think photos, as a general dentist, we take photos of our work anyway and that can really help you as a specialist, especially when we’re sending a referral or when they’re monitoring and together if we’re looking for changes. So that’s a good sign to pick up the camera, don’t you think?
[Amanda]A hundred percent. So if there is one thing that I would like the Protruserati to learn or to do, if they’re not already doing-
[Jaz]Well done.
[Amanda]Please send clinical photographs with your oral medicine referrals, because it makes a big difference when we’re in triaging. Because one of the things that I think is a common-ish question is, how urgent is referral?
You see a white patch, you’ve eliminated any source of trauma, it’s still there. How urgently does this need to be seen by an oral medicine specialist? Now, generally on the whole, the malignant transformation rate for a oral potentially malignant disorder is about 8%. So it’s not, so I mean, it’s going to turn into a canvas.
[Jaz]And that’s 8% annual, is it? Is that how it’s measured, right? Like 8% per year. Okay.
[Amanda]And it’s not something that’s overly urgent. So it’s not like you’ve already spotted a cancer. So I don’t think it has to be triaged as extremely urgent. So sometimes they may be awake for a couple of months to get in to be seen, but it is important that I think, put it into context. Like how urgent does it have to be? You should refer the patient, but the patient doesn’t have to be seen within the same week.
[Jaz]Got it. And now just go through this real world chat here. It’s not really patches, but I had a gentleman on Monday, like we’re a Wednesday on Monday who had a wisdom tooth extraction. In October, end of October, right? And we’re in January now, so three months ago. He came in nine weeks later with pain and swelling around the wisdom tooth area, which is a strange time. So, so long after the wisdom tooth extraction, he was given some antibiotics by a colleague. Again, several weeks later, he’s now got a firm lump in that area, right?
And the wisdom tooth area is completely healed. And the OPG shows that there’s no bony loss there, and we can clearly see the soft tissue mass there. I did not like the look of it. And also, we also have to talk about other things like, have you ever been having any night sweats and weight loss, that kind of stuff?
And he said yes for night sweats. So, I’m thinking, okay, I’m on the phone here to MaxFax saying, okay, I’ve got someone. Can you please see them right now? I think that might be appropriate kind of thing. Like if you’re really concerned about someone’s wellbeing. And they said, okay, we can’t see it right now, but because it’s a busy public hospital, it’s strained.
So they said, okay, send it urgently with it, within what we have in the UK, we have a two week wait pathway. So they will be seen within two weeks. I think it’s good to use your judgment and also ask those other questions and feel the lymph nodes. So on that topic, like before we could delve deeper into different types of patches and stuff, I think it might be good to just recap. What are the other bits of information you’d like in that referral letter, which will help you to triage that patient because, for me, the presence of that night sweats is quite concerning to me.
[Amanda]Yeah. So I think first of all, just putting myself in the shoes of a general dentist, you see a patient come in and they have a lesion of some sort in their mouth. What would make them at a riskier category are some of the things that you would already be picking up in the medical history. So if the patient has a history of cancer themselves, if they have a family history of cancer, if they smoke, if they drink, if they chew areca nut, if they use alcohol containing mouthwashes, if they vape.
These are some of the questions that I would recommend that people start incorporating into their medical history. Because don’t forget, with family history of cancer, we know some of these things do have a genetic component. We do know that different types of cancers can metastasize to the oral cavity as well.
So we do want to make sure that if the patient is at a slightly higher risk category, that we are considering that appropriately. So you’ve done your medical history, you’ve picked out some of these red flags, now, when you do the extra oral examination, just in the context of head and neck cancer, the lymphadenopathy is very important, which is what you talked about, feeling the lymph nodes, knowing where you’re feeling, checking for any sort of tenderness, enlargement, or fixation.
If you do note fixation of any lymph nodes, any unilateral enlargement, that should definitely be noted in the referral. Now, one of the red and white patches that we’re going to be talking about later is actinic cheilitis, which is where there are pre cancerous changes, usually to the lower lip.
This is unexposed. The etiology of this is chronic sun exposure and it can turn into skin cancer. So if you do note any sort of funny lesions on the lip or in the mouth, you’ll be wanting to note all of this down in the referral and sending a photograph with it. Now, what the red flags are for oral cancers that are important to note into the referral is how long the lesion has been there?
That is usually the number one question when it comes to an ulcer when it comes to a red patch with a white patch. Is it a chronic problem? Is it a recurrent problem or is it acute and generally it’s not acute by the time it actually gets into us. So you want to know when it started ideally if you can put this in who they have seen and what they have tried. Because sometimes what we would do is that if we receive a referral and the patient has had multiple interventions before we actually try to get some of the patient’s correspondence and history and reports in with us for the appointment.
Then you can go on to the lesion characteristics. Some people do get bogged down in how they actually describe the lesion. I’m quite practical. I mean, I don’t really care if you call it a plaque or a patch or a nodule or a papule, like if there’s a photograph and I know roughly what it looks like, that is actually, I would much rather have a clinical photograph.
[Jaz]This is like me sweating, writing these letters, thinking, hey, wait, like even antibiotics, is it a capsule? Is it tablet? Like little things that start me sweating. And what’s his maxfax? So what’s his medicine specialist going to think of me using these wrong terms? Was it a papula? Nodule? It’s so right.
[Amanda]Honestly, I’m speaking for myself, but I’m sure others will say, don’t care. Yeah. If there’s a photograph that will help me so much more. So yes.
[Jaz]A hundred percent echo.
[Amanda]And then we go to lesion characteristics. So persistence is one of them. Sight is very important because tongue and floor mouth are high risk sites in the oral cavity. So we want to know if it’s any of those high risk sites. And then we want to know if the area is fixed or indurated. It is an ulcer, it has a raw margin. Now, fixation and induration, technically we can’t tell from the photograph. So, one of the general principles when doing a hidden examination is that whatever you see, you must feel.
So, it’s important that if you see an ulcer, red patch, white patch, whatever in the mouth, obviously don’t do it in something that’s frankly infectious like a cold sore or anything, but if you see like a swelling like what you had before, you need to feel it. You need to tell the person that you’re referring to whether it’s firm, whether it’s fixed.
And usually you can tell because if you think about what it feels like to palpate scar tissue, you know, it’s not soft, it’s not mobile, you can’t move it around. That’s basically induration and then fixation as well. Now, if something is indurated or fixed.
[Jaz]So what’s the distinction between fixed and induration is that firmness, right?
[Amanda]And fixed means it can’t move.
[Jaz]So something can still be hard but you can move it around and therefore they’re not quite the same obviously, they’re not always going to be fixed and indurated.
[Amanda]But when we’re talking about oral cancer, red flags, they do usually come together. Yeah, but you can definitely get something that’s indurated, you can definitely get something that’s hard, that’s not fixed.
[Jaz]Understood.
[Amanda]So what we want to do, so we’ve covered persistence, we’ve covered sight, induration, fixation, and then all of the other systemic characteristics that you’ve talked about is very important as well. Has the patient had unintentional weight loss, fever? Malaise, you know, is there a lot of pain, do they have difficulty moving their tongue, you know, any of this sort of stuff, difficulty swallowing, you would be wanting to include all of that, because the more information you put for these types of symptoms, the better the receiving party can triage them.
And the other thing that I would recommend, and this is what I like my referrers to do. If you have a case that ticks multiple of these red flags to actually call me and let me know that this patient is on their way. You don’t necessarily have-
[Jaz]If that one I described, for example, if you were my local specialist, would you be happy to, and I think that would that be appropriate to have that kind of phone call, right?
[Amanda]And sometimes if you can’t get hold with the specialist at the very least leave a message with their reception. So they know, because it just really helps us with triaging the patients and knowing what the expectations are and giving the patient an appropriate appointment and letting you know when that appointment is as well. So it all forms part of the record.
[Jaz]Brilliant. Well, this detour is important because this is like the real world decision making that we have to do in practice. So if in doubt, definitely consider a referral, but reaching out by phone call is a great option if you’re so lucky to have a local specialist like yourself.
With the theme again, going back to perhaps the non worrisome lesions, the more daily lesions, obviously, all the fungal stuff we’ve covered already really, you’ve done a brilliant job of that. So let’s not go there, but I know you covered, maybe did you cover a type of lichen planus maybe, but is it worth talking about lichen planus as a common white patch that we would see? Was that on your list?
[Amanda]Before we do lichen planus, maybe we’ll finish finish leukoplakia, because there was something that I wanted to say about the leukoplakia. So when you see the white patch, I think maybe the easiest thing to do is to consider whether there is a cause that you can identify for it or whether there isn’t.
If there isn’t a cause that you can identify for it, then you would probably be considering it to be a leukoplakia. Now within the realms of leukoplakia, there are actually homogenous and non homogenous leukoplakia. Now, what I mean by homogenous is that imagine you have this white patch in front of you and whether you look at the anterior or the posterior portion, it all looks the same.
So you can get these sort of white plots or patches that are very uniform. Now a homogenous leukoplakia is fairly low risk. So that is something that I don’t think needs as a general referral. Now you can get the non homogenous leukoplakias where it starts to look a little bit thicker in one side, for example. So when you look at the lesion and you select the spot and then you select another spot on it, they look different.
[Jaz]That’s a great way to describe it because I always thought that maybe homogenous was like, it’s either white or it’s white with some red specks or it’s a bit patchy, but you’re right in terms of the the quality, the thickness, the contour of it as well can be non homogenous. It all might be the same color, but there might be some thicker bits, some thinner bits. That’s a good way to think about it.
[Amanda]So when you have the non homogenous leukoplakias, you can think, you can get things like verrucous leukoplakia, where they look like craggy little white bits. You can get nodular leukoplakia. Where you get like little lumpy bits within the leukoplakia, they’re all non homogenous leukoplakias. Now non homogenous leukoplakias do have a higher malignant transformation risk. So that one there, I would class that like a little bit higher basically.
Now, before we move on to leukoplakia, I’m just going to, we’ve talked about proliferative verrucous leukoplakia. Now, proliferative verrucous leukoplakia, that will probably be diagnosed by the oral medicine specialist. So, the relevance that I would like your listeners to take away from that is that if you have a patient with PVL, they’re generally on close recall with oral medicine, but they will also be seeing, you, the dentist, for their regular checkups.
A patient with proliferative verrucous leukoplakia needs lifelong regular checkups, so this is not a patient that should fall off the books. If you have a patient with PVL who doesn’t want to go back to the oral medicine specialist, you should counsel them appropriately because their risk is really high, basically, of turning into an oral squamous cell carcinoma.
[Jaz]Have you already described what these ones look like?
[Amanda]So they are usually white plaques, and they’re in multiple areas of the mouth, and they can be non homogenous. So they can look like diffuse, thick white plaques, or thin white plaques, they can be craggy, they can be pretty flat, but proliferative verrucous leukoplakia at its early stages can just look like a white patch.
[Jaz]Can the differential diagnosis of that also be lichen planus?
[Amanda]Can be flat tiped lichen planus. And we will move into lichen planus. So I think sometimes for clarity’s sake, if you see a white patch and you don’t think that there is any sort of cause that you can identify, sometimes it might just be easier to refer it and then get the diagnosis and review the patient together with the oral medicine specialist appropriately, because it can be confusing.
So we’ve covered leukoplakia, we’ve covered proliferative verrucous leukoplakia, now we’re going to talk about erythroplakia before I go on to oral lichen planus. Now erythroplakia-
[Jaz]Sure, now before you go into erythroplakia, it’s worth saying like, there are different referral systems in different countries. In the UK, what we have is a pathway whereby we choose, you know, is it urgent or non urgent, so you have to make that decision, right? But then we are required to send an image, which I think is really good. And so I always say, if in doubt if you select urgent, but you apply an image, they do triage it, right?
And they will then downgrade it themselves because they’re so busy, right? They have to pick and choose who they can see within the two week wait pathway. And so if there’s elements of being non homogeneous and perhaps you can’t find the cause and you’ve got to add in all the other information as well. If you’re really stuck on the fence, is it fair to say, do it urgent, send a photo, but it will get triaged by the country.
[Amanda]I’ll constantly speak for the UK, because I’m not familiar with that system, but in Australia, yes. yeah, if you’re in doubt, I would rather you tick urgent. And send me the referral, the photograph, I’ll have a look. Even if I see the patient and it turns out to be a non urgent case, I would never blame the general dentist because the general dentist is doing the best they can to give the patient the best information they can. I would much rather that happen then what commonly happens the other way around.
So there is actually an art and a skill with referring patients with these types of lesions because as dentists, we’re naturally very caring. We don’t want our patients to be upset. So sometimes people shy away from actually letting the patients know that they think that it could be something that’s potentially serious.
So I’ve had a patient that didn’t come in for an appointment for a year and a half. His case ended up being an oil screamer cell carcinoma, but he didn’t end up coming in for a year and a half because although he was referred, he thought the dentist didn’t look that worried about it, so he thought that was probably going to be okay.
So I think I would much rather if you’re going to have to pick between the two options, you err on the side of caution and take urge and let the patient know that you think it’s serious because that’s a much better outcome than the other way around.
[Jaz]Well before we go on to erythroplakia, one more thing then, because I think it’s wonderful what you’re mentioning all this real world stuff. But when we do this pathway in the UK and in any country, you tick certain things like if you think it’s urgent or not. And then one of the things that we have to tick if you do urgent is have you explained to the patient that this could be cancer? You have to tick it right and probably for that reason that if you downplay it and underplay it they may not go to that appointment.
So I think it makes sense there, but then I love the word serious I like the word serious. The C word is difficult to say sometimes. What is your personal opinion on general dentists using the C word, Cancer, or is it okay thinking this could be something sinister or serious? I sometimes say sometimes I have been shying away from the C word and I’ve chosen to use other words. What’s your advice?
[Amanda]So I think it depends on the patient. So you have to read the patient a little bit. Because you may have some patients that haven’t been to see the dentist in a long time, they’re fairly cavalier, they don’t think it’s going to be anything serious, they will go see the oral medicine specialist when they get some time off work or when it suits them.
Those are the patients that you probably have to sit down and actually have a conversation with them, tell them that you’re worried that it’s cancerous, they’ve got these risk factors, it is much better than it gets picked up early. Sometimes you get patients that are very anxious. And as soon as you use the, see what that’s all they’re going to see, that’s all they’re going to hear, they can’t sleep for two weeks.
You still have to give them the information and educate them on it, but there are ways to do it gently where you can say, like, you’re thinking that it potentially could be quite serious. You’re not saying that it’s cancer, but you’re a little bit worried. There are ways that you can do it.
I actually tell people this story. So I was a registrar training in oral medicine and I had a patient who came in and it was, it looked to me like he had a cancer on his floor of mouth. And for, I can’t remember what the exact reason was, but for a good reason, the biopsy couldn’t be done that day.
I think he had to go or he didn’t have someone with him. So I rebooked him for the next week. The patient never showed up and I never knew what happened to this patient after. And I was really worried about it. We tried to send him letters and all of these things. In the end, he never came in and I never knew what happened to him, but I always wondered what would have happened if I had actually told him that I thought that he had cancer.
And we actually had an oral medicine consultant visiting from the UK at the time, who was a visiting consultant. And I had a chat with him, lovely man. And he was like, look, I actually tell patients when I think it is cancer, because it’s important that they know how serious I think it is. So they don’t miss appointments or they don’t put things off and only come in when they feel like it.
So I do think that you do have to read the patients. You can’t tell everyone that they’ve got cancer because some people are just not going to be able to take that, but the message still has to be delivered in a appropriate manner.
[Jaz]It’s individualized, customized, and I love that actually, I really like this approach to read your patient. And we all know, you can all think, we can all imagine in our mind that really stressy worrier patient, that’s the worst thing. I mean, if you just tell them that it might not even be serious, they’ll still be there at the appointment several hours early, they still won’t get any sleep anyway. So you don’t want to over egg it on that kind of patient. So I do like that very real world advice actually.
[Amanda]And maybe there’s a tip and I’m not sure this is what’s in the UK, but this is what I recommend my colleagues in Australia do. Sometimes you can impart the seriousness of what you think it is by the actions that you take. So what I mean by that is that you can go, look, I’m a little bit concerned about this.
I would like you to see the oral medicine specialist. My receptionist Jasmine here is going to call the oral medicine specialist now and we’re going to get you the next available appointment. So the patient already knows because this is not normal action that you take for anyone. And they kind of get it.
So that could be something that you could do as well, if that’s a feasible thing, depending on where your listeners are, to actually call for the patient, get the appointment, let the patient know you don’t want them to miss the appointment because you are concerned. And that sometimes gets the message across.
[Jaz]Yeah, you’re really taking ownership of you. You’re holding their hand, you’re leading them to the right place where we’re in their best interest. I like that as well. So on that topic of slightly more serious things, maybe erythroplakias.
[Amanda]Erythroplakias are actually quite rare. So not every red patch that you see in the mouth is going to be an erythroplakia. An erythroplakia is a red patch, again, of unknown cause. The malignant transformation rate for a true erythroplakia is actually about 35%. So it’s actually quite high. It is a fiery red patch. It is usually painless, however, sometimes it can be a little bit tender. And it does tend to have like a velvety granular type of texture. So this is not necessarily one that people are going to see all the time, but if you see an erythroplakia I think that should be an urgent ish referral.
[Jaz]What about something that looks like a white patch with red dots on it? Would you still classify that as a as a leukoplakia or is that an erythroplakia because it’s got red and white?
[Amanda]Not really. So it depends on what it looks like. It can be a non homogeneous leukoplakia. You can get erythroleukoplakias, which are red and white, but an erythroplakia is red only.
[Jaz]Understood. Fine. And in terms of the common diagnoses that are made once you see this and how we should manage it in practice, I mean, if you see this, is it still the same, i. e. look for a potential cause or here there would be no traumatic cause, therefore it would be an urgent referral?
[Amanda]I think maybe in someone who is not familiar with looking at lesions, just as a general rule, always try to look for a cause, because you might be confusing an area of erythema, for example, where there’s a trauma in the area.
Sometimes they can look erythematous, they can look a little bit red. You might not know how that looks like in comparison to a true erythroplakia. But if you see something that is velvety, granular, well defined red patch, that’s, to be honest, pretty good for an erythroplakia.
[Jaz] And therefore refer urgently .
[Amanda]Now, let’s talk about lichen planus. Now, lichen planus is something that I think most people will see because lichen planus is actually quite, quite, common or I feel like it’s quite common because I see a few cases every day. Now-
[Jaz]100% very common. I think in general practice, most of the colleagues when we speak about it, yeah, it is lichen planus and sometimes I’m there scratching my head. A lot of the patients have had actually a official diagnosis and have had biopsies because I see a lot of an elderly patient base. And so they’ve always had an approved biopsy already. And then we’re just monitoring for changes. But I do sometimes look at a patch and I think, hmm, this kind of looks like a lichen planus, like classic lichen planus, but they’ve never had an official diagnosis.
So one thing I’m looking to gain from you is insight into how important is it for this individual to actually get a lichen planus, or is it appropriate to go with this looks like a textbook lichen planus and therefore we should just monitor and brand them with that diagnosis or something?
[Amanda]Yeah, this is actually controversial, by the way. So you’re gonna, if you put 10 oral medicine specialists in the room, you’re probably going to get half disagree with the other half. Now, generally for me, if possible, ideally, I would like clinical histopathological correlation. So, biopsy, that’s because you can get things that mimic each other in the oral cavity.
All of these things that we’re talking about sometimes you can get lupus for example, vesicular bullous conditions, they can look like lichen planus, however, if the burden of the biopsy is too high, so for example, medically speaking, the patient’s a lot of medications, the patient was dental phobic, needle phobic. If the burden of the biopsy is too high, in select cases, I’m happy to treat them as clinical oral lichen planus. But where possible, I do like to have the histopathological correlation.
[Jaz]That’s a very fair guideline, I think, to go by. And I think if it’s specific to that individual, like, for example, it could be someone who’s very elderly, but finds it very difficult to get to appointments. And you look at the notes and you think, oh, this patient has had it for 15 years and there’s some photos and it’s looked the same and you feel as though it is lichen planus in that case, the burden might be too much to then send this patient as a new patient to get a biopsy. Would you agree with that example?
[Amanda]If the patient is symptomatic. Or if there’s any sort of unusual features, then I think that will probably then shift the balance to them needing to be seen or biopsied. But, in cases where it’s very mild, very classical, no issues, patient finds it really hard, all of that sort of stuff, I’m quite a practical person, so I sort of think sometimes it’s fine as long as they’re going to get regularly looked over, I’m happy with that.
But ideally, gold standard, I would like a biopsy. Because we are talking now about classical lichen planus classic, the Wickham striae, the white striae. There are six different types of oral lichen planus, though. So you can get bullous lichen planus, where they look like blisters in the mouth.
You can get erosions or atrophy, where there’s ulcers or really red tissues. You can get the plaque type, which is the type that we’re talking that can look a lot like leukoplakia, although the main difference between the two is that our lichen planus, ideally, in an ideal world, would be bilateral.
So if you see bilateral plaques everywhere, or you see the taro with plaques on both sides, generally quite happy with plaque type lichen planus for those. And then you can get papula lichen planus where you get these little white bumps. The other thing about the striae as well that I forgot to say is that sometimes in a melanated patient, the wickham striae will actually be brown.
Just so people are aware that, that still can be a type of lichen planus. So if it’s not classical lichen planus, so if it’s ulcerated, or if there are bullous lesions that then burst after a little while, any of these sort of things that are a little bit unusual, I would also push for a biopsy for those.
[Jaz]And for these patients, in terms of symptomatic relief, while they’re waiting for their appointment, are things like benzydamine, like Difflam, kind of thing, is that appropriate?
[Amanda]So what I would usually prefer in a patient that has mild symptomatic oral lichen planus, to use things like topical lignocaine, benzydamine, saltwater rinses, toothpaste change, avoid any sort of triggering foods like acidic, spicy, or even very textured foods like toast and things like that.
To hold off until they can see the oral medicine specialist. That does depend on where you’re listening from as to how practical that is, how long they have to wait. Because starting the patient on a potent topical corticosteroid or systemic corticosteroid can sometimes change the presentation before we see them.
In some cases, they can even change the biopsy result. So if the patient’s mild, they can wait. These simple things that we just talked about the topical pain relief, saltwater rinses, toothpaste change, diet change, should be enough for them to get to wait till they can get an appointment, get the biopsy, get the result.
Now, if the patient is more symptomatic and they’re finding it quite difficult, you can do a mild corticosteroid, like something like Kenalog In Orabase which is Triamcinolone, 0.1% ointment. I think patients can use that in the meantime, but as a general dentist, I wouldn’t recommend starting them on anything stronger until they’ve been diagnosed.
And then usually once the patient has been diagnosed and they have some sort of management regime, that will be communicated with the general dentist. And then you can do things like make sure the patient’s on their regime, renew scripts immediate, things like that.
[Jaz]With the erosive version of lichen planus, am I right in that of the six, that is the one that’s most affiliated with a dysplastic change or pre cancerous?
[Amanda]Yeah. And that’s also usually the one that is most symptomatic. So usually if I see someone with erosive lichen planus, I would like a biopsy because sometimes you can get dysplastic changes on the background of lichen planus as well. So usually I would do those cases and those cases almost invariably need some sort of symptomatic management because it’s painful.
[Jaz]I’m just trying to think for a lot of my colleagues who have to sometimes again make decisions of urgent or non urgent. So as a guideline, if you see something that looks classic and has been there for a little while and you feel as though the burden is not too much for them to get a biopsy, maybe send it again, send a photo and let the triage team figure out in terms of the burden of your patients to prioritize that to do it.
But if you see a more of a erosive, not quite classic, you see these more lumpy or plaque like and it’s worrisome to do it as urgent, but again, send the photos because the oral medicine specialists will be able to get an idea. Okay. I think it’s this, but I think we will see them. So as a guideline, is that a fair statement?
[Amanda]I think so. So generally the things that I would triage as higher would be red flags. So we’ve talked about those, the fixation, induration, sites, patient factors, systemic signs, and pain. So those are usually the two that I would give the patient, or 3HM is higher for a sooner appointment. So even if the patient, for example, has what doesn’t look like very painful areas to you, but if they’re in significant amounts of pain, I would probably mark that as urgent because we-
[Jaz]Got it. Now with one diagnosis, I remember. So, are we okay to move away from like a plaintiff? Is there anything else they want to cover there? Okay. One diagnosis I remember seeing when I was one year out of dental school, my first year at dental school and I got a little bit worried and I remember bringing my trainer in at the time and for to have a look and he kind of reassured me, but it was a enlarged taste bud.
So at the very back is the foliate ones that can be quite enlarged sometimes if I got that right. And so this looked like a red lump at the back of the tongue, but when the patient stuck a tongue, it was bilateral and it was exact spot where these taste buds usually live. Can you tell us if this is something that you’ve had as a referral before, is it something that you see any advice on this?
[Amanda]Yep. So I do get patients get referred in for a circumbionic papilla. So generally as a good rule of thumb, I would ask you to look at the other side as well, see if it’s bilateral. Bilateral, things are usually less worrying. The other one that I get sent in quite commonly is actually the lymphoid tissue at the posterior lateral tongue.
So if someone’s not familiar at looking at the posterior lateral tongue for the first time, it looks a little bit lumpy, it looks a little bit red, they can be a little bit worried that it could be a carcinoma or something like that. However, you can get your tonsillar tissue, you can get your foliate papilla on the side of your tongue as well.
So what I would usually recommend is have a bit of gauze, apply some traction to the tongue, look at the posterior lateral tongue, and the left and the right should look very similar. And if that’s the case, then I’m quite happy to leave those as well.
[Jaz]Great. Well, as we’re coming to the end, are there any other notes that you made in terms of red and white patches that all general dentists so generally no, obviously there’s a whole textbook on all the different red and white patches and I’m not expecting anyone to, exactly right.
But do you think we’ve covered all the key ones? The only one I have in my mind that perhaps we haven’t covered is something that you might see in smokers, right? Smoker’s mouth. That’s something maybe worth covering, but any others that you think we should be aware of?
[Amanda]So there is a distinction between oral lichenoid lesions and oral lichen planus. So, oral lichen planus, we sort of covered the different types of lichen planus. Now, you can get oral lichenoid lesions that sometimes can be triggered by different dental restorative materials, different medications. Now, oral lichenoid lesions actually have a higher malignant transformation rate than oral lichen planus.
And I’ve been asked before if there is a simple way that people can tell oral lichen planus and oral lichenoid lesions apart. You can’t. Even sometimes on histopathology, it’s actually very difficult. What I would usually go by is the patient’s history. Have they started any new medications? Antihypertensive sometimes can trigger these sort of changes.
And if they’ve got any new dental restorations placed. Now, if I see a patient with what looks like erosive oral lichen planus, but it’s only unilaterally, it’s only unilateral, it’s only on one side, and say it’s right next to a gold crown, or it’s right next to an amalgam, I might then consider an oral lichenoid lesion more.
The important thing, I think, or the relevance for the listeners of this is that an oral lichenoid lesion sometimes can respond to a change in dental material. But I don’t want anyone to misinterpret me and think that, okay, Amanda has said we’re going to change out all of these nasty amalgams and we’re going to give everyone a full month rehab.
That is not what I’m saying. However, in some cases with the oral lichenoid lesion, A change of dental material can sometimes cause improvement in a lesion. The easiest difference is that oral lacunate lesion does tend to be unilateral. Does this help you when the patient has full mouth amalgam?
Sometimes not, sometimes you can’t tell, but that is one of the clues that you can use. And the other thing as well to know is that there’s been a couple of papers that show, because amalgam is the one that has the bad rep, right? People are like, oh, amalgams cause oral lichenoid lesions. Actually, all dental materials can.
They have been found in congestion recomposites, even gold crowns, which are traditionally going to be more inert. So you do have to be careful that if you are going down that route of changing one filling for another, the other one is not going to cause the same problem. So in some of these cases in select patients, things like allergy patch testing with the dental series. Maybe something to consider if they start to have all of these areas and you’re doing a lot of complex rehab. So that’s probably one that I would think it’s important to consider.
[Jaz]A little bit more on a lichenoid than just try and get my head round it. Clinically, it’s difficult to say is it I mean obviously the unilateral bilateral helps. But if I showed you a photo it might be difficult to say it’s lichenoid or it’s lichen planus But once you biopsy it Is it clear from a biopsy, which of the two, okay, it isn’t.
So fine. Understood. Therefore, it could be like a experimental thing that, okay, in this case, we might consider seeing as a unilateral, let’s replace this very obvious, you know, amalgam that’s in that exact area. For example, that seems reasonable. I think, after having that discussion with all medicine specialists, for example, do you think the amalgam needs to be like a buccal component to it.
So for example, if it’s an occlusal and the mucosa is not actually rarely contacting that amalgam, can it still give the lichenoid reaction or does it have to have a buccal extension so it’s always in contact with the mucosa?
[Amanda]It doesn’t always have to be in contact with the mucosa. So an occlusal filling care, but you are absolutely right because it is such a fine line, so you don’t really want anyone replacing all of these restorations willy nilly, which is why it’s not a recommendation for, to manage oral lichenoid lesions to routinely change out dental restorations, but in some cases it can be helpful.
So I think if the suspicion that it’s an oral lacunate lesion is high. If there is an adjacent filling, ideally it’s an adjacent filling that’s broken and needs replacement anyway, then in those types of cases, then I think it can be justified to change it out. But I wouldn’t recommend doing it routinely, definitely, because I think that that would be overtrading. But yeah.
[Jaz]It is treating us very fair. And just to finish off on this, a smoker’s mouth, is there anything I remember seeing in textbooks that made something that we might see?
[Amanda]So according to the WHO, so they actually have a 2020 classification of oral potentially malignant disorders. Reverse smoking is considered an oral potentially malignant disorder. Now, I didn’t actually have patients that reverse smoke where I am, but reverse smoking is actually where instead of putting the cigarette in with the filter. They actually put the lid end of the cigarette in their mouth.
Now, if you have any patients that are doing those changes in the oral cavity need to, I think, be reviewed by an oral medicine specialist. However, you can get another thing that’s called smoker’s keratosis. So this is not from reverse smoking. This is just from normal smoking. And to be honest, I think you can consider that very similarly to keratosis because there’s a traumatic cause that is causing these changes in the oral cavity. Ideally, we try to counsel the patients to reduce smoking.
Smokers keratosis does tend to be in areas where the smoke can gather, so it does tend to be the heart palate. You can get the white patches on the palate. You can get the inflammation of the minor salivary glands. In those cases, I don’t think it’s a leukoplakia because we do have a cause for it. And so in those cases, we would review them. They don’t always need a biopsy.
[Jaz]Yeah. And with those diffuse areas, sometimes it might be difficult to pick, okay, where to actually biopsy and stuff, which makes total sense. So Amanda, we’ve covered a fair few lesions there. I think the main ones that I see as a general dentist have been covered. Is there any last one that you should, we should cover before we go to public?
[Amanda]Yeah. So I would like to discuss oral subnucleus fibrosis, which is a oral potentially malignant disorder. Now, this is not something that everyone’s going to see all the time. However, it is not actually that uncommon areca nut chewing.
So betel quid chewing is quite common among certain populations, Taiwanese, Indian, Indigenous populations. And by chewing on the areca nut or the betel quid, it can produce this chemical called arecoline and it can actually cause cancerous changes in the mouth. Now what oral submucous fibrosis looks like are these thick fibrous bands, or it eventually becomes thick fibrous bands, usually in the buccal mucosa.
Patients have trismus, they can’t open their mouth very wide, they get these white patches, sometimes they get staining as well from the betel quid that they’re chewing. I would suggest that if you do see patients with these sort of symptoms, they should be referred to an oral medicine specialist as well.
I think oral submucous fibrosis does need to be regularly reviewed. The malignant transformation rate for that is about 5%. The best way to actually stop oral submucous fibrosis is to counsel patients to stop, because I’ve had patients that have mouth openings of five centimeters just because their submucous fibrosis is so bad.
[Jaz]I think, yeah, I’ve seen this before a long time ago, but it felt like a really tight band and it felt like a piece of meat or something that was just really firm. I remember seeing that. Just out of pure curiosity, if it was a final question, what is the number one diagnosis you make as an oral medicine specialist week by week?
In fact, if you had to tally it all up basically, week or annual when you do your review, what’s the number one diagnosis you make on patients referred to you from general dentists?
[Amanda]Gosh, that’s a difficult one. Lichen planus is definitely up there. And probably leukoplakia. Mm hmm.
[Jaz]Yeah. Okay, great. Well, we’ve covered those here in terms of referrals. That’s been brilliant. Amanda, thanks so much for coming on again and doing a really great job of giving real world guidance and entwining with good lessons on how to approach these scenarios, the thought process, as well as a great revision of oral medicine for all dentists and also dental students who are learning this often tricky field.
You’re making it more exciting and more tangible, so thank you. How can we learn more from you? How can we follow you in the socials?
[Amanda]So I do have Instagram and it’s called Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, and I post cases. So if some of the things that we’ve talked about today, you want to know what they actually look like. I do have clinical photographs that my patients have kindly agreed for me to put on. On Facebook, it’s called A Spoonful of Oral Medicine, but it’s basically the same content.
Jaz’s Outro:Amazing. Well, I think everyone should follow Amanda. I think she’s doing wonderful things in terms of trying to make our daily lives easier as dentists with oral medicine, but also doing right by our patients. We can’t just always be learning about veneers and onlays. It’s important to learn about these things because our patients will exhibit it and we want to be there for them to help them out. So Amanda, thanks for helping with that mission.
Well, there we have it guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. Once again, you are such a geek. Oral medicine, Really? You made it all the way to the end of oral medicine. I’m proud of you. Now you’re more confident with white patches, especially with that shiny new infographic that we have on Protrusive Guidance. And of course, while you’re there, why don’t you answer a few questions and get your CE credits.
Whether it’s CPD you’re after or CE credits, we got you fully covered. We are a PACE approved provider. Our quizzes are awesome and all your reflections that you provide, they end up going on your certificate and Mari, our CPD queen, will email you every quarter with an update of all your certificates.
It’s a great way to accumulate CE credits over the year, but also just validate your learning, cement your learning to reflect on everything that you’re learning from this podcast. Thanks to the wonderful guests that we have.
If you’re gaining value from this podcast, please do rate it. Give it a five star rating. This could be on Spotify, YouTube, Apple, wherever. We’d really appreciate that. And once again, thanks to team Protrusive without them, none of this would be possible. Thanks to all the people on Protrusive Guidance. You guys are the reason we do what we do. Thank you again. I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Nov 26, 2024 • 55min
Making Awesome Dentures – Border Moulding and Beyond – PDP205
What are the key steps and nuances to make awesome Dentures that your patients will love?
In this episode, Jaz probes Removable Pros legend Dr Mike Gregory to break down the process. From border molding to primary impressions and the teamwork between dentists and technicians, Mike reveals the key steps to making great dentures.
https://youtu.be/snM3PerQ1ko
For example, be sure to include a note on the lab sheet for the technician: “Preserve full peripheral depth and width of the sulcus on this impression, to about 2-3mm.” This ensures the correct functional width is maintained when the final tray or denture is created.
Protrusive Dental Pearl: When checking denture occlusion, it’s crucial to keep the patient relaxed. Mike suggests one simple trick: ask the patient to close their EYES before closing their teeth. This can sharpen their senses, helping to improve the bite assessment.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights of this Episode:
02:07 Protrusive Dental Pearl
03:31 Mike Gregory’s Journey into Dental Technology
10:09 Understanding Border Moulding
13:19 Technician’s Role in Denture Creation
15:45 Improving Communication with Technicians
18:34 Special Trays and Custom Trays
25:58 The Role of Green Stick
29:04 Denture Impressions
31:35 Boxing and Beading Techniques
35:08 Additive vs. Reductive Rest Seats
40:46 Guide Planes
42:43 Creating Undercuts for Dentures
45:10 Final Tips and Best Practices
48:54 Learn More with Mike Gregory
This episode is eligible for 1 CE credit via the quiz on Protrusive Guidance.
This episode meets GDC Outcomes B and C.
AGD Subject code: 670 REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS
Aim: To explore the intricate process of denture creation and provide practical insights on improving denture fit, occlusion, and collaboration between dentists and technicians.
Dentists will be able to:
1. Understand the key elements of denture creation, including border molding and primary impressions.
2. Learn the significance of maintaining peripheral sulcus depth and width in denture impressions for functional accuracy.
3. Gain insight into the role of special trays, custom trays, and impression materials in denture fabrication.
4. Recognize the importance of clear communication between dentists and technicians in achieving optimal denture outcomes.
If you liked this episode, you’ll love Suction Lower Complete Dentures – Improve your Removable Prosthodontics – PDP073
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: This huge misconception that if you get suction on an impression, that impression is the perfect impression to make a denture. But you know, and I know if you take an impression, you fill somebody's mouth with algae, you get suction. You have to break the seal to get it out. That doesn't mean you've got the right depth.
Teaser:It doesn’t mean you’ve got the right borders. You’ve just created a vacuum and that’s the worry that people create suction. I think this is it. This is going to be the great denture. But if you create suction, take the impression out of the mouth and look at it. It’s going to be big. You can picture this, can’t you?
It’s going to look big, it’s going to look like you’ve just pushed everything out the way. I used to think dentists were rubbish, which is really tough, but as a technician you’ve seen model after model that’s garbage. And then you think, these poor guys are taking impressions, but they don’t know what they’re doing wrong.
How do I do it better? If you were taught maybe not brilliantly as an undergraduate, or you didn’t love it as an undergraduate, so you didn’t really focus on it. How do you ever get better? You need to be re taught.
Jaz’s Introduction:Let’s face it guys, dentures are a bit of a dark art. You only get so much exposure at dental school, and when you come to the real world, you’re faced with flabby ridges, resorbed ridges, patients with high expectations, and often you’re at the mercy of the impression materials that the practice has, and not the ones you were trained on.
Welcome to the crazy world of dentures, and I am absolutely stoked to introduce you to Mike Gregory today. So many of you have already seen his work on Instagram. His Instagram is like a free encyclopedia for dentures. I love how he’s sharing everything he knows, and this episode is no exception. We talk about border molding, like, this was so confusing using green stick.
I messed up so many times at dental school. I didn’t really know what the purpose of green stick was, or what it should look like if it was done well. But the way Mike breaks it down today, I think, everyone will understand and actually he’ll share his secrets. So you don’t have to use very much of it. Just in a few select areas, making our job even easier.
We’ll talk about nailing primary impressions and why your primary impressions should be overextended, but what’s the special advice you should give to your technician to make sure that the special tray is on point. And that you’re not having to modify the special trace so much. And like with many other episodes, we talk about communication and we emphasize the communication between dentist and technician.
So that we can benefit our patient with the best dentures possible. We also talk about guide planes and how they improve your dentures, but also rest seats. And Mike actually has some slightly different views about rest seats. Views which are very actually conservative, minimally invasive, and I think you’ll like this. How can we do more rest seats that are no prep?
Hello Protruserati, I’m Jaz Gulati, and welcome back to your favorite dental podcast. And this one is one of the geekiest ones I’ve done on dentures, and I absolutely loved it. My enjoyment of dentures has grown year by year by year. Initially found it very confusing, a dark art.
Now after going on some CE, some courses, I’m liking it more and more. It’s becoming, dare I say, predictable. And for someone like me who doesn’t place implants, I can also get that kick out of replacing multiple teeth. I guarantee you that if you make it to the end of this episode, you will improve your dentures. And if you’re on Protrusive Guidance, you can claim an hour of CE credit. So one CE credit or one hour of enhanced CPD by answering the quiz.
Dental PearlEvery PDP episode, I give you a Protrusive Dental Pearl. And this one you’re absolutely going to love because it combines occlusion and dentures. Something taken from this episode. It’s something that I’d heard a long time ago, and I just got out of the habit of practicing it. And when Mike reminded me of this. I was like, whoa yes, I love this. I want to share this with everyone. So here’s the tip, right? When you’re checking the occlusion on dentures, let’s say complete dentures for argument’s sake, right?
So complete dentures are in, and we know that an ideal world, our condyle should be in a centric relation or a stable condylar position. It just helps to make sure that we are in a repeatable position. And so the tip that Mike shared with us is when you are checking the occlusion on complete dentures, of course, you get them to relax.
And in some schools of thought, you get them to tip their tongue to the back to try and encourage them to get to centric relation. But whatever technique you’re using, just do this one thing, okay? Get the patient to close their eyes. That’s right. The patient will close their eyes and then close together. And try it for yourself.
Please don’t try it if you’re driving. But if you’re not driving, then try it for yourself, okay? Bite together and then shut your eyes and bite together. It’s like with everything. When you shut off some senses, other senses get heightened. And who knows how much of a difference this makes, but it makes sense to me.
And I’ll be reintroducing this to my protocols for dentures. I may even try it for my dentate patients. If you’re someone who’s been doing this for years, please comment below. Let me know. And so with that, I’m not going to ramble on anymore. I really want you to get into this episode. You’re going to absolutely love hearing about his journey, but all the nitty gritty clinical details. You’re going to absolutely love Mike. I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Mike Gregory, welcome to the Protrusive Dental Podcast. I absolutely love what you’re sharing on your social media. I love your raw content. I love how much you care about helping people learn dentures and your selflessly giving of so many gems and pearls. It’s an absolute pleasure to have you on. How are you today?
[Mike]I’m great. I’m really good. Yeah, I’m just conscious the dog might be set off in the background, but like you say, my content’s raw, so is my presentation. So if the dog’s in the background, it’s still authenticity, isn’t it? It’s just real world.
[Jaz]Exactly. That’s a great way to describe your content and everything you stand for, everything you do. I don’t even know where you work. Tell me about your sort of work setup. Tell me about your love for dentures. I remember going to a Finlay Sutton course actually, and on his photos of you and lots of other people who’ve been learning the Scandinavian design many, many years ago.
And so that I came to my radar then as well. And with Rupert, and obviously just seeing your educational stuff on social media is absolutely mind blowing, but tell me a bit more about your journey.
[Mike]My journey was, I knew you’d ask me this this morning. So when I was at school, I went to a pretty awful secondary school, didn’t even have a sixth form. And I loved making models, model aircraft, ships, that sort of thing as a child. And that’s all I did basically, until I’ve sort of got to 15, 16 and my mother, bless her, thought he’s going to have to do something I had no idea I wanted to do when I was at school. I really wasn’t bothered, as quite often boys are like that.
They certainly were back in the 70s. So I got into model making. Unfortunately for us, our family dentist, or for me particularly, our family dentist had a technician on the premises. And we’d seen our family dentist for years. Mom got talking to this dentist and said my son was going to do and he said, oh, it sounds like you might be interested in dental technology.
So I then spent a day when I was about 15, early 16 in the lab on the premises and it just blew me away. I thought this is model making in a different way. And I thought, this is great. And the weird thing was he had an apprentice. It was a year above me at school. So basically, there was a guy there I knew, and we just got talking. I thought, this is magic. So that was it. I thought, model making, I’m paid to do it. Great, let’s do it. So I just applied for two or three training places in London.
[Jaz]You applied to be a technician, is that right?
[Mike]Yeah, first I was technician since 1973. So I got offered a place at the London, which is now Bart’s. I got offered a place at the Eastman, and I got offered a place at Norwood Technical College, which is a purely technical college for teaching technology.
So I took the job at the London, and I just, at a fantastic four years and then with years consolidation. So we did everything up to qualifications that took three years. And then we did a year banner bridge, a year orthodontics, a year chrome, the year prosthetics. So I came out of that just loving everything.
And I was lucky enough to go to UCH. And then I did a two or three years there in the production lab working for the senior reg and that. And then a job came up in the prosthetics teaching lab at UCH. The tutors who teach students had to do the lab work, and I got that job, and I spent eight years doing that.
And while I was there, the student said to me, you should be a dentist. I left school at 16 with no qualifications, two equivalent GCSE grade C’s. So I then did my A levels at evening class, and applied to various schools, and eventually got into Bristol in 88. The 15 years as a technician, the final eight years teaching student, and they helped me get through my A levels. So that’s how I got to dental school, and then I qualified. I just love prosthetic even more, because I could now do both sides of it. So, I just had such a great start to life.
[Jaz]I love your origin story, and I can’t name them all off the top of my head, but so many times I’ve been to, I’ve seen a great educator, and they have been trained as a technician first, and then a dentist, like for example, I don’t know if it has to be relevant in another order as well, but the first person that comes to mind is Ed McLaren, I’m pretty sure the chap who made digital smile design, his name is Christian Coachman, I believe as well, and my old principal, David Winkler, I’m pretty sure he was a technician first.
[Mike]Oh, I know Dave Winkler, Dave Winkler’s, big friends with John Besford and John Besford is the guy who since 2010 you said you were talking just now and you saw that photograph of myself, Finlay Sutton.
If you look at the photograph again, John Besford’s in there, and that was back in 2010. We did a shot land. Of course. And that was such an inspirational course. I mean, Finlay wasn’t known. I wasn’t known. We were just guys who just liked dentures, who wanted to watch John work. And it was like, Oh my God, this is just another level.
You go on post grad courses, you must have done there, but when some courses are so special and everybody gels, everybody gets one, including the tutor. So at the end of the course, it was two days residential in Letchworth, where John treated a patient from start to finish. And he took his technician and John delivered a denture after two and a half days to his patient and everybody got such a buzz that we said in six months time, we’re all going to get together and meet up again and see how we’re getting on and compare notes. And it was such a good course. John Besford, world famous said, can I come along to that reunion in six months time? That was just something.
So in six months after we did the course, we all got together, including John. And again, the vibe was still there. And we said, right. We want to form a club so we can keep talking and keep meeting. Have you heard the story before or not? Maybe you haven’t. I don’t know. So basically, so six months after we did the course with John we met up somewhere.
I can’t remember where it was now. And John said, can I be part of the club? And then we all said, well, if that’s going to be the case, we’re going to call it the Besford Club. How nice is that? So our intention was then to meet every six months forevermore. And John said the only deal was and this is where me and Finlay got such a leg up, is the fact that he said, if we’re going to do this properly, you will find that people want to talk prosthetics, dentists will want to talk prosthetics to people who are passionate about it.
So John’s deal was we’ll meet every six months, but, and this was really stressy, he’s going to make us present to each other. As a group, you’d have to present cases to each other. And this John, John was speaking around the world at this point. That’s a massive amount, particularly for me, no formal training.
I mean, Finlay was the other guy, but Finlay had done his specialist training. So he got used to presenting cases, photographing everything. So the deal was every six months, we presented cases to each other. And that’s how I just upped my game. Photography wise and teaching my passion for teaching just went to another level and then Finlay’s the same now Finlay’s world famous now isn’t it as you know?
[Jaz]And so are you my friend. It’s clear to see from your education they put out there but the story just shared is a really powerful story of mentorship of guided learning of having being inspired by someone who can spawn so many people’s careers in a way, right? And give you the inspiration. And also going back one step is, had your mother not had that conversation with that dentist that one day, had you not been inspired by the lab?
Had your dentist not had a technician on site? So one of my favorite books is Outliers and it talks about how Steve Jobs and Bill Gates are both born in 1955. They were around about the right age when it was all taking off to capitalize on it. And sometimes you have to connect the dots looking back.
You can’t connect them and looking forward. And so I think your journey has inspired. I mean, you didn’t know it was going this direction and that dental student to say you should be a dentist. So I love everyone’s origin story and yours is absolutely brilliant. Thank you for sharing it. Today, you’re going to be a mentor to all of us listening and watching the Protruserati all around the world.
They love episodes on removal pros because like occlusion, removal pros is a little bit of a dark art. And I love what you said that you are a tyrant when it comes to impressions. I’m looking forward to unpacking that.
Now, some of the questions I selected to make this episode tangible is border moulding. Now, before we start with border moulding, we can both agree that impressions are so important. I mean, every stage of denture is so important, but I was always taught at dental school by someone called Duncan Wood in Sheffield, that everything is like a pyramid. It was echoed also by Finlay Sutton when I’m in his courses.
Like the foundations is really great impressions. If you mess that up, then the next stage will be have a knock on effect. It won’t be as good. So if you get great impressions, you’re making a great start to it. So when it comes to making impressions, when we talk about border moulding, just tell us what is border moulding.
And then from there we’ll branch out. Okay. Is it important in both partial dentures and complete dentures, et cetera, et cetera, different material considerations, but start with a bare basics. What is border moulding?
[Mike]I just think border moulding is a bit misinterpreted. I mean, border moulding, from my point of view, you want to get the functional so called depth and the width of tissue, so the tissue is wrapped around the mouth.
And border moulding is, I don’t think, people think, oh, you’ve got a slapped green stick everywhere. I don’t think that’s the case. I think you need to, and it all stems from primary impressions. Somebody in the group says, your primary impressions are your investment in the rest of the process. So, I just go back, I mean, border moulding is a recognition of functional so called depth and functional borders, not how much can you cram in somebody’s mouth and stretch everything.
This huge misconception that if you get suction on an impression, that impression is the perfect impression to make a denture. But if you take an impression, you fill somebody’s mouth with algae, you get suction. You have to break the seal to get it out. That doesn’t mean you’ve got the right depth, it doesn’t mean you’ve got the right borders, you’ve just created a vacuum.
And that’s the worry, that people create suction and they think, this is it, this is going to be the great denture. But if you create suction, take the impression out of the mouth and look at it, it’s going to be beautiful. You can picture this, can’t you? It’s going to look big. It’s going to look like you’ve just pushed everything out the way.
Border moulding is not just creating suction. Border moulding is recognizing functional so called depth and width, particularly on the uppers. And you record that. So it’s almost, it’s functional, but it’s passive. You’re not just trying to push some stuff in the mouth. You’re trying to get the tissues to wrap around it.
The patient does facial expressions. The patient moves their tongue. That’s what border molding is. People think border molding is take an impression, get a custom tray around, custom trays the panacea, with stick green stick around the outside, it’s going to be perfect. I think that’s what I think people think border moulding is.
[Jaz]Totally guilty, totally guilty of that in the past especially. So here’s what I thought, right? I always thought that, okay, your primary impression, it’s okay for it to be overextended, right? Because you want to just record everything.
[Mike]It’s desirable, not okay. That’s absolutely, that’s exactly what you want over, so that’s bang on.
[Jaz]However, on the time, and this is earlier, like already, like I’m getting flashbacks to, at the time, I knew what functional depth meant, going all the way high up as appropriate. You don’t want to go overextended. You don’t want to be underextended. You want to be just right. But I never appreciated until a few years out of dental school, the width, the actual width of the sulcus.
I never appreciated how important that is to play. And you’ll obviously add to how important that is and how to capture that. But when it came to a prime impression, if I felt I was a bit underextended in the prime impression. I thought to myself, well, I can just make up for it in the special tray by using green stick and stuff.
So do you think that is unacceptable and perhaps we should just get aimed for an overextended prime impression every time? And then how does that relay into your special tray? How do you ensure that your special tray isn’t overextended?
[Mike]You’re asking the exact questions you want everybody to ask. So underextension in a primary is quite often easily recognized by a technician. Classically, and anybody who’s listened to this has made any lowers will know, the tongue will be the bane of your life. It will get in the way, and it’ll stop you getting full sulcal depth lingually. And as a technician, you’ll spend your life pouring up casts of underextended primaries, and you’ll get something called a plaster chisel, or in the modern day, I didn’t use a plaster, I used to use plaster chisels, where you will recreate what they think is the correct anatomy.
Because technicians know what the anatomy should look like on a cast, within reason. So they’ll look at a cast thinking, guys missed the lingual extension. Let’s create a lingual extension for him. So they will then make a tray to their perception of where the lingual extension should be. And I had a classic line from one of the technicians at the old dental school two or three years ago now.
She said, if she hadn’t been a technician, she could have been a stonemason. Lovely quote. So they would recreate their perception of the missed anatomy that the clinician had recorded in the primary impression.
[Jaz]Do you think this is standard of care amongst technicians? Or do you think it has to be a technician who is a bit switched on and likes this kind of stuff, who goes the extra mile to do it?
[Mike]Oh no, Tracy was switched on, she knew. Of course, the other thing is, it depends how you’re trained. If you’ve never been trained in a good establishment, like I was at the London, which is now Bart’s, you didn’t really see beautiful impressions day in, day out, to then spot the one that wasn’t so good. So that’s the hard thing.
If you’re a trainee in a plaster lab, just pouring up models and nothing else, and some of the big commercial labs, almost certainly like that and I’ve got examples where you know you’ve looked at casts and the lab have made almost routinely overextended all the impressions on the assumption they’re all underextended. So you get an impression there’s a tutor somewhere teaching these trainee technicians or process workers, they call them.
Take it for granted, all these models that impressions will be underextended. So just make all the sulci bigger everywhere. Which then means you’ve got almost man made guesswork peripheries, but then they make the trays to those guesswork peripheries. So you get the tray out the bag and I’m afraid a lot of clinicians think oh, that’s the panacea I’ve got a custom tray.
I’ll be okay now and some guy up north in I was lecturing up at newcastle. He said if you take an awful primary and make a tray on it, the custom tray you get is a glorified stock tray because the peripheries are still guesswork. So it takes your technician to recognize the anatomy But if you want to see what you’re on, this is tough on clinicians.
If you want to get better at your impressions, ask your technician to photograph the model as poured and send it back to you. And you’ll look at it and thinking, oh, it doesn’t look like that in the mouth. Does it? But see, most of the time clinicians will get back models that the lab have doctored and done the tracing thing of stone macery and make them look real.
So it almost flatters your primaries because you never see the raw poured model. You see the poured model that’s been titivated, you’ve got some sulcite you didn’t have, you’ve got some anatomy, you’ve got some gingival. Is this all making sense?
[Jaz]Yes, absolutely. Yeah.
[Mike]Basically, you never see, if you want to get good, get your technician and say, look, just take a photograph. What’s happened with the picture of my model before you make it look better, or better still send the model back unadulterated, and you’re looking at it and thinking, I’m not as good as I thought I was. That’s what goes wrong. Technicians make clinicians think they’re better than they really are. It’s a bit sad.
[Jaz]Well, I think it’s a great moment to just pause and reflect on this top tip, because a lot of people will just listen to it. They’re driving and on a train, they’re running and not take action. I think before we even had that kind of level of relationship with your technician, so many colleagues don’t even know the name of their technician.
Right? So, and I say this all the time, time again, make a relationship with the technician, find their name, be on WhatsApp terms, be on Instagram terms, be on email terms, whatever, right? If you can have that relationship where they can send, take a photo on their phone and send it to you and have that trusting relationship to give you the critique, you’ll absolutely fly.
[Mike]Oh yeah, definitely. And better still go and see ’em.
[Jaz]Oh, a hundred percent.
[Mike]Take ’em a packet of hob knobs. Sit down with ’em.
[Jaz]Take some pork scratchings. Get a coffee.
[Mike]Exactly. Sit down with ’em. And just say, tell me what drives you nuts. From a technician’s point of view, you should say, as to a clinician, I tell you what drives me nuts. And you’ll see it. If you go to the lab, you’ll see the stuff they get in. I used to go to my lab and I’d say to the guy who used to run it, I said, you got anything I can photograph today? And there was always stuff. And I used to think dentists were rubbish, which is really tough. But as a technician, you’ve seen model after model is garbage.
And then you think these poor guys are taking impressions, but they don’t know what they’re doing wrong. How do I do it better? If you were taught, maybe not brilliantly as an undergraduate, or you didn’t love it as an undergraduate, So you didn’t really focus on it. How do you ever get better? You need to be re taught.
[Jaz]But also we’re not doing the numbers, like even at dental school, like, I mean probably it’s different for when you teach, but because you encourage them so much, I imagine. But the numbers that we’re doing, like complete dentures almost now, a postgraduate discipline is the way it’s perceived, because we’re not doing enough numbers. How can you become good at something if you’re not doing enough of it? And dentures very much falls into that category.
[Mike]Oh, it does. I mean, this is why I run that course with Rupert all the time, Impression Club. We’re running another one tomorrow in Bart’s. Every time we put them up, we get 15 people want to come in. And all we do is primary impressions. We do nothing else. It fills a whole day. And people go away thinking, Oh my God, I know I want to do this. I want to go back and do it. Of course, the great thing, you’ve got a really selective audience then, whereas undergraduates, some of them are interested and some like, oh, I don’t know.
And of course, if you’re lucky, like John Besford did with myself and the rest of the group, it just inspires you. So if you’ve got somebody who loves teaching it, and I have to say it’s slightly difficult. Because some teachers in schools nowadays are thrown in at the deep end. Like, can you teach prosthetics as well? I don’t really love it, but yeah, if you like. And, if the passion’s not there, it’s difficult, isn’t it? Difficult getting teachers.
[Jaz]That is true, but I’m glad that you have entered that space, and you’re doing that, fulfilling that. Now, back to the special tray. Great point, making sure that your primary impression is overextending away, so they get the full anatomy.
And based on that, when a technician has the model, right? Because now they’ve gone overextended because we want to see all the anatomy, what guidelines are they using to make the special tray to make sure that the special tray is about right and it’s not overextended?
[Mike]I had a light moment. I used to do a bit of freelance work when I was working in the hospital. I used to work for, do clinical work for a good friend of mine who was my tutor. And I made a custom tray for this lady. And I thought I was really good as a technician. You would, wouldn’t you? But I was actually deemed okay. So I made custom trays the way we were taught. And classically, we’re all taught, you remember this. Make your custom tray 2mm short of the primary sulcus extension.
[Jaz]That’s right.
[Mike]But what I didn’t know, as a technician, you’re troubling with education in this country, probably around the world. Technicians are taught by technicians, agreed? Where’s the overlap? So when you start to get feedback, so this lady drew this diagram of a cross section through an upper tray, and she was showing me that her impression was really good, the primary was hugely overextended, which is great.
But then I was doing what the textbooks tell you to do, make the tray two millimeters short. But what the diagram showed me was the fact that two millimeters short of a massive degree of overextension is still massively overextended. And that’s the light bulb moment. As technicians, you never see mouths or rarely will you see a mouth to know where that line is, where your custom tray stops.
And I think as a technician, you’re never going to get that unless you start to be really talking to your clinician. So if you want to do this properly, what you should do, and I think this is easier than people think, is take your great primaries, and you have to use compound, you have to use green stick.
That was one of your questions. I don’t use putty, but you have to take a really good primary, overextend everything. No technician will ever say, you’ve sent me an overextended primary. It’s never going to happen, okay?
[Jaz]And just back to basics, because loads of dental students do this as well. Like, for primaries, your alginate is still the choice of impression material for primaries, right?
[Mike]Yes, but you have to modify your tray first. Nobody should ever take a stock tray impression for anything, in my view. Prosthetics, the John Besford’s classic words, prosthetics is the only branch of dentistry where you take impressions of the gums as well as the teeth, because you need the gums as much as the teeth.
So if you don’t modify your trays, which is the build it course with Rupert, and modify the trays with compound, green stick, and wax, and the mnemonic for that. Somebody, I was lecturing in Manchester a couple of years ago, and people always ask, what order do you do it in? Green Stick, Wax, Compound, which order? And somebody in the audience said, Can’t go wrong. Can’t go wrong is a mnemonic.
[Jaz]C E G W.
[Mike]Exactly. Compound, Green Stick, Wax. And it’s just, can’t go wrong. So I now say that to my students. They’ve got two expressions they have to learn from me. Can’t go wrong, which is new. And the other one is maximum support, minimal gingival coverage.
But can’t go wrong for impressions is the answer. So if you take a primary impression, you should look inside your tray and there should barely be any visible tray showing the peripherals are either going to be in compound, they’re going to be in green stick, or they’re going to be in wax, and that’s how you do primaries. That’s how you get full extension and too much extension. So, that’s going back, that’s what you do.
[Jaz]But then how do you solve that problem of the technician or guiding your technician to make sure that your special tray is about the right place?
[Mike]So, what you’ve got to do then, and you can’t expect technicians, you can’t describe to the technician make it 2mm short, 3mm short, because the 2mm rule, I say to students day in, day out, if you’re doing an exam, and they ask you where should your custom tray extend, always trot out the 2mm rule, because that’s what the examiner’s looking for.
It’s garbage in reality, because if you want your custom tray 2mm short of your primary extension, which is what everybody says, does that not then follow that your primaries have to be precisely two millimetres overextended? So the two millimetre rule is a textbook answer for a written exam.
In reality, it’s rubbish. Because I can’t control overextension, nobody can. You just push everything out the way. So the only way you can do it in reality is and as clinicians, you look in the mouth, you can see overextension. I was talking to a guy who was due to qualify two or three years ago. Really nice guy, he’s down in Devon now.
Taha, he won’t mind me mentioning this. We were talking one night on Instagram and he said, I don’t get it. Where do you extend the tray? I said, look, go in the bathroom, wash your hands, pull your lip out the way. Seriously, and move the soft tissues around. You’ll see the attached, unattached mucosal junction. You can picture that yourself, can’t you?
[Jaz]Yes, absolutely.
[Mike]And he came back two minutes later, he said, I’ve got it. I’ve got it. Exactly. There you go. That’s what you do. If you start to look at that, you’re going to think that’s a light bulb moment. So what you’ve got to do then is you’ve got, as a clinician, start looking in the mouth and look at this and you’ll see it on the cast.
So take your primary, overextend everything, and say to your lab, I think most of us work with couriers, and most lab is two weeks between lab work, so the lab will pick up the lab work the day you took the impression the day after. They’ll pull the model when they get it back, agreed? And what does that model do then for two weeks or ten days?
Sits on a shelf, waiting for the technician to pick it up and make the track. So why don’t you ask for it back? So can you send the model back in two days time? And then you’ve done your mental photograph, and you start to look at casts. And you’ll see the frena. You’ll see that attached, unattached mucosal junction.
And you draw a line on it. And when you’ve drawn a line on it, you then send a model back to the lab. Which is, you can do that in your coffee break, in your lunch break. Courier then picks the model up, goes back to lab, still sits on the shelf for three or four days. Technician then picks it up and looks at it thinking, oh, that’s where he wants the tray made to. And that’s how you get tray extension. And that’s how you start to spot what anatomy looks like in the mouth, and the technician then starts to get on your wavelength of what it should look like.
[Jaz]Two questions there then, should the technician not have adequate experience and judgement to be able to decide that, or does it need to come from the clinician, you think?
[Mike]I don’t think so. I was 15 years as a technician, and then I started clinical, and I was just doing as I was told, and then it was almost after I qualified that I worked this out. So I just think, if you start to work with your technician on a regular basis and do these lines, they will start to do a lot of it for you. It’s too much on the technician to expect them to get it right.
[Jaz]It’s a great, it’s another touch point for the clinician to be involved in the process, and I think it’s wonderful. Here’s an idea. When Mark Bishop taught me complete dentures at dental school, I remember on my alginate getting an indelible pencil and drawing like a line.
I’ll be honest with you, at the time, I don’t know why we’re drawing the line, but we’re drawing a line in the peripheries, right? And then basically, when the model is being made, the pencil would embed in the model. And so can you actually look at the alginate and deduce where this line is? Can you actually put the pencil line there? So it kind of kills two birds with one stone and then you don’t need to have it back. Is that possible?
[Mike]Love the question. And this is where we as clinicians assume people can do what we can do. We’ve been doing it for decades. They’ve been doing it for 10 minutes. So in theory, a skilled clinician who’s done it for a long time, you’ll be able to know exactly where to put that line. As a novice, who’s made one or two completes in dental school? I don’t think you can do it.
[Jaz]So it’s easier on a model than on an impression.
[Mike]Massively, easier on the model. Because you’re not looking at the reverse. You’re looking at a solid version of what you saw in the mouth. So you might be able to do it after a few years of experience. But as you said, as a student, you’re thinking, What the hell are we doing here?
[Jaz]I had no idea what I was doing. I was just doing what Dr. Bishop told me to do. And he is a fantastic educator, by the way.
[Mike]And the logic is completely sensible. The logic makes complete and utter sense. But that’s where the skill of, and you can’t beat years, can you? Years take their toll, but the years have the benefits, don’t they? And the benefits are, you’ve seen everything, and you know where those lines should be. So if you’ve done it for a few years on the cast, you can then do it on the impression. But by that time, if you’re lucky to have the same technician, they’ll know what to do anyway. The bottom line is, look in your mouth, look in the patient’s mouth, look at your cast, and start drawing some lines, and you’ll get some amazing trays.
[Jaz]But the line you want to draw is at the very limit or you want you still want to have that, no, yeah, it should be at that area not two millimeters below tiny bit short.
[Mike]Tiny bit short-
[Jaz]To allow for the thickness of the impression material.
[Mike]Exactly. We were talking completes before we went live and if you’re doing completes and you’ll probably say agree with this that nowadays, sadly, we’ve got so many patients with massive resorbed ridges.
You don’t want space trays. You want close fit trays. So if you draw a pencil line and the tray ends just a fraction short of your eventual sulcus that’s just enough for the impression to roll around. That’s the way.
Interjection:Hi guys. It’s Erika here, the producer of Team Protrusive. I’m just interjecting here with the announcement that you’ve now got this amazing community platform. You can access it from your laptop. It’s called Protrusive Guidance. There’s also a native Android and Apple app. What we really want to do is to harness the power of the Protrusive community and create a platform you can share and grow together. And you know what? It’s way better than Facebook. So if you haven’t already, check it out!
Just do bear in mind that we manually approve every single application. So it might be a little bit slow to approve you. But we only want dental professionals on this network to keep it a safe place and so that we can share failures together. Head over to www. protrusive. app to know more.
[Mike]Way it works. So you’re right, we’re all taught to green stick all the way around the edge of a tray. When we were undergraduates, do you remember that? I was taught the same thing. Green stick your custom trays for complete. And it took me a good few years, I probably only worked this out 10 years ago. They would, all the clinicians would do it, the tutors. But what I’d forgotten what they used to do, they used to take your tray out the bag. And I remember tutors doing this at Bristol.
[Jaz]Let me guess what you’re going to say, they took the tray out of the bag and they start trimming away the special tray to only rebuild it with green stick? Is that what they did?
[Mike]Absolutely. But what they were doing, what they were doing, I didn’t realize, they were making room for the green stick. And what’s got lost in the translation over the years is take the tray out of the bag, and then add the green stick without making space for the green stick. That’s what’s gone, and that’s what they used to do.
But the problem with that, with doing green stick all the way around, is if you’re a genius with green stick, going back to experience, You could green stick all the way around the periphery of a tray if you’ve made one and get beautiful functional so called depths, but if you’re a novice and you use green stick what once a month once every three months Are you ever going to get the skill to green stick the periphery of an entire tray? It’s not going to happen, is it? So it goes back to get your trays right and I do so little green sticking.
[Jaz]That’s exactly what I was going to ask. So once you get the skill right, of getting the model back, drawing where the special tray should be, by getting in the right place, it negates, almost negates the need for the green stick all the way around.
[Mike]Absolutely, 100%. 100%. So all you do then is you, and we were talking about this earlier on, you record the functional width with the green stick. So classically, when we get an impression stuck in the mouth, dentate or dentures, what do we do? Stick your finger down the buccal sulcus, pull the cheek out of the way to break the seal. So it’s not the depth that’s creating the seal there, is it? As you said, it’s the buccal width. So that’s where I green stick buccally in the sort of the two brossy regions.
[Jaz]So you want some thickness, some buccal thickness of the impression around the back, and it’s great to capture that with the green stick, because if you rely on the impression material, do you think it’s not viscous enough to capture it? Is that the worry?
[Mike]It’s not, and sometimes you just need to create a little bit of space. And if you do capture it, and your custom tray was a tiny bit short, you then got unsupported impressions at the peripheries. Because I think classically, clinicians look at an impression thinking, I’ve got great depth there, there, and there.
But it’s alginate that’s moving around, or it’s silicon that’s moving around. Now again, as a technician, and clinicians were technicians, and I’m so lucky I was, you realize when you’ve got moving peripheries, when you pour the plaster into the model, into an impression, they all distort. So you’ve got the right depth, but if you haven’t got the rigidity, I did a post on this recently, if you haven’t got the support for the peripheries, they’re going to move when the lab pours them up. So you’ve got great depth, no stability, inaccurate when poured. So that’s where the green stick, you need to support, which is where green sticks great.
[Jaz]Well, I use pink stick and I loved it because I was a trainee at Guys in restorative. I was introduced to pink stick. And for me, the few times I used it, it just felt like a nicer, more pleasant cousin of green stick. What do you think about pink stick?
[Mike]To be honest, I’ve never used it. GC make it, don’t they?
[Jaz]I think so. And you know what, Mike, I absolutely loved it. It was just like, it just did what you wanted it to do. Everything you want from green stick, except Yeah, exactly. And so it was great. So, pink stick from people who’ve used it before they tend to agree. So something for you to try out and let me know how you find it because I’m more interested in what you think.
[Mike]Well, if you’ve got any clout with GC, can you get them to send me some because I’ve tried and tried and it just doesn’t turn up. It’s difficult to use.
[Jaz]We’re going to get GC to send you some pink stick to use and talk about it. I’m sure they would love the exposure and other brands are available as the BBC says, right. So we’ve got to a situation whereby you’ve got this perfectly correct height of the special tray, the width we’re getting with the green stick stroke pink stick when GC sent it to you, and then the rest of it, are you relying on the rest of the borders, the functional borders, to come from your impression material?
Now, I don’t want to go too much into impression material because that’s it. Podcasts will then forever be about different impression materials and whatnot, but generally speaking, let’s now focus on complete denture case. Let’s say we’re using zinc oxide, you know, are you a fan?
[Mike]Absolutely.
[Jaz]Okay, so let’s say we’re using ZOE. Are we relying on the ZOE to get the rest of the functional borders, or are you also reinforcing the tray more so?
[Mike]I rely on the impression material, which is why alginate doesn’t work for it, because it’s not viscous enough. So, zinc oxide used, no medium bodied silicon, absolutely fine. But you just made it the tray, because the tray is virtually at the periphery you want, it doesn’t matter, because you’re only going to have a millimetre or maximum, which is going to support itself. So whatever material you’re comfortable with, which is why then we’re not going to get on to materials, as long as you’re comfortable.
But you have to learn to manipulate the tissues, and the patient has to pull the right facial expressions, the patient has to move the tongue, the patient has to swallow on the lower, and that’s where you get your borders from. And the other thing to do-
[Jaz]Can you go over there and say ooh? Eee, and wiggle your jaw side to side.
[Mike]Yeah, you have to wiggle the jaw to get and you do the wiggling of the jaw when you’re green sticking, because otherwise the coronoid process tissues overlying it don’t actually get the right width, and that’s what you have to do. So I try and teach everybody. You’re doing maxillary impressions, mandibular movements.
[Jaz]I had a patient who, I did, I perhaps didn’t do enough of this, and he came back, complete denture was otherwise good, but now and again it was just the seal was just breaking, okay? And what I had to do is identify that, okay, it was too wide. The sulcus was actually too wide in that area, and the coronoid was just knocking it off, and by thinning out that area made a huge difference, and so we can reduce that, the need for that, by getting it right in the impression stage, or the green stick stage.
[Mike]So important, and people underestimate the importance of the width. Going back, quick flashback, when I was a technician, I used to look at some of these impressions thinking they’re really fat buccal flange on these dentures. I thought the patient won’t like that. I used to thin them out, thinking I was doing people a favor, and you’re thinking, actually looking back, I was doing nobody a favor.
If they’ve recorded right, they might not have done functional widths, they might have just filled the mouth up with but so yeah, so technicians, and the critical thing now we’ve touched on this is, if you do all these borders, your technician has to preserve them all. Because the big difference between primary and secondary impressions, if you overextend primaries, it doesn’t matter if you cut the peripheries down.
You’re not making it deeper, you’re getting better access. And technicians will tell you this, but when you’re doing secondaries, you have to preserve those borders. So the standard line on the lab sheet should be, preserve the full peripheral depth and width of the sulci on this impression, to about 2-3 millimetres.
[Jaz]Everyone should memorize that, and we’re going to put this in the premium notes because this needs to be a line that you use, because, again, when I was a DCT at Guy’s, I was learning this. The term boxing and beading came up. My tutor said to me, if you don’t write that, technician might not do it, and then you won’t preserve it. Can you tell us more about boxing and beading? Is that still the right words?
[Mike]I used to do boxing and beading as a student technician. And that was the way we routinely. The great thing about being a trainee technician at a teaching hospital is you get the best teaching as a technician. So all the second impressions those days were done with zinc oxide eugenol. So we would box and bead every impression.
[Jaz]Can you explain what that is? Cause at the time I had no idea. I’ve got a vague idea now, but I’d love to hear properly from you.
[Mike]If you’ve got an upper impression taken as Zinc Oxide Eugenol, you would draw an indelible pencil line on it at 2-3mm from the periphery up the outside of it, so that’s at the buccal aspect, and then you would stick some ribbon wax, soft ribbon wax, strips of ribbon wax, you would stick that at 90 degrees to the impression, all the way around the periphery. So you create like a rough, does that make sense? Like a border. It’s two or three millimetres up. See, now that so, and the boxing was then you get a sheet of wax and wrap it around.
[Jaz]So the beading was the wax bit, was it? So the ribbon wax is the beading.
[Mike]The beading is the horizontal tangential to the buccal flanges. And then you’d sort of encase the whole thing in sheet wax, so you’ve made like a mould, and then you’d pour in. So that was boxing and beading, but you say that to a student, you might as well not bother. And the other challenge we’ve got nowadays is, so classically zinc oxide’s great because wax stick.
Wax will not stick to alginate, and wax will not stick to silica so you can’t box and bead. So you right in boxing and beading to most people it’s just gotta above their head. You have to say, preserve peripheral width and depth in whichever manner they want. Do it in the lab and that’s the way you get it.
So boxing and beading is historical, it’s in oxide, used all done in schools. You can get putties to do it within instead. Some labs use plaster seed. If you Google it, it’ll come up. Alright. If you’ve got a good lab, they’ll get it. But a lot of technicians, bless them, aren’t taught by old school technicians or clinicians to preserve the peripheral width and depth. And that’s the crunch too.
[Jaz]Great point there. That actually. The process does not matter as much as the outcome and the outcome being as long as the depth that you’ve worked hard to create and the width that you’ve, you know, created should be preserved and copied onto the denture because what a waste of time with your green stick if that’s not preserved.
You don’t get that width and so that should be standard. Now I’m just going to look at my questions again because I’m absolutely loving our conversation and I don’t want to miss anything. So my next question is, how important are the skills when it comes to, let’s say, a tooth borne cobalt chrome denture, which has some flanged areas, are we still aiming for this, or are we saying that actually just thin it out and that getting the functional width and the height is not as important?
[Mike]Everything, do it the same. If you adopt the philosophy, it’s always going to be get the depth right, get the width right. It doesn’t matter what you make, your mindset will be just get it right in the first place. Did you mention scanners in your thing?
[Jaz]I did mention, but what I’m going to ask you soon is, after you answer this one, is how can we benefit in the digital workflow with border moulding?
[Mike]I want to turn this around then, before you ask about the prep, if you take a beautiful analog second impression, I trust scanners to scan the impression. So you can preserve the full peripheral depth of width because you’ve scanned it. So if you take beautiful prime secondaries and you scan them, you’ve actually preserved.
I’m not because I don’t do it. Okay. So we’ve got prime scan. We’ve got two or three in the practice. I just like models and I’m old and it’s like, can you change a dinosaur? It’s difficult. It’s where it works. But where scanners won’t work is recording the functional depth and width. Because how do you stick a camera in the buccal sulcus and get the patient excursed to coronary press? Never going to happen until AI gets massively more clever than it is. So that’s, scanners come in for completes because you can scan. So take beautiful, this is where you get the interaction.
[Jaz]Scanners are not there to replace your beautiful impressions, but they’re there to digitize that impression and then preserve.
[Mike]You can preserve forever more. You beautiful secondary, your analog is preserved digital. So that’s a lovely marriage. I think that works. So you can’t separate the two. I don’t think. So going back to tooth prep, I came up with a question for the student and the old days used to get a line of texts and say, discuss.
And I said, how do you accommodate rest indentures? Do you prepare or do you not prepare? And the bottom line I was trying to get across the students that preparation for rest seats can be additive, which I don’t think enough people do, which is composite on lower anterior teeth, for instance, or it’s reductive when you plunge burs into lovely teeth, which is just sacrilege.
See, I just don’t like the prospect of wrecking marginal ridges to put occlusal rest seats in. If you classically got two molars, together. They’re nature’s teeth, and you’ve got intact marginal ridges. Do you really want to cut rest seats into those? Wreck the contact point. It’s back to life. Patients might not love what you make for them, agreed?
You can make them a denture, and if they don’t like it, and the rests sit in the rest seats that you’ve prepared, and the marginal ridges, and you’ve, God forbid, broken the contact point. If they don’t wear your denture, you’ve now got an open contact point. So when we’re talking rest seats, additive is beautiful because it’s non invasive, and worst case scenario, you just grind them off, but invasive.
So I always try and encourage the students, because classically, I think as a profession, we tend to look at the arch we want to restore, and if it’s a partial, I can fill those gaps with a denture. I need to put rest there, rest there, to support the saddles.
[Jaz]We need to look at the opposing.
[Mike]Exactly. Do we look at what’s opposing? Can we sacrifice a little bit of cusp tip, which is thick enamel? Do we really want to go into marginal ridges?
[Jaz]That’s a wonderful point. And I think term I use when I’m teaching occlusion stuff, I talk about Robin Hood dentistry, stealing from the rich and giving to the poor. So stealing from that very rich perspective.
[Mike]That’s nice. I can use that next week.
[Jaz]Please do, please do. And so I like, I love doing this, especially when you’ve got like a plunger cusp, and like you’ve got a crater, a opposing tooth, typically a lower, and to just smooth and recontour that plunger cusp to give you that space you need to restore. And in the same vein, I love what you were saying here, whereby, what I was thinking when you’re telling me about being additive for your rest seat is that, well, if you haven’t got space opposing, then how are you supposed to do that?
But you just said, you can be strategic a lot of time to create a bit of space by doing a dirty word, which is enameloplasty. But actually, if we do it safely, then, in a well planned way, then it’s a great way to do it.
[Mike]It is. I mean, this just highlights, because lots of people say, we’re now trying to indoctrinate the students to do primary registration. If you’re planning a denture, if you’ve got freehand saddlecast, you can’t hand articulate freehand saddlecast. Mount your primary cast, and then you’ve got all the views you haven’t got in the mouth of where you can put rests. You can see, looking up from your esophagus, oh, there’s a room there. There’s no way you can see it in the mouth, buccally.
So exactly, planning is so important. And then you work out, are you going to additive? You’re going to do reductive. And can you do it, do it nicely, safely, and with less detriment to the patient? So that’s the way you do it.
[Jaz]I want to mention to, for all the guests, I mean, I know you know what equipoise dentures are, but have I said it correctly? equipoise, have I said it correctly?
[Mike]Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah.
[Jaz]So equipoise dentures, I came across them about, 10, 11 years ago, and essentially you’re doing it so that it’s a chrome denture and you’re basically cutting a lot of teeth in the sort of embrasure areas, rest seats to basically make it a really tight fit without any clasps. Have I got that correct?
[Mike]Absolutely.
[Jaz]And so based on what you just said, I think you are in the camp who is against equipoise dentures because actually it’s drilling into these embrasures and rest seats and stuff. What do you think?
[Mike]Yeah, funnily enough, we had a guy who was really pro equipoise in the Besford study class.
[Jaz]A Scottish man, by any chance, Edinburgh?
[Mike]He was actually, yeah.
[Jaz]I think I know what you’re talking about.
[Mike]He’s now retired. Anyway, but the way he described them and the function was just amazing. The retention was just brilliant. But it just struck me as carnage on teeth. I felt like I wanted to do them, but I couldn’t bring myself to stick bur.
I hardly ever use a turbine for anything at work. And I do nothing but dentures now. I hardly ever pick up a turbine because I just don’t want to. And we’re talking about guide surfaces. Can I talk about guide surfaces for a minute?
[Jaz]Oh, please. So one of the questions I had for my guys is. Talk about rest seats. And I love this gem he shared. I think will really resonate is how can we make it so we can be additive in rest seats? So that’s a great point there. Also using composites, as you mentioned, so make that a bit more tangible. The way the composite would work, for example, is like adding cingulum rests on the upper palatal incisor, right?
[Mike]Much more so on lowers because the cingulum on the lower is. It’s so steep. If you make a lingual plate or anything like that, I mean I use this horrible analogy just to make people focus. If you make a lingual plate without support, that lingual plate acts like a cheese grater on the peridot and tissues, lingually.
And it’s just a hideous concept. But that’s what’s going to happen. We know these lingual plates will just drift, and they just strip the soft tissues away. Those cementum caries, perio damage, it’s awful. So classically, if I ever see a case and you’ve got three to three standing, same with students, there’s no way you’re not going to add six lingual composites to those teeth. I just want that dentures to just don’t drift lingually.
[Jaz]So this is like the standard, you have to find a reason not to do it. So it sounds like composite on lower incisor lingual surfaces as little cingulum rests, if you like, additive rests, if you like, a great idea to prevent the slippage of the metal.
[Mike]Absolutely. So the four lower incisors and the two lower canines, if that’s what you’re left with, you put composites on them. The only downside to that, and I have to say this to people. It’s potentially going to be in the way of your existing denture. You have to do this. One is it’s going to feel funny to the patient’s tongue and you warn them. And the second thing is potentially the current denture might not go back over them, but most of the time that current denture is a few years old and it’s drifted south and it’s gone below the points where you’d had your composite soreness. That’s not an issue. And this is where generations are different. John Besford says, well, just adjust the present denture. But what if your denture’s not as good as their old one?
[Jaz]I love how cautious you are. You’re a man of your own heart. I’m very ultra cautious when I’m adjusting things, including people’s old dentures and stuff, and I think you’re the same.
[Mike]So just be careful, because if you’ve then adjusted their old denture, and they say the new denture’s not as good as the old one, but you’ve wrecked the old one, what do you do? You’re stuffed. You’re really up against and it’s the same, this is what I was going to say, so if you’re going to do that, but quite often, as I say, the existing limbal plate has drifted so far south.
You just take a mental photograph, again, like the function of the sulcus. See where you can put your rest seats in composite. And can you place them above the current denture? And if you can, fine. And most of the time, very seldom can I not do that. This is, say, about affecting the current denture. We’re talking about contact points next, which is what you brought up.
[Jaz]Guide planes.
[Mike]Guide surfaces are just beautiful. Bit equipoised, but not so invasive. The problem you’ve got is exactly the same thing. So if you’ve got a patient with a pre existing denture, And the contact points are all intact, and then you start to create guide surfaces on the proximal surfaces. What have you done to the present denture?
You’ve trashed all the contact points, you’ve trashed all the stability, and again, if your new denture’s not as good as their old one, or something goes wrong, their old one’s slopping around, they don’t like their new one, again, invasive, irreversible dentistry. So the only time I think you can be 100% sure that tooth prep for a new denture that’s not going to cause an issue is when you create buccal undercuts or lingual undercuts because again that’s not going to stop the old denture going in.
Quite often it actually makes the old denture better until you’ve made the new one and you can run them off. If you’re doing invasive dentistry just be careful because existing dentures might not be as good as they used to be and if the patient’s at all difficult you can’t really argue your point that I had to do that I told them it might be a case. I think from a defense point of view, you’d be up against it, wouldn’t you?
[Jaz]So just make that point a bit more tangible for me. By buccal and lingual undercuts, you mean just utilizing them for your-
[Mike]Making them a flowable composite.
[Jaz]Understood, now I got it. Okay, you don’t do guy planes so much?
[Mike]Very seldom again, because it’s irreversible. If the patient’s no pre existing denture, doesn’t matter.
[Jaz]Or a crappy denture.
[Mike]Or a crappy denture that’s got no contact points anyway, which is, then it’s fine. Or if you’re going to make some crowns, build the guide surfaces in. So I’m not saying don’t do them, but just proceed with caution if they’ve got a pretty reasonable decent denture at the moment.
Just tread carefully. So if you’ve got proximal surfaces, I mean classically a lower posterior saddle, bounded saddle, guide surfaces are great for that. And if you’ve got gnarly old amalgams and MO on the seven and a DO on the four, it doesn’t matter, does it? You just skim a bit of an amalgam back.
Beautiful. But again, your technician’s good at giving you some feedback, telling you could do, make a much better denture, reduce the stagnation area, all sorts of stuff. Again, go back to the beginning, talk to your technician.
[Jaz]I personally like guide planes a lot. But I realized that all these cases I’ve been doing it are new denture wearers, or they had got crappy dentures, or I am adjusting restorative material, be it composite, being an old restoration, or I’m doing some crowns in the adjacent teeth, and I’m building that into it.
It’s about the planning, as you say. Now, it raises a great point about creating undercuts lingually, buccally. Let’s imagine a lower premolar, lower second premolar, and it’s very flat, buccally, like it’s very, very flat, and you want to create an undercut. Can you give us some advice in terms of how to do it? Because for beginners it’s difficult to visualize exactly the kind of shape you’re trying to make.
[Mike]Oh, this is where planning with your technician. Say to a technician, look, I want a class B’s lower fives, because some clinicians can visualize undercuts on teeth and some can’t. If you look at a cast, some people say, well I can see it’s undercut. If you’re not sure, say to your technician, I want a class below five for instance, get the technician to survey your primary cast for you and say, have I got enough undercut on those teeth?
Because if you haven’t, the technicians will chase undercuts at the cervical margin, and then they’re putting class IIs cementum, which is really bad news. So if you want to make buccal undercuts, they take seconds. Flowable composite is just beautiful. I say to the students, you make a fried egg.
Buccal, composite and flour. You don’t polish it, you do nothing with it. And if you’ve never done it before, don’t etch, don’t bond and practice. Put some composite on the tooth. But it needs to be a fried egg. It’s no good making like a hard boiled egg cut in half. If you’ve got a distinct pimple, you won’t get the class out from underneath it, or you’ll break your fingernails as the patient, or you’ll break the clasp. So you want a fried egg, and there’s posts on my Instagram, you can go back and see them. Fried eggs make beautiful undercuts. And flammable composite, it almost doesn’t matter what shade it is, because you’re creating what, 0. 5 of a millimetre undercut?
The only time you’ve got to be careful on lowers is if you’ve got a really deep bite. So sometimes the buccal cusp will come quite a long way down. The upper buccal cusp comes a long way down the buccal surface of the lower. So again, mental photograph, take a picture. I’ve got that.
Just place the undercut low enough, below that it’s not going to fail the occlusion. And again, technicians tell you if you’ve got enough undercut or not. And if you’re really keen and you love prosthetics, buy yourself a surveyor. They’re 80 quid on them on eBay.
[Jaz]If you’re doing a lot of dentures, I think that’s great tax deductible investment, as I say.
[Mike]And they last forever.
[Jaz]It’s one of those things that thankfully do last forever in dentistry. You’ve talked about guide planes, talk about rest seats, which I absolutely love. You kind of surprised me with these viewpoints and I love them. All of everything you said, I’m definitely implementing some of that.
The fried egg analogy or the description is brilliant. Personally, when I’ve done in the past, I’ve kind of just like visualized creating a curve. I do like the fried egg. I’m going to check out your Instagram. I’ll put the little video there for people to check out as well, which is great. We’ve talked about green stick.
We talked about border moulding. Answered all of my questions. I’m so chuffed. If you talk about impression materials, we could have gone forever and ever and ever and we’re coming up to time. Before I invite you to tell us more about where we can learn more from you. I mean I’m going to put your resource of an instagram page and please more power to you. Keep sharing keep doing your thing.
We love it. I would love to promote your courses I’m going to put that in the link. Educators like you are few and far between I always want to put you easy access to all the Protruserati. But any final tips you want to give to those listening?
[Mike]Listen to your technician first thing John Besford’s big on this. Listen to your patient. When you assess a patient, get a wish list of what the patient wants from the treatment. Just ask them what do you want and then shut up and listen and I’m lucky.
Jess my nurse is just brilliant. So I’m having a chat with a patient and Jess is writing down in bullet point what the patient wants and what they don’t want. So if they don’t want the metal based denture, you know that. If they don’t want visible clasps and you have to have them, you know that. And then you can work out whether it’s practical to do it and sometimes you just have to tone down their expectations or say, I can’t do that.
And just don’t be heroic. Herodontics are really bad news, you’ll agree. Don’t take on what you can’t do and just talk to your technician. Send your technician some photographs, clinical photographs, so they can see what the occlusion looks like. I’ve got a classic case I talk about where a patient’s massively overclosed and quite often we don’t look correcting the OVD.
We don’t, when patients are overclosed, but not enough people, students, particularly because we don’t teach them, they don’t get a Willis gauge outside. Just get a Willis on all your patients and just measure their OVD and their RVD. If you’ve got a patient looks overclosed and they’ve got too much freeway space, beautiful, you can jack them open.
And if a technician says there’s not enough room there and you say, well, they’ve only got two millimeters of freeway space, just draw a line under it and say, look, I need to refer you to some hero. Cause I can’t do this. But if you find out what they want and what they don’t want, it makes a big difference to their expectations and then they know you’re listening, which is just nice.
[Jaz]Big fan of the lists of expectations and also a list that I encourage patients to make. Once you’ve given them their denture and they come back for their review, I say to make a list of everything that you feel like, any ulcers, any issues, basically, and I love just working through checklists by checklist.
Oh, he’s rubbing here. Oh, this is a bit rocking. And I worked through it all, but I had this wonderful experience. Once I posted my Instagram, I told this patient to make him, give him a complete denture at the upper and a partial on the lower. And I told him, make a list, any issues you have, just make a list.
And I’ll work through it. And he came back and he made a list of all the things that are wonderful about it. Not a single bad thing. And I said that day, today’s the day I should probably just retire, like leaving the high. I never expected this to happen. And like, it was the most wonderful note ever.
[Mike]That’s magic. Can I just touch on where it’s rubbing? Nine times out of ten for partials complete, fit surface pain is caused by occlusal discrepancies. But what do most dentists do when the patient said he’s digging in down there?
[Jaz]They ingest the acrylic, don’t they? In the fitting surface.
[Mike]What they should do is get the articulating paper. First thing you say to a patient, it’s digging in bottom right. Okay, open your mouth, shut your eyes to the patient, close together slowly. Where does it touch first? The shut your eyes bit takes all the distractions away. I love that. Just close your eyes and do it yourself. Open your mouth, shut your eyes and close together slowly.
Now, if they’re in centric relation, you have to hold the lower denture down while they’re doing this. And just say, where does it touch first? Nine times out of ten, where they’re getting pain, they will say, oh, it’s touching there. So what you don’t get out is pressure indicator paste. You get your articulating paper out.
And when you’ve got the occlusion absolutely right, I just hate pressure indicator paste. It’s so imprecise. Light bodied . And you do this at fit by the way, not review, you’d use it every single fit appointment. Light bodied silicone, and I do this with my custom trays. Dry the tray, light bodied silicone wash check, tray extensions before you do second impressions.
And then when you do the fit, your second impressions should be good. Why should the fit surface be an issue? If you think your impressions were great, the fit surface is rarely the culprit of pain. It’s going to be the occlusion. And then I fit surface check all my fits as well. Light bodied silicone, dry the denture, seat the denture in, get them to do everything they want to do.
And you’ll see denture base poking through. That’s where you do the adjustments. I learned that from the best of the club. And the reviews have just gone through the floor. This doesn’t happen anymore. Fit surface pain generally go. And the shut eyes bit is the other thing.
[Jaz]That’s a real gem. And that’s going to be the Protrusive Dental Pearl. And I love that. What I meant is when they, someone would typically adjust acrylic, is they’d take the denture out and adjust the fit surface, either led by a pressure Indicator. You’re totally right. Occlusion. I remember a patient in my training years who had this upper complete denture with just the most beautiful retention and stability.
And his complaint was that now and again his denture falls out. Just completely loses seal and falls out. And so it was an occlusal issue. And when I fixed the occlusion, that was it basically. So it was a premature contact or just dislodging it and that was the issue there. Mike, please tell us how, tell us about your courses. What’s the website? Where can we learn more from you?
[Mike]Everything I post up goes through my Instagram because it drives my wife nuts because I spend forever on it. So everything I post up goes on there. I’ve got a YouTube channel, same name. You can find stuff on there. And the only course I’ve got lined up at the moment, which isn’t booked up, is going to be 22nd of November in London.
I haven’t gone live for it yet because I’m not very good at organizing in my life. You are, or you’ve got something And the Rupert courses. So if you want to come on impression club courses, there’s one tomorrow. The next one’s the 5th of February in Bath. So if you go on impression club, courses are on there and just keep tabs on my Instagram for courses. That’s the only place to put them. I haven’t got a website. So just look on there. I will announce it and I’ll do a live on it or something at some point anyway.
[Jaz]Please don’t stop sharing. Keep it up. We love it from our community to you. Thank you so much. We could have gone on for days to talk. I really enjoyed my chat. As someone who I like dentures. I’ve been liking them more and more as I’ve been learning more about it and improving, but I really enjoyed this geeky chat. If you made it this far, it’s all the true geeks that made it here. And I want to thank you for to them.
[Mike]Pleasure. I just love it. 51 years in dentistry now I’ve been doing and still like it, which is I consider myself really lucky.
Jaz’s Outro:Well, there we have it guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. What did I say? I told you you’re going to love it, right? Like it’s crazy. Like we could have talked about so much more in dentures that we have to squeeze it in, in just one hour. And look how much we covered. Like it was a small amount.
Actually, if you think about it, we covered very small area of Removable Prosth, but we really went deep and I’m confident that we made things tangible. And if we did, would you please hit that subscribe button and comment below? What’s the one thing that you’re going to take away from this episode and implement?
And like with all the episodes of Protrusive or anything you learn on any course, remind you of the very first Protrusive Pearl I ever shared with you, right? Which was to know and not to do is not to know, i.e. if you now know some information, if you have just acquired some information from today, and if you don’t implement it, you may as well have never heard it in the first place.
So what will you change about your practice? How can you help Mike’s advice to benefit you with your dentures? I’ll put in the show notes below a link to Mike’s Instagram. And of course our Instagram do follow us as well, but definitely follow Mike’s. This is awesome. But I want to thank you again for listening to the end.
I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Nov 21, 2024 • 36min
Implant Occlusion that Makes Sense! – PDP204
Implant crowns should be out of occlusion, right? Think again!
In my experience, single tooth implant crowns when I see them are IN occlusion and holding shim – even when this was not intended by the Restorative Dentist.
When this happens, should we be adjusting the implant crown? Or perhaps the adjacent tooth? *shock horror*
And how often would this need to be repeated?
This podcast will show you a better way to manage implant occlusion!
https://youtu.be/l8WOiamk06M
Watch PDP204 on Youtube
In this episode, I’m thrilled to chat with Professor Riaz Yar, an occlusion expert and mentor who greatly influenced me early in my career. Together, we’ll debunk common myths and dive into practical approaches to managing implant occlusion.
Even if implants aren’t part of your practice, understanding occlusion on implants is crucial for patient care. Tune in as we uncover best practices and clear up misconceptions to help you achieve better results for your patients!
Protrusive Dental Pearl: Dr. Pav Khaira has created a free implant assessment form, now available to the Protrusive community. Accessible at www.protrusive.co.uk/implant – this responsive PDF includes key areas like patient goals, biotype, and occlusion, with an 8-minute video guide for easy use.
Key Takeaways
-Implant occlusion is a major factor in implant failure.-Understanding the biology of the implant system is crucial.-Functional loading is more important than static loading!-Chewing dynamics can reveal important insights about occlusion.-Guidelines for occlusion should be followed but adapted to individual cases.-Patient education on post-implant care is essential.-Shared loading on implants is vital for their longevity.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights of this Episode:
01:34 Protrusive Dental Pearl
02:47 Introducing Professor Riaz Yar
05:07 Understanding Implant Failure Causes
08:04 Analyzing Implant Occlusion and Peri-Implantitis
10:27 The Chewing Gum Test
13:20 Guidelines and Challenges with Implant Occlusion and Lab Protocols
17:33 Bone Regeneration and Functional Guidance
19:22 Dynamic Movements and Occlusion Analysis
23:48 Practical Tips for Implant Bridges
28:19 Patient Guidelines for Implant Care
Join Riaz for an innovative implant restorative program developed with top dentists (Nik Sissodia, Martin Wanendeya, Sanjay Sethi, and Nik Sethi), designed to enhance your skills in implant restoration.
Check out Riaz’s one-day course on implant occlusion at profriazyar.com and Elevate Dental. Sign up now and boost your implant expertise!
This episode is eligible for 0.5 CE credit via the quiz on Protrusive Guidance.
This episode meets GDC Outcomes B and C.
AGD Subject code: 690 IMPLANTS
Dentists will be able to:
Recognize key factors that contribute to implant failure and how occlusion plays a role.
Utilize practical approaches, such as the Chewing Gum Test, to assess and manage implant occlusion (function) effectively.
Discuss guidelines for implant occlusion and understand the challenges involved in lab protocols.
If you liked this episode, be sure to watch An Idiot’s Guide to Restoring Single Implant Crowns Part 1 and Part 2
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: If you overload it, the risk is that you're going to get bone loss around the neck of the tooth, just from a biological perspective. That then means, okay, how do you apply those forces? And so if you apply those forces to a tensile at an angle, that's definitely going to occur. But static forces, it's still going to get some transference through it.
Teaser:So it’s about understanding how to manage those forces. The one, the thing that I noticed, if it’s an issue is screw loosening of the crown and an implant that tells me straight away, I have some of axia loading on my implant. So I need to deal with that straight away. As soon as I fix it, I am not tightening that screw for, I’m just not tightening it, maybe years before an issue arises.
When you then look at the literature on risk for those category of people that are more likely to damage your implants, for example, bruxist patients, parafunctioning patients, they are three times more likely to cause failure. So when we look at met analysis, it says, occlusion in those patients that really damage the teeth, so they are more likely to damage your implant.
Jaz’s Introduction:Maybe, like me, you were taught that your single implant crown should be out of the occlusion, i.e. it should not be holding shim and there should be approximately 30 microns of clearance. What if I told you that’s false? That’s a lie! Because every time I see patients come back with implant crowns and I check the occlusion, you bet that that implant crown, which probably initially was out of occlusion, is very much in occlusion.
So what should we be doing? Should we be adjusting ceramic or adjusting the opposing tooth and doing this every year so that your implant crown is always out of occlusion? Let me suggest a better way to you through this podcast. I am joined by Professor Riaz Yar, one of my oldest mentors in the sense that he was my first first educator.
Like, when I qualified, the first course I went on, the first workshop you had as a DF trainee, was his. And he gave me the bug of occlusion, he inspired me to no end, and it’s a great pleasure to have him back again on the podcast. Even if, like me, you don’t place implants, you don’t even restore implants. There’s so much to gain. As general dentists, we owe it to our patients to understand because our patients have implants and we want to know what a good occlusional implant looks like.
This episode is eligible for CE credits and enhanced CPD as per GDC criteria, but also we are a PACE approved provider. All that happens through the quizzes on Protrusive Guidance. If you literally listen to every single episode, it is the best value for education you will ever get because now you get to reflect on the content and test your knowledge and retention. You get to download the premium notes and the PDF transcripts and all the goodies that come with the episodes.
Dental PearlSpeaking of goodies, today’s Protrusive Dental Pearl is related to implant assessment. I’ve been on the hunt for a really good form. So if you’re someone who’s placing implants and you’re having that initial consultation, what should we be looking for when we’re assessing our patients? Now it’s been under my nose the whole time because one of our own Protruserati, Dr. Pav Khaira, who’s so active on our app, on our community, Protrusive Guidance, he has a wonderful form.
And as part of the pearl, we’re giving it away to you for free. Head over to www.protrusive.co.uk/implants. Just simple as that. Implants. And we’ll show you a fantastic form. It’s actually a really responsive pdf because you’ve got like drop downs and you can complete it on your mobile phone, on a laptop.
It covers everything from the patient expectations and goals, the biotype, the occlusion, very relevant to today’s episode, and it’s all for free. Plus you get an eight minute video of Pav Khaira just going through the entire form with you. That itself has so much educational value. If you’re someone who’s placing implants or restoring implants, or just a humble general dentist who’s referring, it is a great thing to familiarize yourself with.
So I want to thank Dr. Pav Khaira for allowing me to share this with you. And the website is protrusive.co.uk/implants. Hope you enjoy that download. I’ll put the link in the show notes, but let’s join our guest, Professor Riaz Yar, and I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Oh man, all that heartfelt stuff I said, Riaz.
[Riaz]I know, I know. Now we’re going to have to fake it. Now we have to fake it.
[Jaz]Guys, if you’re listening to this, right, Literally, we just had a lovely, like, 7-8 minute exchange. I gave, like, an amazing intro that Riaz deservedly. He just deserves this beautiful intro. I have to, like, fake it again. And so, here we are again. It’s pitch black outside. Told my wife I’m recording in the morning. And she was like, okay, who’s the guest kind of thing? Where’s the guest from? And I said, It’s Riaz. Okay. It’s Riaz. He’s been on the podcast for, he’s a very welcome guest on the show.
And it’s because usually it’s Australians that like to book this sort of 6. 15am slot if you like, but it’s great to have you Riaz. I said before, unfortunately, that unfortunate event of the recording not happening is you have inspired me in such a huge way. You were the first sort of a workshop or course that I did as a VT.
So, the sort of plan program, and that was absolutely amazing. It mentioned it in our previous episode that your teaching style inspired me to no end the way that you like to really ask and help us to understand why it really inspired me as someone who eventually, I always wanted to get into education always from the beginning.
I did my PGCert in dental education very early on, but you were really the catalyst that really confirmed to me that, you know what? When I grow up, I want to be like Riaz. So for those who don’t know, very few people who don’t know you, do check out the other episodes that Riaz has done. Do check out all his wonderful stuff that he’s involved in. But Riaz, just tell us about yourself as a clinician.
[Riaz]Now that we’ve had that intro and I’m going to have to cut it really short. I’m a specialist in prosthodontist based in Manchester. Jaz talked about sort of me inspiring him, but actually he’s continued to inspire me. So I’ve been blessed to sort of two people meet, meet each other on a path.
And how sometimes I can sort of trigger something in you and you’ve definitely triggered something in me, just by sort of the way you’ve continued to educate and keep me motivated and keep me going. Okay. I like that approach. I think we do have a very similar sort of approach and outlook on, on things. So, thank you actually for continue to push me.
[Jaz]As for those who don’t know everyone who knows you as knows this already. But those who don’t and you may be listening to it the first time or see if the first time one of the most like humble people you ever meet right? So just sitting next to him at a tubule’s dinner or just seeing you around the real nice guys in dentistry really nice really humble, always has time to.
So thank you for what you do for the dental community and how you inspire an absolute generation. So that’s amazing. Implant occlusion Riaz, we need to talk about this really important thing because it is touted as potentially the major cause of implant failure. And I kind of asked you, and I’m going to ask you again now, because we’re now actually recording this time.
Well done Jaz. It is of all the different types of failures that we can experience in implant dentistry, this could be screw loosening, this could be porcelain fracture, this could be actually peri implantitis, this could be due to the host having, let’s say, diabetes, low in vitamin D, this could be because of poor placement, this could be because of poor materials used. Where does the occlusion actually rank as like the cause of failure?
[Riaz]I mean, it’s clearly going to be one of the causes, but where does it rank? I think it’s always going to be difficult to say, okay, it’s number one, because one, the clinician delivers, most people deliver the occlusion low, infra-occluded, and the guidelines actually say, do it infra-occluded.
Now, so that means you’re not getting any static loading. Definitely for, it could be a couple of weeks or a couple of months or even depends if the patient puts tongues in between the teeth, it may not even overreact. So from a sort of data perspective, it’s very difficult to measure. Even human studies, animal studies haven’t really categorically said, because you’ve got dog studies, super proud, never caused any bone loss.
And then you have some that do. So I think we just look at biology. I think I’ve always tried to answer questions on understanding the biology of the system. So the modulus elasticity of bone, for example, is the same as teeth. And that biologically makes sense because when you overload the tooth, the force transference is through the long axis and sort of focuses at the apex.
So the fulcrum becomes the apex. Once that occurs, the teeth become loose, they become mobile. So you have a built in safety mechanism. Whereas the modulus of elasticity of bone to an implant, implant is about 10 times, five to 10 times difference, means that when you overload an implant, it’s going to get forced concentration at the neck of the tooth.
So biologically, if you overload it, the risk is that you’re going to get bone loss around the neck of the tooth, just from a biological perspective. That then means, okay, how do you apply those forces? And so if you apply those forces at a tensile, at an angle, that’s definitely going to occur, but static forces, it’s still going to get some transference through it.
So it’s about understanding how to manage those forces. When you then look at the literature on risk for those category of people that are more likely to damage your implants, for example, bruxist patients, parafunctioning patients, they are three times more likely to cause failure. So when we look at meta analysis, it says occlusion in those patients that really damage the teeth. So they are more likely to damage your implant and that makes sense because they damage the teeth. Why would they not damage?
[Jaz]It’s an overload mechanism and that gets transferred to the implant. And then with peri implantitis, like for example, we know that and please do correct me, right? We know that occlusion and occluding is a factor in in perio, but you know perio really is like a host response.
There’s so much a genetic element into when it comes to periodontal disease and occlusion overloading the teeth is a bit better term actually can play a role. Those jiggling forces can exacerbate a periodontal condition but in itself it’s not the initiator when it comes to periodontal disease especially in someone who’s not as acceptable. So how can we apply that to peri implantitis? To what degree can overloading an implant be responsible for peri implantitis?
[Riaz]I think it’s back to, and you’ve already sort of alluded to it. You sort of, there’s loads of other factors. So when you’re going to think about peri implantitis of an implant, you’ve got to look at the rest of the mouth. So if they’ve got pocketing elsewhere, they’ve got other issues elsewhere, then yeah, I would say perio issues, poor hygiene, just as much of a factor as the occlusion. Cause you’ll see on those patients that have peri implantitis, most of the time they’re infra-occluded. The restoration isn’t touching. So you kind of go, how much of it is a factor, then you’ve got mobility of the remaining teeth.
So, how we look at mobility, I think has been, we use two probes. We just use that. I mean, I’d still like to use my fingers and just move around and grab the teeth and just shake them and see if they’re actually loose. Because functional loading is probably more important than static loading.
You’ve got patients who are horizontal chewers and they get missed a lot and especially anterior teeth. The natural teeth are worn, they have some mobility built in the remaining teeth, but the implant doesn’t have that movement. You’ve got to look at functional loading and how I do that chewing gum.
I just love the chewing gum test, always putting chewing gum in. Let’s look at how they chew and you can see when they chew cycle in and then they cycle out and that cycle out is a long horizontal because they’ve lost the wear on the canines to give them that protection to open up. They’re actually just going full horizontal and they’re wearing the teeth. That’s going to cause peri implantitis. That’s going to cause the screw to come loose. The implant-
[Jaz]Lateral loading of the entire mechanism, right?
[Riaz]Lateral loading. So your issue is totally, is that you’re going to get patients who have lateral loading, horizontal chewers, you’re going to go, this is a factor, but that’s if they have no pocketing elsewhere.
So it’s looking at the individual implant in relation to the rest of the mouth will tell you the answer of whether the implant occlusion is a factor. So look at the remaining teeth. How worn are they? Are they mobile? Is it, cause if there’s no pocketing elsewhere and you’ve got it around your implant, you can safely say it’s occlusion, but you’ve got to analyze the occlusion. And that’s where for me chewing gum is now really quite crucial analysis.
[Jaz]The first time you do this is really quite, when you see that horizontal chew, it’s really quite like, how does this person chew like this? This is really absurd. When you see it, have you found a head? Can you suggest a good way to actually view it?
Cause usually give them the chewing gum, and their lips come together, and they’re chewing with their mouth closed, and then it feels very awkward. And you try a retractors. I know you like to use your fingers. I guess with the Modiaw, you can track all that, which is just amazing. Any tips you can give us, too, when we’re checking for the chewing gum test?
[Riaz]Yeah, so basically, you’ve got to be very careful. So, try and get your finger up onto the eminence of the canine. And so, that kind of the first finger ports and is resting on the canine eminence. So when you’re looking at the left side, it’s on the left upper canine. Once you’ve lifted that up and then you just open up the lower lip as well, now you are going to have some patients who have very strong oral muscular control, which again gives you an idea of how strong their chewing is because if they’re using a lot of their oral musculature to really keep back control of that.
Now one, they’re a closed mouth chewer. So you’re going to have some people who chew really well with their mouth closed, hate the fact that they could, even their teeth could be visible. It’s a training thing. It’s a manners thing, a social etiquette thing. You chew with your mouth closed.
So you will have some people who have really strong oral musculature. So you then got to be gentle and got to get them to just relax their lips as they chew, because they’ve been trained to chew with their mouth closed. Those that chew with their mouth open are the best patients. Cause they’re just the ones that you just, it’s very soft.
You can just place your finger on it and I just rest it and it’s basically opening a window. So yes, the question, and yes, you’re right. I use the Modiaw for the axiography chewing. But when the question I asked myself with the Modiaw was by putting a clamp, and even though it’s a plastic clamp, very light.
Does that affect the chewing? We started to video the patient, without Modiaw, with Modiaw, to try and overlay the chewing motion. And it is similar. If someone is a horizontal chewer. We’re chewing without Modiaw. They are with Modiaw also a horizontal chewy. They don’t become vertical just because we put some device in. So yeah, I’d already, that was already something that I questioned when you are looking at the data, cause I really need to know what I’m collecting is real.
[Jaz]Without taking too much of a detour, but it was a nice little tip for those two who’ve never done it before. It’s amazing when you see it through a cow, as I call it, right. And really how much their mandible swings is really quite fascinating. You have to think, yes, we always look at training. We look at excursions inside out, for example, the grinding, but actually what we failed to look at is the chewing, which you talk about so much, which I love the work that you do, but now just going back to implants.
Cause we can go in a real tangent. We’re all over the time, the time struggle today. So my big question I’ll ask is I’ve been told and I’ve been taught, okay. And as someone who does not place implants as someone who does not restore implants, so very much, I’m going in blind and I’m being led by you is I’ve been taught to get clearance by about roughly 30 microns, right?
So make sure you put one shim stock in. Let’s say it’s an upper premolar implant crown screw retain, right? Make sure it’s not holding shim. You get two shims or double it up. It’s not holding. Make it three. It’s not holding. Four, it could be holding.
That’s okay. That’s kind of what I’ve seen in terms of what’s been taught. But, Riaz, and then this part two of the question will be, but whenever I see implants on my existing patients, I’ve had implants elsewhere or for my colleagues, when I get that shim in, it’s holding, okay? So that’s a two part question, okay? Number one is, is that what the guidelines are or any other theories or guidances on what the guidelines are for occlusion on a single implant crown?
[Riaz]Yes, there is guidelines. That guidelines is the ITI guidelines. Charlotte Stilwell was sort of, when she was doing her occlusion implant roadshow, was addressing that. My question always to everybody who does that was, okay, how easy is that? How easy is it for you to make it 30 microns light? And the reason why it’s so difficult to do is because none of them have a protocol for their lab. So they don’t even have any control over the lab side. So let’s say, let’s just go through the process.
You take an implant scan, you send it to the lab. They then make the restoration. So now they’ve got the restoration ready and they screwed it into the model. Now they are using a one lab screw that they use for probably 10 or 15 cases. Because they don’t want to use the new screw that’s been sent with the work.
So they’re not using the new screw, they’re using an older one. So then they screw it down and they hand tighten it down to, let’s say, 15 Newtons because that’s what hand tightening roughly is. So let’s say they’re not hand tightening it, it’s between 10 to 15 Newtons. They then do the occlusion. So if they’re following you, they’re saying, let’s make it 30 microns lighter, 4 micron, 4 shim stock paper, which is just simply folded over.
You just sort of one piece, fold it over twice. That gives you 32 microns. They then do that. They go, okay. Oh, it’s touching at 32 microns. It’s not touching it, anything more than that. So they’re like, it’s done. Sterilize it, send it to you. You now have the restoration. You put it in the mouth.
You tighten it to 25 Newtons because that’s the typical guidelines for your implant system. Some tighten it to 30 Newtons. So if you’re baggaging or other systems, 30. So you’ve got straight away two different screwing protocols on discrepancy. So your restoration is automatically by default infra-occluded because you screwed it more into the implant.
So if it was 32 at the start, by the time you’ve screwed another 10, 15 Newtons into the mouth, and no one’s measured this, it’s probably another 15, 20 microns light. So straight away, your lab protocol’s all skewed. Then it’s infra-occluded. Can you fix infra-occlusion? No, you can’t. Once it’s infra-occluded, you’ve got to remake the restoration. So you can’t correct an infra-occlusion, you can only correct a supra-occlusion.
[Jaz]And realistically, no one does this. In the real world, no one says, oh, my implant crown is 60 microns out, I better send it back to the lab and incur inconvenience of time and that kind of stuff. No one does that.
[Riaz]No one does that. No one. And the solution is really straightforward. You’ve got to make sure your lab have two new screws. That’s number one. So they have a new screw for their lab side they’re using and new screw they’re going to give you. Cost per screw is about 30 pounds max. That’s a high end. So you’ve got a spare screw, which that, and I say to the lab that comes back with me.
I want that lab screw. So they don’t keep it. I get two screws back. One’s that’s a no and I keep that spare. So that’s a good spare screw for any time any issues occur. They fracture it or something happens. I’ve got a spare screw for the patient. Brilliant. That’s number one. Number two, they tighten it to the required guidelines.
Number three, it’s not infra-occluded. So most of the patients that do not power function in my cohort will get the same occlusion they would get as if they had a crown onlay done on a post crown. You wouldn’t make your post crown infra-occluded in static. You might think about it in dynamic, but in static you’re not going to make it infra-occluded ’cause it’s going to touch anyway.
So any restoration that you would that have periodontal mechanism receptors, you are giving a static occlusion. So I don’t make it light. The only person I make it light for is parafunction patients and I make it 20 microns light. So we have a protocol where it touches at 40, light at 20, and the protocol is patient-
[Jaz]Like aiming for a shim hold?
[Riaz]Like it would be teeth. Because it’s going to be a shim hold in my tooth-
[Jaz]Question. Yes, exactly. When I see them, they’ve already got shim hold. And so I used to think, hey, hang on a minute. This patient has a shim hold and I don’t think the implant dentist or the restoring dentist intended for this.
And so now we think, okay, do we need to now adjust the ceramic or the restoration to actually just free it up a little bit or the opposing tooth to then do that? For how long does this cycle continue? Because teeth are dynamic. They don’t constantly over erupt. So how do you manage that long term?
[Riaz]It’s crazy. It makes no sense. Because biologically, if your teeth are in a healthy patient, no parafunctioning, maximum 20 minutes touching is static and dynamic. So if we’re going off the study by Leah, and that’s in the 60s, if we’re touching the teeth for 20 minutes a day, for example.
Then in a healthy patient that is going to have no bearing. If anything, the micro strain amount, as long as it’s within the normal amount will be okay. It’ll actually stimulate. Marcel LeGall actually showed bone regeneration when he created functional guidance on his implant. So if you look at Marcel LeGall’s work and he’s passed away and he was at my sort of main occlusion mentor, actually look, repeated PAs over time, he said, look, I’m getting regeneration around the implants.
When I give them functional loading, but he would spend incredible amount of time adjusting the occlusion. The most of us are not going to do that. So static loading normal as if it was a tooth, because I know if I leave it in for occluded in two months time, in a week’s time, in six months time, it’s touching and that’s uncontrolled.
I would rather make sure the contact is through the long axis of my implant. I control that factor rather than letting nature control that factor.
[Jaz]That’s such a great point. I think if anyone’s multitasking and missed that, to have control over it, give you the long axis that you want rather than be shy. And then when it does eventually over erupt in most circumstances, it will, and then it’d be off axis. And then that’s where you can get your porcelain fracture. If not the implant failure, you get a restoration fracture over time.
[Riaz]Yeah, screw loosening, that’s the first thing I’ve noticed, if I’ve done a case with multiple implants in regards to restoring the teeth as well, the thing that I notice if it’s an issue is screw loosening of the crown on an implant.
That tells me straight away, I have some of axial loading on my implant. So I need to deal with that straight away. Soon as I fix it, I am not tightening that screw for, I’m just not tightening it, maybe years before an issue arises.
[Jaz]And so got your shit hold, which is great to know. That’s how everybody else is doing it for the single unit, which is great. And then for young dentists starting out checking excursions, cause we’re taught to take excursions. You might do it differently. You might be checking more of the functional, but for those who are checking excursion, is that important?
Cause what we don’t want is that premolar, the buccal cusp to be taking all that load, it should be guided off the implant only it should be kind of shared or it should not be the only tooth taking the excursive loading especially in a parafunctional patient. So what guidelines can you offer to dentists listening to that?
[Riaz]Analyzing the occlusion beforehand. When you look at dynamic movement both inside out you look at it from the cusp tip being guided in off an incline. And actually, when you look at functional movement, that actually isn’t the case. It’s not because of tip, because when you look at the in between abrasions, between the four, the five, the six, for example, the buccal cusp of the four comes in between the four and five abrasion space.
The five buccal cusp is between the four and five, the three, four, four, five. The mesial buccal comes off in between the five and six. It’s the distal buccal cusp that actually, both distal buccal cusp of the upper and distal buccal cusp of the lower that are actually the most important cusps of the first molar.
If you actually look at first molar teeth in your children patients, when they were up, look at how they tend to tilt slightly inferior. And when you see that again and again in nature, you’re going, and that’s interesting. And that’s interesting because the distal buccal cusp does come off more that way.
And that’s why sixes are up first. It’s why lower incisors are up first because they’re what establish our functional chewing pattern. So we’re very trained to look at cusp tip contacts and that’s correct in static. Cusp tip hits marginal ridge. Cusp tip hits fossa in static. In dynamic, it’s more incline against incline rather than particular cusp tip against cusp incline.
You will get that off maybe the distal buccal against distal buccal, but typically it’s inclined against incline. And that makes sense because chewing is about breaking food down. And so you want to surface kind of breaking the food down, not a area, not a particular point. You actually want a surface doing the breaking down of it.
So those sort of inclined, those in inward movements are designed to be inclined movements, incline against incline. So I think for me, the first thing I would look at in dynamic is where’s my molar in a molar relationship. Is it a class one? If it’s a class one, I know I’ve got my typical arrangement of teeth.
If they’ve had ortho and they’ve had premolars extracted, then I’m going to look at their molar relationship and see where that is. Because ortho really does destroy functional occlusion. It’s not done. I mean, if, unless you’re sort of following Alberto Domingo and those guys in face group, and they’re looking really at chewing motion and stuff.
Generally, orthodontics is about flatting the curve of spee. Giving canine class one canine so you can disclude to have no interferences. That isn’t actually an efficient masticatory system. So you’ve got to really analyze that. Now, if I can, I want to give functional occlusion, but if I’ve got a power function patient, they get no dynamic loading.
So it’s safer for most of us clinicians to avoid dynamic loading. Put it on the natural teeth and not on the implant. That’s safer because you’re less likely to put any force distribution at the crest. You’re less likely to have any screw loosening. And it’s harder to do. It’s basically harder to replicate.
So it’s easier for you to have no excursive movements on the implant. Have it on natural teeth. When you have full arch or quadrant dentistry, you’re going to have to share the loading. Because that way you’re getting forced distribution amongst all the restorations. And this isn’t easy, it’s an adjustment process. So I would always, if I’m like-
[Jaz]For you in those larger restorations.
[Riaz]Yeah. I mean, what I’ve used Modiaw more for is because in larger restorations, patients don’t have a chewing motion. So they’ve not chewing on that side. They’re chewing on the other side, if they’re missing all the teeth on the right. So you have to go through a retraining process with them.
So my retraining process. for patients is chewing on that side for five minutes with chewing gum every day and getting them to chew. And if I’m doing bilateral, five minutes one side, five minutes the other, and I record how the chewing is before and I record how they are with it over time. So with Modiaw, I’ve noticed, yes, patient’s chewing gets better.
So I use composite to retrain. Once I have the shape right in composite, I will copy that into Zirconia or whatever it needs. But it’s that adjustment process. I like in quadrants to go into composite and then I like to see how they were that in. I do not like zirconia. I think it’s too hard for training in of a patient composite to train in zirconia to finish if you’re once you’ve got the right chewing motion and you want to maintain it.
But otherwise, if you’re doing single tooth, it’s easy for you guys to just take it out where it’s there. Keep it on the natural teeth. So if you’re doing a premolar, let the three and five and the six do the excursive and take the four lighter out of it. But if again, if you’re a parafunction patient-
[Jaz]But we don’t have excursion on that premolar. But obviously you gave a broader picture, stepping back and looking at a whole, which I think is the main lesson here in the interest of time. It’s going to ask you just one scenario. If you have an implant bridge, let’s say replacing the upper right posterior. So we’ve got premolars, molars being replaced by a large implant bridge on the upper right, for example.
Now, if we follow those same principles of a single tooth, it’s probably inappropriate, especially if you follow the guidelines. There’s no occlusion. Now, obviously you just helped us with massively and saying that actually it’s going to erupt anyway. And so how about we control the occlusion and get the shim hold, which now helps me, but assuming that clinicians are not doing that, then if you have one side in hypo occlusion, you are inducing in some way a dysfunction, the muscles will be all over the place until the patient adapt.
And then the teeth over erupt, then you get that occlusion. But I guess what you’re going to say is try and get the same occlusion as you would do on a bridge, but you’re the man here. Tell us how we should manage a bridge scenario that is pretty much half the occlusion, if you like, compared to a single unit.
[Riaz]Yeah. So if you’ve got, let’s use a scenario where you’re missing three, four, five, six, seven, you’re missing a total quadrant of there. So you’re strategically going to place your implants to try and share the load. So you might not do a three to seven implant. You might do a three to six.
And maybe a single tooth on there. So you’ve got, in essence, three implants to help the patient save money. So you’ve now got four units on two solid implants. Let’s use that as an example. In these situations, first, most people tend to go to a uni abutment, multi abutment level. So they’ll put an extra component into the implant to make the connection super occluded that helps several reasons that actually helps the force distribution.
It also helps cleaning and oral hygiene for the patient but actually also gives us passivity of the work. So it means that actually when we are screwing it to the implant we’re screwing it at a level above the gum and you’ve got more flexibility in error.
Whereas if you try and screw it into the fixture of the implant if it’s not exactly precise or passive. You’re going to put forces on your implant. So it won’t be occlusion that caused the implant to fail. It would have been simply the fact that your impression was imprecise and you screwed it under tension. Once you screw it under tension, you are automatically, you’re putting stress and the risk is that the implant itself will fracture.
And we will think, oh, it’s an implant. It was occlusion and it wasn’t occlusion. So first thing is when you’re doing big bridges, bring the connection out of the implant. So not into the fixture, bring it supragingival. And how we do that is we put another component in there called a multi uni abutment.
Once we’ve screwed that in, that’s now given us passivity. It’s given us room of safety, safety margin. Easier to do that now. You fitted it to the multi uni abutment. So I will typically make, if it’s a big bridge, I would like to do something composite first. Now that has several reasons. One, it allows me to test occlusion, get the occlusion right, and also sculpt the tissue.
So if I’m wanting to make the pontics look like they’ve always been there and so on, I will either do it in PMMA. I prefer composite, but it gets more expensive. You can do it in PMMA and I will then sculpt the tissues there. Now, when you’re using PMMA, you do need to use a primer bond composite to PMMA.
So you just got to sandblast it. So when I’m then adding material to build the occlusion up and then adjust it in, I can then just use a PMMA primer, which links with composite to build up and sculpt it in a gum level. But also sculpt it occlusally and get the chewing right. So that’s sort of once I’ve adjusted it where I’ve got shared loading, which is then group function, you’d call it in your dental world, we’d call it group function on implants. That’s what I want. I want shared loading on the whole of the infrastructure. So it’s distributed through the implants as well as we can. So, and then once I’ve adjusted that in.
[Jaz]For the absolute newbie, the main thing I wanted to establish was that what you don’t want to do is leave an entire side out of occlusion. We definitely want an occlusion on there. And like you’re saying, you want it shared. The implant and the implant system as an entirety gets the shared loading.
[Riaz]Yeah. And I collect EMG. So if you infra-occlude the right side, what ends up happening is masseter in particular will increase activity to try and bring it into occlusion. So the reason why you will get teeth back in occlusion. One is through muscle, increased muscle activity, and two through supra-eruption of the teeth. Because the proprioception is what maintains stability of the remaining dentition. So you will end up-
[Jaz]That’s been a huge takeaway from this episode for me, Riaz, which is how you made a great point that, okay, if we leave, if you follow the guidelines and we leave an implant crown out of the occlusion, it’s just going to, in my experience, when I observe, I told you at the beginning, I’m just seeing shim holds everywhere.
I’m not seeing that scenario where it’s out. And so if it’s going to happen anyway, how about we take control? That’s been a huge takeaway for me. And I know for everyone else as well. The last question I have before I go and help with the school run is when I do, when we do a resin bonded bridge, right?
Let’s say we’re replacing a lateral incisor resin bonded bridge. Okay. I train my patients and I say, listen, to smile, what I don’t want you to do is get cold chocolate from the fridge, put it on your pontic and bite together. Okay, that’s a no no. I also ban them from having corn on the cob. Okay, because at the day, it’s a resin bonded bridge. Okay. Do we need to go to such extents for implant crowns?
[Riaz]Yeah, you do. You need to give, it’s still porcelain, it’s still ceramic, it’s still a glass. So yes, my rule is no granola. The granola goes. Hard nuts, roasted nuts and so on. There you go. And seeded bread. That’s a big problem. Seeded bread because it’s the seeds that get caught in the fossa and it suddenly changes the forces from a compressive force to a tensile force.
So seeded bread is out. Granola is out and hard nuts are out and I say anything that’s incredibly hard, be conscious of it. So pork scratchings, I remember I had a patient who had a pork scratch and broke his natural tooth. And I said, well, it’s when you’re having to move your jaw into an obscure pathway to try and break that material down, you’re going to break your restoration.
So they’ve got to be careful. You’re absolutely right. Corn on the cob is a good one. But cold chocolate from the fridge is a good one. But we just want them to be sensible about it. If they bought a car, they’re not going to scuff it against the kerb. They’re going to look after the trims. I just want them to look after my work.
[Jaz]And I don’t know if you remember this, but 11 years ago, roughly this time, 11 years ago, the first case you showed in your lecture, do you remember which one it was? 11 years ago?
[Riaz]No, I can’t remember to be honest.
[Jaz]It was a premolar. It was a friend of yours. It was a premolar. They had something as an olive, a lemon pip, and they fractured the premolar in half. That was the first case that you ever presented to me.
[Riaz]Yeah, that was the other. Andy, my very dear friend, he literally, he just Senior lecturer, Glasgow, and he was on his way to see me actually. So it was like, literally we were recording some stuff on occlusion. It was really like an unusual story. And it was a tuna, it was a seed. He had a tuna sandwich, which had seeds in it. And he just spit in it, fractured it, it’s palatal cusp. And I was like, yes, I mean, I was sad for him as well, but I was also, yes, let’s go photograph this now, like, and he’s a parafunctioning patient. So, he’d obviously weakened it and they just took the seed to fracture it. But, it was a paradox, wasn’t it? We were sort of sad for his tooth, but happy for our learning.
[Jaz]It was a great lesson. It was a great lesson. But Riaz, I appreciate you waking up early or you’re up early anyway. But to make time for me this morning, I really appreciate it. And to help everyone, I think you’ve really introduced for some people, this will be a paradigm shift for other people is like, yeah, you know what, I’m already doing these protocols or they’ve already observed in nature, this happening whereby teeth are already coming into occlusion with your implant.
I wish we could go for a whole hour, but time constraints. I do apologize, but Riaz, I know you’ve got a great new program on implant occlusion. There’s so much more to learn here. We’ve barely just scratched the surface. Okay. Along with your other occlusion programs, along with everything you did at Elevate. Please tell us more. How can we reach out? Which websites to go to? How can we learn more about your programs?
[Riaz]Well, first thing was I’m actually wearing the fire t shirt. So yeah, so the one thing with Nik Sissodia, Martin Wanendeya, top amazing guys, Sanjay Sethi, Nik Sethi and myself, we’ve created that implant restorative program.
So if you’re interested in restoring implants and I thank you Jaz for letting me plug this as well. It starts in February again, our new cohort, we’re going to teach you how to restore implants in a predictable way. You’d then sort of, yes, I do the implant occlusion day, which is just a one day on implant occlusion.
That’s on my profriazyar.com website and Elevate Dental. We run all our education programs through that. So if you want to learn more, if you’re listening to this, you’re going to be probably the type of person that will align with us well, because if you listen to Jaz, you’re going to be similar to the way we think as well. So yeah, come and join us.
[Jaz]I would say wherever you are in the world, even if you’re in the States or wherever, I know you’ve got great connections, States, Canada, UK, wherever you are. It is well worth to come to the UK to hear Riaz speak, the way he’ll make you question everything and really make you think is brilliant.
One of the best educators I’ve come across full stop. So please continue to do what you do in this just short 45 minute podcast. Think about how much you’ve gained already. And some of the stuff that Riaz has touched on was higher level and stuff, but we owe it to ourselves. If you are, I mean, unlike me, but if you are restoring implants.
If you are increasing how much implant work you do, then to respect the occlusion side, and then to learn from someone like Riaz is absolutely key. But he’s got also all these other programs as well. So I’ll put the note in the link in the show notes for the implant occlusion course, but also all the other things, Fire and Elevate and stuff.
Even the sleep medicine stuff you’re doing. It’s just so much that you put out for us colleagues, but I urge you all to learn more from Riaz. Thank you so much for all your time and everything you’ve done for me and the podcast.
[Riaz]No, thank you, brother. Thank you. It’s been a pleasure. Thank God for having a gift to share. So it’s a blessing.
Jaz’s Outro:I appreciate it. Well, there we have it, guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. How good was that, right? How important is it to have clinicians like Riaz Yar to talk sense into us, to really question and challenge some guidelines that we have? Because guidelines are just exactly that.
They are to guide you, but we need to make sure it makes sense for us. So I’m hoping that resonated with you and it really resonated with me because now it just makes so much sense to me to get your single implant crown in occlusion exactly where you want it, rather than relying on what will inevitably happen, which is super eruption or overruption over time. And then you lose control of where that dot is going to go. It could be off axis. It could be on a marginal ridge that’s not well supported. And that never really made sense to me.
Now, obviously we barely scratched the surface. So if you want to learn more from Riaz, I’ll put the links in the show notes. And the best place to access the show notes is on our free app, Protrusive Guidance. All the episodes go on there for free. And then you can also get community access and paid plans to get CPD and CE certificates. If you managed to listen and watch all the way to the end, please let me know. Comment below, give it a thumbs up.
Subscribe if you’re listening on Apple and Spotify. This is how the podcast grows. And I really appreciate all of you, many of you, who have been following me now for coming up to six years. Can you believe that? I’m really excited because this is the last episode I’m recording before going on a family vacation, we’re going to Doha.
And to be honest with you, I’m really burnt out. I really need this holiday so I can come back, re energize and create some good content for you all. And man, I’m really looking forward to quality time with family. I timed this episode out. That’ll be old news, but I just want to share that with you. Thanks again.
And I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Nov 14, 2024 • 1h 8min
Principals vs Associates – How to Foster Positive Relationships and Flourish – IC054
Why are principals and associates always at loggerheads with each other? Why can it be almost impossible to find the right associates to work at our amazing practice, but also almost impossible to find that amazing practice to work at as an associate?
Join myself and Dr Sarika Shah on this episode where we learn more about self leadership and the ways to prioritise our values to help us find the right working relationships and places of work to be a part of. Let’s figure out how to bring all members of a team together and create the zen we are all in search for while working in our day to day lives.
https://youtu.be/-ua1PAB6A90
Watch IC054 on Youtube
Protrusive Dental Pearl:
Be willing to accept rejection. A ‘no’ from a patient today is often a yes tomorrow. Plant seeds for high quality dentistry and you will find yourself harvesting many of these seeds at a later date. Those who fear rejection routinely offer less than their best, which cheats patients out of rightfully making their own economic decisions – inspired by Dr Lane Ochi (the ORIGINAL Dental Geek!)
Check out Flourish as a Female: https://www.flourishasafemale.com/
Use discount code ‘protrusive’ (No financial interest)
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights of this Episode:02:18 Protrusive Dental Pearl04:30 Introduction – Dr Sarika Shah10:10 Transition to Private Dentistry13:40 Practice Ownership17:20 Managing the Practice24:55 Internal Leadership29:40 Principals vs Associates Friction41:56 Women in Dentistry47:15 Supportive Partners55:25 Top Advice from Sarika58:28 Flourish
This episode is eligible for 1 CE credit via the quiz on the Protrusive Guidance App.
This episode meets GDC LEARNING OUTCOMES A and B
AGD Subject Code 550 Practice Management and Human Relations
Aim:To explore the importance of self-leadership and effective communication in building successful relationships between dental associates and principals, enhancing teamwork, and optimising practice performance.
Dentists will be able to:
Identify key principles of self-leadership and apply them to improve personal and professional development within their practice.
Understand the impact of effective communication and aligned values on maintaining strong, respectful relationships between associates and principals in a dental setting.
Develop strategies to enhance emotional intelligence, ensuring improved patient care and better collaborative relationships in their practice environment.
If you liked this episode, be sure to check out IC025 – Parenthood and Dentistry
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: And when this respect is gradually lost, that relationship is most likely going to break down within three years. Okay, there's research behind this. I've read a lot around this. So what it there is, is there's three phases to this. The first phase is like- because even when I went out there to approach women, to approach some of these women are still around. And I think they're awesome. They're powerhouses. But when I went to them to ask for help, I got nothing. And it's not like I just asked once. I asked a few times. I asked several women and I got nothing. So the majority of my mentors and coaches have now been male.
Jaz’s Introduction:Principals versus associates. Why is there so much beef? I’m constantly seeing on the dental social media groups that principals are bashing associates. They’re saying like, where are all the good associates gone? I’m really struggling to find a decent, honest, hardworking associate. On the flip side, the associates are searching for trustworthy, kind, caring principals that are willing to mentor and provide an environment where you can flourish.
That seems to be a bit of a pipe dream. So who’s right? Are they both right? Or maybe all the associates and principals that are happy, that are in very, very happy teams. Maybe they’re just having some popcorn watching all this unfold. I don’t know. I personally have had some wonderful principals throughout my years.
I’ve also had some not so good ones, so I can totally resonate with some of the things that I said. So in this episode, we will cover how do we promote a good relationship between associates and principals? Where does it begin? How do you know if a principal and an associate are a good fit even at the interview stage?
And if you lead a team, especially if you own a practice, I’ve got Dr. Sarika Shah, who’s all about the systems, and I really admire her. Like, Sarika’s one of these dentists who I seem to always bump into at courses. It makes me think, right? Why is it that I always see the same people at the courses? Why don’t I see any new faces at courses? It’s as though there’s like a 20% of the dentist population that goes on all the courses and everyone else is not going to the courses. I don’t know. But Sarika is someone who I’d always see around.
Well, hello Protruserati. I’m Jaz Gulati and welcome back to your favorite dental podcast. Some of the other themes we discuss are leadership in dentistry, particularly self leadership. And if you’re thinking, hey, I’m not a leader, I’m just an associate, then you are totally wrong. We are all leaders. We also talk about starting your own practice and the challenges particularly faced by women in dentistry who are looking to start their practice.
Why is it that the lecture podiums have less women? Why is it that less women end up owning practices? But these are very worthy themes that we discuss towards the end as well. So make sure you make it all the way to the end. This episode is eligible for CPD or CE. And as we are a PACE approved provider, the subject code for this one is 550. That’s practice management and human relations. We also, as ever, satisfy the GDC’s criteria for enhanced CPD. So all you have to do at the end is answer a few questions on the quiz. The quiz is accessible from Protrusive Guidance, which is our platform.
Dental PearlAnd speaking of platform, it’s the platform that gives us our Protrusive Dental Pearl today. You’re going to love this piece of advice. On our app, on our community, I asked our community, what’s the best advice you ever received in our profession? And I talked about not owning the patient’s problem. Like, I’ve talked about this a lot. But so many of you chipped in with such brilliant pieces of advice. I’m going to highlight one from Dr. Lane Ochi.
And in his contribution, he gave like five or six absolute golden nuggets. But the one I’m going to share with you today is where he learned to be willing to accept rejection. He said that most who practice dentistry successfully recognize that a NO from a patient today often is a YES tomorrow. Plant seeds for high quality dentistry and you will find yourself harvesting many of those seeds at a later date.
Those who fear rejection routinely offer less than their best, which cheats patients out of rightfully making their own economic decisions. So another way to make this tangible and explain it is sometimes we know that a indirect restoration may be the best for that patient, but for some reason, whether we think the patient is just not going to say no, or we think we have this silly perception that patient can’t afford it, while the patient’s just unlikely to go for this treatment option, we give them something suboptimal.
Maybe it’s a cheaper option, maybe it’s a direct restoration, but really you know that this tooth would scientifically benefit from an indirect cuspal coverage restoration. Now, if you think bigger picture, think of the patient with generalized wear, and you are concerned that one day the wear will get so bad that it’s going to become even more expensive to fix, and maybe the patient may need more root canals or more complex treatment.
But maybe you don’t suggest a comprehensive plan. Maybe you don’t suggest any treatment for that wear. Why? Because you’re afraid of rejection. I think forget about rejection. And if you treat every patient with your best intentions, and I know we always have our best intentions, I truly believe you have the best intentions, but don’t hide your cards.
Just show, well actually, ideally, Mrs. Smith, we should be doing A, B, and C. And it will cost this much, but the benefit of this treatment for you will be X, Y, and Z. And having some of those difficult conversations, even if you know you’re going to get a no, but once you get that no now, just as Dr. Lane Ochi says, when it’s the right time for that patient to have the best and the correct treatment, they will come back to you. So start planting those seeds today, Protruserati. And it’s another good reason to join the app. There’s so many good things in just that one post alone. Anyway, let’s join the main episode. I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main EpisodeDr. Sarika Shah, welcome to the Protrusive Dental Podcast. How are you?
[Sarika]I’m really well, Jaz. Thank you so much for having me on.
[Jaz]I’m very excited to cover these topics because it’s a little bit about the animosity that we feel and we can sense between principals and associates. But actually what I want to do is just take a step back and learn about a bit more about you as a business owner, a practice owner, someone who has a team, because I feel as though the podcast hasn’t covered those themes as well as it should have yet.
And so I’m hoping to do that. But also you as a strong woman, a leader, we need more women in dentistry who are leaders, who are practice owners. And I feel as though, even like when you look at the courses, you know, you see all these males, males, males, and very few women in dentistry. And so I feel as though what you’re about, you’re changing that as well. So I think there’s a lot of themes to cover, but before we dive into that, Sarika, tell us a little about you.
[Sarika]Brilliant. So, thank you for the introduction. And I guess a bit more of my professional background. I graduated from Manchester in 2006 and I was an international student then. And I remember one of my first memories was final exams were looming in year five. And just a few months before we had to look for our first job, it was called vocational training at the time VT training. And because I was an international student, I had to apply for over 120 jobs.
I wasn’t prioritized over UK residents, so I had to work extra hard, and I just went all over the country applying for jobs. And then I finally found a job, and I graduated, I moved outside of London, I had my first job in Norwich. And it was VT training, I was an associate there in that practice. It was a large group of practices.
There were four partners in that practice and it was brilliant. I gained so much experience. I think not just from working on the NHS and the dentistry, but also the experiences that I had with working with a big group of dentists as well. So I learned so much in that time. And then I quickly realized that I wanted to do more. I wanted to be better.
So I did my MJDF a year later after my VT. And then I realized that, you know what, I’m going to go out there and I want to potentially specialize in something. So I first looked at perio, that kind of decided against it. And then I went and did my part time MSC in restorative dentistry at the Eastman at UCL. So I did that.
[Jaz]I feel like at that stage of career Sarika, I feel like we’re all a bit starry eyed and a lot of us want to specialize and stuff. And so I’m glad you had that bug as well. For me, it was restorative specialism. So I wanted to be a restorative red straw and consultant at that stage of life.
And then life took me down a different course. I had these experiences in the hospital. I thought, hmm, perhaps this is not the best environment for me. And so when you look back now at that Eastman training that you did, was that like a thing? The two year, three year, five year. Cause they got lots of different programs, right?
[Sarika]So I did the full MSE, which was five years, part time. And it was tough because you know what, Jaz, I think that there wasn’t a lot of guidance then. There wasn’t all these courses that we have now, the level of kind of external education that you have postgraduate now is crazy. It’s immense. There’s so much more.
[Jaz]Too much now. It’s gone the other way. It’s like tiring in terms of what you see now. So it’s actually gone the other way, but yeah, back then, there wasn’t as much help or extra additional thirst that we had for knowledge wasn’t being catered for.
[Sarika]Yeah, I think there wasn’t guidance and I don’t think there was enough choice at the time. So anyway, I did it. I have no regrets. I absolutely loved it. It was super tough because I was working five to six days a week in Norwich and then commuting to London to do the MSC and then slowly.
[Jaz]Can I ask you a bit about the MSC? Just a little bit because look, my wife’s on MSC in Paeds. It was three difficult years for her, but it was great feeling when she got through it. However, and we talk about this. A lot of MSCs, they are very academic and the dissertation years, they’re not very hands on clinical. How much of that applied to your MSC? Was it all reading papers and critiquing and writing a dissertation? Or did you actually get to treat any patients? Because usually that’s more of an MClinDent then.
[Sarika]Yes, absolutely. So, I think with a part time MSc, you’re obviously not in clinic or in hospital treating patients. So you have to be in an environment where you can take all the knowledge and then go and apply it in practice. I think there is an advantage to that as well, because you’re doing it in a normal practice setting. If you don’t want to work in hospital, I think it’s great because you’re doing the whole people management side of thing, you’re problem solving, you’re holistically treatment planning, and these are all huge skills that you need to provide optimum patient care.
So, it was brilliant and I was in that environment. I was given the opportunity where I could treat my patients holistically and I had the whole array of like dentistry that I could do. So it was brilliant. I got a lot of experience, but it was tough.
You take the information. You go and you apply it, you come back, you’ve got to take all your photos, you’ve got to have your case presentations, and then you’ve got to overcome that fear. You’ve got to ask your tutors for help. You’ve got to ask them to critique or give you feedback on your work as well.
And I think that’s how I learned, I kind of overcame that fear and I thought, well, I’ve just really got to take this feedback, learn from it and improve. So my experience generally was brilliant. I loved working in practice, you know? And so in that sense. I took a lot on. Also at the same time, this group of practices, they opened a small group of private practices.
Now I was quite a young dentist then, but because I had all this knowledge, this new knowledge, I again, took on the courage and I went to like the main owner of the clinics and I said, look, I know that I don’t have as much experience as all these other dentists, but I would very, very much like and appreciate if I could have a day or two in your private clinics. And they offered it to me. I was maybe like three or four years in and they offered it to me. So that was brilliant.
[Jaz]But you made that happen. You asked the universe and the universe gave it to you, right? You forced your way in a good way, in the sense that had you not asked the right questions, knocked on the right doors, opportunity doesn’t just come to you. You have to kind of fight for it.
[Sarika] Yeah, absolutely. And something I’ve suffered from my life is really having that fear to speak up and having, I had a lot of good like external confidence, but I didn’t have a lot of internal confidence and I had this massive fear of judgment from other people.
But I think that, circumstance put me in this position where I had to slowly learn to overcome that. And I realized that if I want to grow, if I want to learn, if I want opportunities, they are on my doorstep. They’re right there. They’re there for me to grab. It’s my choice and my decision on whether I do it or not.
So it’s great. It put me in a great position. And then, in my final year, I met my partner, we plan to get married and then I moved to London and then, oh my goodness. I was like, great, now I have to look for another job. I wanted to work in private practice. I wanted to move away from the NHS to do the dentistry that I wanted to do and work in the environment.
[Jaz]So at that point you were part time private, right?
[Sarika]Yeah, I was part time private.
[Jaz]At that point you moved from Norwich to it?
[Sarika]Yeah. And you can say it was maybe like 20%, 30% private and the rest was all NHS. So moved to London, had this transition. And then I don’t know if I was just naive, but I thought I could find a job in a private practice five days a week. It’s clearly not the case. And there was nothing out there. You know, I remember like being on all these job sites and really looking for a practice to work in, but there’s just nothing out there. There was no choice. And in the end I decided-
[Jaz]Is that because the usual channels nowadays, I feel like Facebook has a good presence in terms of finding associates positions and stuff. Is that because that was lacking? Or do you feel as though the market at the time didn’t have positions? Cause I see all the time, principal and maybe you have this complaint. I don’t know. We’ll find out. But principals complaint that where are all the good associates? And their associates are like, well, where are the awesome principals? And like, is it a fact that they’re all out there and they were just not able to connect them? What’s going on?
[Sarika]Yeah, I really think that there needs to be more platforms and there needs to be a little bit more collaboration. So, I feel like, I think that problem still exists, to be honest with you, Jaz. And there’s got to be something wrong, right? If principals can’t find associates, associates can’t find the practices they want to work in. There is an issue there. And I think that maybe it was that time, like back in the day, that a lot of people, it was word of mouth, and people recommended other people.
I don’t know if that was the case, but I was someone that came from outside of London and there was nothing there. So in the end, I just accepted this job outside of London. They took me on as a private clinician, but it was kind of like a little bit mixed practice and I had to kind of convert, had to start my own list.
And I grew it and I was there for about five years. And then, in between my brother’s a dentist as well. He’s five years younger. We were having conversations and he said, you know what, I think, what about owning a dental practice? And I said, well, it’s been on my mind for like years.
And he said, well, it only makes sense. If we do it together. And so we started to look for practices. Now he lives in the Midlands. He lives in Manchester and we were looking at practices in around London. And then my partner who was then in banking, we would go to him to ask for like, oh, can you have a look at the financials of this practice and what do you think, and his opinion.
So he’d like tag along to all these like viewings that we’d see for all these practices. And also we were looking at option of like setting up a squat as well. So we were keeping everything open. In the end, it didn’t work out with my brother. Logistically, they wanted to stay in the Midlands.
And then I said, right, I’m just going to continue. I’m in this too deep now. I’m too excited. I’m too hungry. I’m just going to like, go for it. And so I started, I kept looking, my husband, Rishi was tagging along and then he got excited and he got hungry, I think he caught the bug. And he said, you know what?
This looks really juicy. This looks so interesting. How about we do this together? So I said, yeah, a little bit hesitant because I was thinking, gosh, we’re like newly married and I’m not sure if we can live together, work together, how’s that all going to be? So yeah, we came across the practice that I currently own. I fell in love with it. I sometimes think-
[Jaz]So it wasn’t a squat. You didn’t start a squat. You bought an existing practice.
[Sarika]Yeah, it was an option. I was looking at both options and I had prepared for both options, but, in the end we bought an existing practice. It was a very kind of small two surgery practice. It had a team of, I think, seven people, including the whole team, the whole team, seven. And, we took it on, we grew it, we’ve owned it for seven years now, went through kind of two refurbishments in that time.
[Jaz]And we went through COVID.
[Sarika]I went through COVID, had a baby in the middle, like went through all this stuff. I was going through, you know, I had seven years of IVF treatment, so I was kind of going through all that in this phase as well. And yeah, now I lead a team of 28 people and I’m super happy.
[Jaz]How many surgeries now?
[Sarika]We’re four surgeries, busy four surgery practice in Canary Wharf in London. So yeah.
[Jaz]And did you have to like, were you able to extend quite easily?
[Sarika]So there was space, there was one surgery which was plumbed or wasn’t used. So we expanded into that and then there was like this empty space. So we kind of had to do a little bit of interior architectural, get some interior architectural advice on how we could like reposition and kind of like redesign some of that, the rest of the space. And so we created another small surgery on the side as well. So four surgeries.
[Jaz]And how many days at the moment are doing clinical, being mom, being principal, being team leader, being all the other things that you do, how clinically involved are you still?
[Sarika]Yeah. So, it went from working six days a week to then five, then to four. And then I was going through all this health issues and like all my IVF treatments and I went down to three. And now I have, it’s taken a really long time, but I put systems and processes working a lot more efficiently. And so now I work two full days clinically, but a lot of my consultations, things like that, I’ve started to now do online.
So I’d say. It’s kind of three days of work, and then the rest is kind of around admin, practice management, things like that as well. It’s a seven day a week job.
[Jaz]Do you enjoy it?
[Sarika]In my practice.
[Jaz]It’s a forever. When you’re a practice owner, it’s a forever job. And you could tell me about the first few years about the fear. And I mean, people always say that the first few years aren’t going to be very profitable and people accept that. And then people think that, okay, they’re off. There’s a lot of stresses, staffing issues, which is the number one thing that principals complain about staffing problems, getting the right staff, dealing with sickness, getting locum cover, that kind of stuff. How have you navigated all these usual stresses and have you had a different journey at all?
[Sarika]Yeah, absolutely. You know what? I think owning a practice is like going into a relationship or having a child. There’s so many unknowns and I think it’s a steep learning curve. You just have to experience something, learn from it, grow from it, and then like build on it.
And that’s exactly what we kind of went through. We were lucky that, it was being run fairly well because of our location. We have really a great demographic and really nice patients, but we had to really bring a lot of systems and processes in place. I’m a very organized person. I don’t like mess.
I like everything clean and needs and everything kind of organized. So I kind of did a full clear up processes in place. So that was first thing, because you need the practice to work efficiently. So that’s like the first thing that we started to do. And then it was just about ideas for growth.
How do we kind of grow this practice? And as you kind of grow the practice in terms of more patients coming through the door, inevitably you have to grow the team. So, slowly, we inherited a team, by the way, when you buy a practice, you kind of inherit that team. And obviously you come with new ideas, like a new vision.
You want a new culture, you have new values and existing team might not always align with what you’ve come in with. So they did stay with us for a few years and then slowly that team started to dissipate a little bit. We were recruiting as well. So we were growing. So, recruitment and people management was probably one of the toughest things that we have experienced. I think-
[Jaz]I’m sure you’ve learned a lot of lessons along the way.
[Sarika]Oh my goodness, so much. Because that was so new to us. And you think as being a dentist in clinic, yes, we’re managing people all the time. Even as an associate, you’re managing your nurses, your team, you’re working with them.
But I think this is management on a different level. And you’re not just managing one or two people. You don’t just like turn your computer off and go home. You have to continue managing those people. Out of hours on the weekends, and it can be a lot, it can be very, very stressful.
And for very, very long time, we’ve gone through a recruitment crisis, not just in dentistry, but overall in health care. In fact, you hear it everywhere, in retail, at restaurants, in corporates. So we’re going through a recruitment crisis. And I think it started off with Brexit with a lot of staff potentially a lot of dental nurses and reception staff kind of in that sector leaving the profession.
Then we were hit with COVID and then post COVID, there was a lot of external SOPs management we had to do. But then again, we had a lot of practices had major growth after COVID as well. So again, we had to then recruit, but we had to take so many not necessarily risks. I remember when it came to recruitment sometimes that you almost feel like you’re desperate.
Like if you don’t feel a position that it’s going to affect the rest of your business, it’s going to slow your business down. And so you almost like recruiting out of desperation. But we slowly realized that actually by taking people on that weren’t aligned with our culture and weren’t aligned with our values, it brought a lot of toxicity into the practice.
[Jaz]And the problems get deferred for later, basically. Right?
[Sarika]Absolutely. And what happens is that you just need one bad pee, to kind of disrupt everything. So I created one rule. I created one rule. I still have that rule. And that’s no more drama. I don’t want drama. I hate drama.
[Jaz]And the wonderful thing about that is, you tell the applicant, whether it be an associate, interview, nurse, hygienist, whatever, That rule is like, this is the rule. And then they accept the term that rule before they join. Right?
[Sarika]Absolutely. I’m very honest with them. I tell them exactly what I like, what I don’t like, how the practices run, I’m really pro talking about values. I’m really pro looking at people’s strengths and looking at growth and ensuring that people can take feedback because if a member of the team, doesn’t matter who it is.
If they can’t take feedback. Then we can’t have growth. So, all these things are really, really important to discuss right at the beginning at interview stage. So yeah, you live and learn. And I think when it came to recruitment, I had to just create certain boundaries. We had to create certain rules and then we had to agree on how we were going to recruit.
And we just decided to recruit differently. We also decided at that point, there was this one point I remember where, oh my goodness. I came back home and I said to my husband, I said, I hate this. I hate where we’re at right now. How did we get to this? And I said, we’ve got to change something.
I kind of had to reflect and I’m going to share this with you actually, because I think a lot of practice principals will find this quite useful. I kind of had to reflect back and I had to think that what kind of led to my initial kind of success. And something that I was doing, something that I had to take on was I was doing a lot of self development and I took something all called self leadership.
It was something that I mastered the principles of self leadership. I was using it on myself and I thought, well, hang on a minute. I’m practicing the principles of self leadership on myself and I can see what it’s doing. And there’s so much, there’s such a positive impact. But what I now want to do is I want to start using self leadership on my team.
So I spoke to my husband, I spoke to my manager and I said that, right, we’ve got to make some changes here now. So we came back, we had a meeting and we relooked at our values. We were kind of like living off our old values in the practice. We relooked at our values because our team had evolved. It had changed. We had changed. So we relooked at our values.
[Jaz]This is like a team building exercise kind of thing?
[Sarika]Yeah, well, at that time we did it ourselves a year or two down the line. We did it as a team because at that team, at that time the team was still disjointed. We had to, we were looking at kind of building a new team.
So it was really the values that my husband, myself and my manager, we kind of sit down, sat down together and we kind of rebuilt those. And then what we did was the members of staff that were toxic. We let them go. It takes a lot to, it’s not easy letting someone go. A lot of principles, it’s actually something really difficult to do, I think, as a human being. But you have to-
[Jaz]I mean, a principal is to complain about sleepless nights from the things that drag on from this kind of a stress because there’s so many ramifications associated with that. But it’s one of those things that when you do it, no matter the hardship that you face, it’s like a huge relief.
And I remember one of my principals in the past, after he had to get rid of a toxic team member, he just felt like it was like as if they could breathe again. It was like just such a massive relief is the way he described it.
[Sarika]Yeah, because like I said, there’s a ripple effect. It’s not about how you feel. I think as a principal, you’re ingrained in your team as well. You’re part of the team. So you’re feeling what your other team members are feeling as well. And if you’re someone that has good connections, good relationships, then they’re going to be open with you and you can see the effect that’s having on them, the impact that’s having on them.
So we had to let go of a few members of the team. We also, anyone that wasn’t performing to the level and the standard that they should have been. We also let go of them. And we also made an agreement that from now on, we’re only going to recruit if we think that person’s right for us.
[Jaz]I’m glad you mentioned that because one of the questions I’ve been in my head, I want to just pounce the right moment. And this is the perfect moment with the story that you shared is when you are hiring an associate or a team member in general, what’s more important to you? Is it the quality of their CV, i. e. the degrees, the cases they’ve done? Or is it their personality and their charisma and the magic about them when you interview them? Which one of those two are more important in terms of what you found works as a recipe for success?
[Sarika]The answer to that is look, I’m going to tell you the world we live in now, so fast paced is ever changing. Patients expectations and needs have changed. Okay, so back in the day clinical skills was always prioritized.
You had to be good clinically. Okay, to have a good job. I think now, what makes an excellent or a good dentist, maybe 30 to 40 percent is clinical skills. The rest is all non clinical. The rest is internal leadership. And then you have a little bit of a 10, 20%, which is external leadership. Okay. And within that internal-
[Jaz]Can you talk about that? What is that? People are listening about this, encapsulated by this theme of leadership, which is so good and really relevant that I want to talk to you about this. But what do you mean by internal and external leadership?
[Sarika]Okay, so there are various forms of leadership, and most people know of leadership as just leadership.
But when we talk about leadership, we’re talking about leading other people to achieve external objectives. But something people overlook is something called self leadership. And self leadership is where you learn to intentionally influence your thoughts and your emotions. So that’s your choices and your actions to go out there and achieve your goals.
Okay. And so there’s this famous quote that says you can’t go and lead others if you don’t know how to lead yourself. So self leadership isn’t well known in dentistry or in healthcare, but it’s actually out there. Athletes use self leadership. We have top CEOs that use self leadership. We have multinational companies that train their teams on using self leadership.
And if you look at some of the most successful people out there and you hear them speak and you read their autobiographies, they’re all practicing self leadership because you have to be able to control yourself from within. It’s about the inner game and it’s about mastering that inner game before you go out there and play the outer game. So I think that-
[Jaz]Is it synonymous with emotional intelligence or is that different you think?
[Sarika]Absolutely. Do you know, the last time we spoke, we were talking about, like physical health and wellbeing and nutrition and mental health, but people talk about physical health and mental health. What people don’t talk about is emotional health and emotional well being. And what is important here is I think as dentists we’ve got to realize that we’re working with human beings and all human beings are so emotive, more now than they ever used to be, because they’re so in tune. Well, they’re more in tune now, I think with their mental health, physical health side of things.
So we really have to be able to, first of all, master and manage our own emotions to then know how we’re going to manage the emotions of our patients, our team members, and be able to then effectively treatment plan from there. So to go back to your question. I think both are important. I think nowadays, clinical skills for me are just a given.
I think if anyone’s going to interview in my practice, they have to have an amazing portfolio. The clinical skills are given, but what I’m looking for is, have they started to master some of their inner leadership skills that includes understanding their strengths, that includes their values, that includes confidence and communication skills.
How authentic are they? Are they just showing up and giving me a front and pretending to be someone they’re not because I’ve worked in this industry for as a dentist for 18 years, I can judge people quite well. And you can see right through that, and that happens a lot, and that’s a sign of a lack of inner confidence to me.
So, these are all the things that I’m looking for. And genuinely, I want someone who’s going to be open communicator, who’s going to be able to take feedback, who can listen to what’s really going on, and be a team player. All these things are really important attributes, I think, when I’m looking for an associate.
[Jaz]Things that I read online, Sarika, on these forums, when they’re saying about principals will kind of get together and they almost attack the associates and associates do the same thing where they mention or someone moans about some pay issue or something at work not being available.
And then should this be made available to me as per should my holidays be denied because I’m self employed, therefore I can do what I want. And so they have this kind of a friction that you see online. My question to you is where do you think the problem lies? Why do you think there is so much principals versus associates?
And what have you been doing because from an outsider watching in to you and a few times you mentioned to me that sometimes a podcast comes out that really hits home and you mentioned that you have a little chat and you talk about the podcast. And so I really like when you said that and from seeing your website I know the great clinicians that you’ve heard that would that work with you.
How do you, because I know you spend time thinking about this. How do you foster a positive relationship? And why are things probably not going the right way from what we’re reading online?
[Sarika]Okay, so let’s zoom out of that a little bit, okay? Now, prior to being a principal, I was an associate for 10 years. Kind of having been experienced both roles, I’ve learned that, like, long term success for any relationship, whether it’s personal or work related, it’s primarily built on mutual respect. And when this respect is gradually lost, that relationship is most likely going to break down within three years.
There’s research behind this. I’ve read a lot around this. So there’s three phases to this. The first phase in the job or the first year even is like the honeymoon phase. Okay, both principal and associate they’re trying to like each other and they’re trying to impress each other. The second phase of the second year is where potential issues will arise. They’re both being a little bit more open with each other possibly both parties are trying to look for solutions. If there is a clash or a disagreement then that relationship moves into the third phase, where then you both recognize that you’re going against each other’s values.
So let’s explain what values are because not everyone understands that. So your values are a guide or a set of principles on how you make choices and decisions. And when this is misaligned between two people or even two parties, then you’re going to have disagreements. You kind of, we’ve used that word like toxic, we’ve used kind of where we’ve had relationships that don’t really work.
But I think that when a toxic environment or a relationship starts to break down, there are negative emotions there, at play, that are repetitively being triggered. So when it gets to that point, when that respect is broken, you’re going against each other’s values and it’s happening more on an emotive level.
And that’s repetitively happening, which then triggers and breaks down that relationship completely. So how do we improve these relationships? And why is that important? I think that the first thing is to establish which phase is this relationship at. So if it’s stage three, okay, it’s quite clear that potentially there’s no going back and you may have to kind of amicably agree to go on your own way, in your own direction.
All right, if you’re at stage two, then either party or both parties need to acknowledge that something in this relationship is misaligned. And there is a chance for resolve. And the only way to kind of resolve this is through effective communication. And by that, I don’t mean a text message or an email.
I mean, a real face to face conversation. I mean, a real face to face conversation. And this is a real issue these days. People don’t talk anymore. Like I said, this kind of fast paced world that we live in. We’re becoming more and more accustomed to communicating via messaging and emails.
And it’s very difficult to create a rich, positive relationship and trust in this way. So I don’t know if it’s just something that we’ve become used to in terms of technology, whether it’s time that we don’t have enough time or we’re creating enough time or prioritizing it, or whether it’s fear that we’re just scared of having a conversation. Especially when things haven’t been running smoothly or there’s a problem, right?
[Jaz]What this reminds me of, Sarika, is some of the issues that young dentists come to me with and they share, not because I’m necessarily going to give them a solution, but because I like to listen and I like to understand. And some of the common themes are the grudge that’s in stage 2 progressing to stage 3 is often with the associate who shows up to work every day and the principal who is many miles away and only ever has communicated by email and it’s very official and it’s like a robot. There’s no there’s a lack of that in person magic. And so that I think has not worked well from what I’ve seen people complain of. Maybe it’s a corporate mentality kind of thing taking over there as well.
[Sarika]Yeah. This is it, right? And again, it’s going back to values. Maybe for that associate having support, it’s value. It’s one of their values or it’s valuable to them. And if that principal isn’t there, isn’t on site, isn’t available to them, then, it’s going against their values.
And so it’s triggering them. So I think this is why it’s so important at interview stage that you really start to having conversations about this. You’re basically just bringing everything to the table. You’re talking about what’s important to each other. I’m going to mention one other thing as well is I always tell associates that you have to think of yourself as your own business.
You’re not just an associate working in a practice. You are your own business. And what’s happening is that when you are going to work in another practice, you are then aligning with that other practice or you’re going in partnership with another business. So I’d like for them to think of it on, take a different perspective on it.
So if you think of yourself as your business, you have to think, well, as a business, what’s important to me, right? You have to understand what each other’s businesses are about. And at interview stage, you need to have an open and honest discussion between yourselves about it. You need to bring everything to the table.
What’s important to you on a day to day basis? What are your values? What kind of culture environment do you want to work in? How do you build relationships? Right? That’s a two way principle. You have to ask your principal, the principal of the practice that question as well. How do you maintain the relationships in your practice?
And I’d be asking the associate, how do you build relationships? How do you maintain your relationships with your patients, with your team members? And-
[Jaz]The reason why these are great questions, everyone is because if you are nodding and you’re listening, what’s how I can say, yes, absolutely. This is good. But if you ask that question into you and the principal looks at you blankly, like this is something that they weren’t expecting, that they probably haven’t explored their own values. They’re not really touchy feely about these things. And not that you have to touchy feely, but like, this is a very important exercise and for someone whose mind works his way about being value centered, right?
All that seven habits of highly effective people being number one value being value centered. I’m all about that. And so if you’re an associate and you ask this and you get a blank look then maybe that’s not the right practice for you. That’s open to talking about these being values led and conversely, if you’re interviewing an associate and you’re the principal, and then you ask about this and then you get a puzzle look or you get an awkwardness, then maybe that is a sign that perhaps maybe this person isn’t at the level that you want in terms of the emotional fulfillment from that relationship.
[Sarika]Exactly. Again, if support and mentorship is important to you, which it is to so many associates, then you kind of have to ask, well-
[Jaz]Number one thing I think, especially younger dentists, and that’s the number one thing, will someone be around to help me? Will I have someone that I can just show a case to and get some nonjudgmental advice and feedback?
[Sarika]Yeah. And I hear this so many times from young dentists that they just say that, like my principal isn’t around or I want to be in a practice where I can learn more from other more experienced dentists or even my principal. So that’s really lacking. That’s the other thing is I might be working two days a week in my practice, but I have regular one on ones with my whole team.
I have regular meetings with my team. When I’m in each everyone’s surgery. How’s things going? Have you seen any interesting cases? I am sharing radiographs with them. I’m sharing cases with them. I’m showing my vulnerabilities to make them feel like actually it’s safe and it’s okay for you to ask questions.
There’s nothing like a silly question. We’re all here to learn. We’re all here to grow together. It’s not like a singular thing. Your practice grows if everyone within it is growing simultaneously. And I’m a true, true, true believer of that. So it’s also, I think, talking about financial situation, right?
What is grossing like, what is turnover like on the other hand, right? And are you aligned in that? Because if your practice wants to turn over this much or they have an expectation from you, but you’re only grossing this much and that’s it, and you don’t understand it or have someone to ask questions, or you don’t know who can help you in the practice to kind of grow, then that’s going to be a problem down the line.
And then I think also future goals and growth. Are you someone that is just happy to tick along and do your thing and you’re happy just to sit in your room and get on with stuff or you someone that’s like hungry and you want to learn and like you want to see procedures and you want a bit of mentoring and you want to grow financially, then again, you’ve got to be aligned with that as well
because down the line, and I think there has to be open, honest discussions about this, by the way, I don’t think it should be superficial. I think both parties have to be really honest. And if there’s any kind of sense that there is a dishonesty, or there is a lack of information, either dig in deeper, don’t have the fear, just keep asking questions, or, you know, then you just have to look for something that works and is more aligned with who you are as a dentist and your values and what’s important to you.
[Jaz]I think the key message here for me from this short discussion on building that right environment is exemplified by something that you do, which maybe it’s not happening enough. It’s just going into all the surgeries, talking about how are you doing today? How’s any interesting cases? I love that you do that. And I think that’s the number one thing that I’ve taken away is that, one thing can just, you can implement this. If you want to have a better relationship with your associates.
How many touch points have you created in a day, in a week, in a month? And how is that happening? And that’s really to find out what’s important to your associates and trying to match that. We’re going to pivot a little bit Sarika to ask you, but i’ll give you another opportunity to add anything to that.
But the next thing I’ll be asking you about is women in dentistry in terms of actually leaders, principals. Why are we seeing such few women principals? But is there anything you want to just add to the principals versus associates before we move to that?
[Sarika]Yeah. Do you know, Jaz, I was just going to say that I think going back to that point that you are your own business and understanding the other business, right? Because there are very few practices out there where the principal is going to be on site is going to be there working. So I think we are in a culture and an environment where there are a lot more corporates that doesn’t exist. But also think outside of the box. You don’t necessarily have to get support from the principal itself.
You could have a manager that could be touching base with you. You could have a senior associate that’s been there for a really long time. If you’re a young dentist, it’s about connections. It’s about creating relationships. It’s about growing your own business. So think outside of the box. Don’t just shut the door.
If you think that, Oh, X and all these things are my criteria, they haven’t been met, or I’ve had a cross on one of them, right, I’m going to move on to the next thing, because it is difficult to go out there and find a job. It is difficult to kind of tick all the boxes, there are going to be certain sacrifices, there will be some limitations, but it’s about thinking of-
[Jaz]Compromises that you have to accept, and then whether that compromise sits below the threshold that we all have, and if there is enough going that sits in line with your values and it’s not, there’s no red card offenses going against your values.
And then to actually associates, you’ve got to work on it as well. Have those difficult conversations to, even though it makes you feel sick and anxiety to have those discussions, it’s important to have those because you’re carving a better path as an associate in the practice that you work at. You’re actually looking to work at that relationship and looking to make it work for you and your patients at that clinic.
[Sarika]Yeah. So in summary, what’s important to you? Remember, relationships are about mutual respect, aligned values and trust, and of course, open, authentic, honest communication and support.
[Jaz]Fantastic. Sarika, why are there not enough Sarikas out there in the world? Why don’t we have more leaders or principals? Obviously, yeah, I know. I know plenty of women in dentistry who are principals, but there’s got to be, I know what the stats are, but when I’m on looking at these Facebook groups, principals, the vast majority are men, even though nowadays.
Look at the dental school intake is 60% women, 40% men is what you’re getting in the in the dental schools. And it’s been like that for at least ten years now is it because well women are childbearing potentially and therefore that almost is a big stop in their career and they have to then sacrifice so much of their career and ambition for that or is there equal opportunities that are not existing. Can you share any stories that may suggest that could be happening? I’m sure you’ve done a good analysis to what’s going on. What do you think’s at play here?
[Sarika]Yeah. So I think first, let’s talk about why are there less women principals out there, practice owners out there. And then I think what we can kind of link onto is like, what are the barriers that the women face and maybe some of the things that I’ve heard. So look, let’s go back in time. Let’s go back in history. For generations, the role of women has been to serve and for men it’s been to provide. So, what’s happened here is that we’ve been conditioned both men and women to kind of believe and behave very differently.
So for men for a really long time, they’ve had access to resources and connections, which automatically gives them opportunities, okay, which is what you need to start a business or even operate a business like a dental practice. And for women, the historical kind of conditioning, it’s so deep that naturally we take more responsibility at home to manage the house and the kids.
So in terms of like resource and opportunities, an example of this is that, I didn’t know this, but the right for women to open a bank account was only available in the 1970s. That’s not a long time ago. Did you know that? I mean, not a lot of people know that, but that’s not a long time ago.
And so many women, especially like my generation, slightly younger than me, have grown up not being taught how to manage money. Which really affects their money mindset and understanding money, managing it, having a positive money mindset is key to running a dental practice. Okay? So now women have access to kind of resources and opportunities and we’re slowly seeing more and more female practice owners, but it’s going to take time.
It’s going to take time for that to grow. All right? I also think that dentistry has been a male dominated profession for a really long time. And even when I first started working around 18 years ago, you rarely saw a female practice owner. Those 120 jobs that I applied for, only three of them were female practice owners.
Okay. And there was so male like in character. And I understand now that they had to be because they were in a male dominated profession. So if they wanted to maintain that respect, have that support. They had to behave in a certain way. So I believe that the environment wasn’t supportive for women starting practices.
But again, that’s slowly starting to change. I think also in my experience, until more recently, I think that women, if I may say, haven’t been very supportive of each other. Okay, and I don’t know if that’s because of the lack of opportunities that we have. Now, suddenly the gates have opened and this is almost like this competitiveness that is there.
I don’t know if it’s fear. I don’t know if it’s about looking vulnerable or this fear of judgment. But, there’s also that the fact that there are very few female to female practice owner support groups and networks which are out there. So even if you did want to open a dental practice, where do you start?
Who do you speak to? Where are you going to get honest advice for? Who’s going to give you your time? Who’s going to give you their precious time, right? And I have to say that the majority of my mentors and coaches have been male because even when I went out there to approach women to approach, some of these women are still around and I think they’re awesome.
They’re powerhouses. But when I went to them to ask for help, I got nothing. I got nothing. And it’s not like I just asked once I asked a few times. I asked several women and I got nothing. So the majority of my mentors and coaches and have now been male. So I think that there’s that aspect to it as well.
[Jaz]Is there an element, Sarika, you think, potentially, and this is just me thinking about relationships in general. And what I find is with everything that I do in terms of clinical dentistry, running Protrusive, the education, everything, there’s a lot involved. So the reason I don’t own a practice is because if I did that it would be the death of everything, all of this stuff.
It would be the death of this, right? So yeah. Having a practice is a huge, huge thing to do. I could have easily have started a practice and not have all this. And so this is kind of like my baby. You know, like you said, practice is like your baby. It’s like a relationship. So this is what I have. And my wife has been incredibly helpful.
Now, during the MSC, I took a lot of the parenting. I supported her to get through the MSC, which was great, but I had to take a step back from things to allow her to do that. Do you feel as though that perhaps the issue may be that because of this historic references that you made in terms of how relationships were in the past and the role of women in the past, that perhaps to own a practice that at that time in your season of life where a female dentist may be owning a practice that they may need their partner to maybe be a bit more supportive to do that. Do you think there’s an element of that?
[Sarika]Yeah. Let’s talk about that. So, I think something you touched on before, and I’m going to connect to this a little bit as well, is that, look, when it comes to women in their careers, there’s always going to be a clash between them and their biology. Okay.
So I know some women that feel that there is a finite time in which they can open a practice. Okay. And by the time they’ve gained enough experience and cash, some feel that they have to kind of choose between a relationship and kids or practice because they don’t have the time, the mental and emotional capacity for both.
And it could be a reason why more and more women are statistically choosing to have partnerships and children later. And some of them not even at all. I know so many women that are just like, no, I love what I do. I love me. I don’t want to have children. And that choice is open now, right? It was never open before, but it’s becoming more and more open.
And I do think that men have to be more supportive of women. If women want both, and I think men are, I mean, I’m just really blessed that I have a really supportive husband who just basically let’s just lets me live through all my crazy ideas, like nothing gives, I’m always like doing something on top of something on top of something, but you’re right.
Like, inevitably, if women choose to have children, there may be a career break in that time. They may de skill, potentially they could be a loss of confidence. Women also naturally go through a change in identity. Nobody talks about that after having a baby. They may then take on a job that isn’t necessarily something they enjoy, they’re passionate about, it’s just out of convenience.
Because of of childcare. And if you’re a female practice owner, and then you’ve had a child, it’s something additional on top of all your other responsibilities. You’re wearing all these different hats, and it’s not easy. And this is a topic that I love to kind of talk about, guide, and teach and support women on.
But I think the world is changing Jaz. I think women are choosing partnerships now where if they are serious about their career, they’re serious about elevating their career, then they are choosing partners that are going to be supportive of them and when it comes to then having children, we create boundaries, we manage our time, we split the responsibilities, we create balance with work and with life which is really, really important. And you need that to have harmony, but also if you never want to stop growing, you need that. You need that balance.
[Jaz]And I think what also, what we need is stories like yourself, whereby, you’re a principal, you’re a mom, you wear these different hats. And I think it just needs to be shown more that, Hey, actually, Sarah can do it. Sheila Li can do it. This person can do it. So many great women. Cat Edney in the therapy space, such great women, great leaders, great educators. I see. And I’m like, that’s amazing. But I think people need to be talking about this. And so having that at the forefront and see that actually it can be done.
It just needs a major rewiring of how the family life will be run and lots of difficult conversations once again, to be had. But if someone wants it bad enough, it just starts that conversation and knowing that it can be done. It just has to be organized and rewired part that needs to be prearranged, I guess.
[Sarika]Yeah. And let’s just touch a little bit on like kind of other barriers that women might face, because I think it’s important to kind of put that out there. And I think it’s really important to kind of acknowledge that gender bias still, unfortunately, exists out there, okay, when it comes to opportunity and pay.
Just recently, I had a delegate on my course in May, and she was telling us a story about how she’s been in this practice for a really long time. She’s actually grossing really well. She’s quite really productive, never any issues, and suddenly a younger male dentist comes in and she finds out a year or two later that he’s on a higher UDA value, and then she requests from a manager. At least I don’t even want more.
I want to be matched. She’s been there for like six or seven years. I just want to be matched. And even then she’s not given that. And again, is the manager giving information that the principal is giving her principals, never having a direct conversation with her. But gender bias still exists, unfortunately.
Okay. And just a message to the women that, you don’t have to be there. You have a choice. If this is what you’re experiencing, then you have a choice. It’s not easy to find another job. I get that. But you still have a choice to be able to move out of that environment. I also think that what I’ve heard is that there’s sometimes a lack of communication from managers and principals because they assume women are going to react emotionally.
They’re not going to say something. If something’s gone wrong, they don’t tell them. They don’t give them feedback because they think that, oh, she’s going to react emotionally. So I think, again from the management side of things is that, you’ve got to be open as well, because otherwise that’s going to keep getting worse and it’s just going to snowball into something else.
I think other barriers women face is, is really internal, not the external ones, is kind of a lack of self advocacy. Like I said, fear of speaking up, right? And sometimes they feel like they’re not being heard, but you also have to be able to speak up for yourself, right? Self doubt, lack of confidence.
[Jaz]I just want to add a bit on that. Like when you are in this position where you’re constantly battling with inner thoughts and you’re not speaking out, then it’s a bit like a bottle that keeps getting full, keeps getting full. And eventually that bottle explodes and then there could be an outpouring. And I always encourage team members and whatnot.
Like if there’s something grumbling, always good to just discuss it early on and try to shape your life and career. Cause if you start bottling things up five years, 10 years, then suddenly huge, so many opportunities have been missed. So it’s about giving them the voice and the courage and confidence to speak and actually have voiced their ideas about how they can make a better life for themselves.
[Sarika]Yeah. But look, there’s, there’s two things to this, right? Is that I think individuals have to take responsibility for themselves and have self accountability. Not everyone can do that for you. It’s your life. You’re in control of your choices, your thoughts, your emotions. But at the same time, practices can create a kind of a safe environment for people to be open and to speak up.
And I think that’s really important as well. Because you have to understand what other people are going through. I think for a practice to grow, to have harmony, balance, have a good culture and a good working environment, it’s got to be a two way stream. And what I found a lot as well is even sometimes when I have created that environment, I’m not getting that other person speak up, they won’t talk.
It’s just something that’s deeply ingrained internally. So, you have to keep giving people a chance. Don’t give up on people. And at the same time, I think that associates clinicians have to remember that it’s still your responsibility. You have a choice to communicate with your team as well.
Yeah, I think there’s this lack of kind of inner confidence, these limiting beliefs. I think all this self doubt it’s internal kind of self internal barriers within women. So yeah, I just think that they’re kind of, they’re there as well. And like after childcare, I think also lack of flexibility.
I think a lot of principals will mention that. So it’s just something that I think women now have to have a plan when they are pregnant. I’ve had two associates that were pregnant that have come out of pregnancy. And what we did was we sat down, we had a chat, we had a meeting. What is your plan?
What do you want? How long do you want to be off for? Because then if I know what they want. I can make provisions from my side. I can make a business plan from my side. I don’t have to make a loss. I can manage cover, I can organize all that. And then a month before they’re coming back from maternity leave, there’s another phone call, another meeting to say, are you still comfortable coming back at this time?
How are we going to plan everything? What are you feeling? What do you want? Blah, blah, blah. And again, we can just plan everything. So the business doesn’t lose out. We’re not making assumptions and it’s just communication. It’s just talking and having that relationship.
[Jaz]So Sarika, we’re getting to the crunch part of the podcast. I’m just going to get some quick wins and some quick tips from you. What tips do you have for all dentists who want to start a principal, but especially who want to be a principal, start a practice, but especially for women? Because some of the themes that are covered are so relevant and they’re not talked about enough.
So what are your top tips for women who may be thinking about having their own baby, having their practice that, as I mean by that, basically, right? What can you pass on for your experience?
[Sarika]So brilliant. Do you know what? I’m going to talk about top tips for everyone. But I think that women can especially take these on. So I think the first thing is that if you have an ambition, you have a dream to open a practice. The first tip is don’t give up on that dream. Start creating goals and then take action. If you can have goals in your mind, but if you don’t action them, you’re not going to move forward. So it’s about thorough planning.
That’s going to be the first stage. Do your research, ask questions, speak to as many practice owners as possible because all practices are different. Okay. Learn and understand what it means to run a practice. What are the costs? What are the systems and processes, CQC, et cetera. Then you need to make a business plan.
Okay. And at this stage, be realistic. If you think that the goal is too big or too difficult for you, don’t give up, but instead kind of think outside of the box, like, think, well, maybe I can have a smaller, more manageable practice. Maybe I can go into partnership. So there are so many options and opportunities out there.
I also think that know your strengths and weaknesses. If you are weak in numbers, for example, push yourself to understand finance better, speak to your accountant, see what resources they have for you to educate you. Don’t be afraid to outsource financial work, even if it costs money initially, you’ll be surprised how quickly when you start your business, how quickly you’ll be able to pick that up.
I also think that if the business plan is in your head, use your current working environment to your advantage. And to learn and practice those skills. So for example, start taking ownership. What does it take to run a practice? How do you manage people? IT skills, stock management, equipment breakdown, take an interest, like learn how things work and function.
And if you had problems, how do you overcome it? I also think that you have to have a growth mindset and you have to have resilience because you can’t need yourself if you don’t need other people. And I think that if you’re going to run a practice, I’m telling you now, you’re going to have to be prepared to make difficult decisions and you’ve got to be pretty thick skinned.
The last thing is learn to control your thoughts and your emotions because there are going to be stages where there’s going to be a lot of stress and overwhelm. So you have to be really good at managing this. And of course, your time, learning to manage your time, learning to delegate and creating boundaries, I think is really important as well. And that would be my final tip.
[Jaz]That theme of understanding yourself and being your best self and having that growth mindset is a recurring theme. And I love it. It’s always a welcome theme in this podcast. And I know some of the wonderful things you do, you’ve touched on some of the courses that you do. Tell us about this movement of Flourish. What is that about? And what are you hoping to achieve with Flourish?
[Sarika]Okay. So, we kind of like talked about that the world we live in now is so different. Expectations from patients are really different. And we spoke about what makes a good clinician, right? 30 to 40% clinical. The rest is 60 to 70% now. And not everyone will agree with me, but that’s the kind of my thoughts around it is to kind of do with like inner and outer leadership. So, we can have the best clinical skills in the world. But if we are lacking leadership skills on the inside and the outside, we can’t build rich relationships.
We can’t treat our patients efficiently, effectively, and with optimal care. I saw that dentistry as a profession needed a little bit more gender balance, especially as more and more women, like you mentioned, are graduating as dentists. So two years ago. I made it my mission to create something to support women.
But before I kind of embarked on that mission, I first had to really reflect on all the barriers and challenges that I had faced in my career and really understand how did I create my success and my happiness in my life and as a dentist and as a practice owner. And it came down to one thing, something that I was practicing for years that I mentioned and started to master was self leadership.
It was about mastering my inner game. What all these athletes do, what all do these CEOs do, what all these successful people do. Now a lot of people, especially in dentistry, they don’t know what self leadership is. And it’s not really a new concept, Jaz. Like, self leadership has been used by so many people for so long.
So, self leadership, again, is when you intentionally influence your thoughts, your emotions so your choices and your actions to powerfully create and achieve your goals and your objectives. It’s about mastering that inner game and going out there and smashing that outer game. And what that will mean is being an excellent all rounder dentist.
An excellent all rounder clinician and self leadership is based on four principles. The first is self awareness. This is where you master consciously taking control of your thoughts and your emotions, so choices and actions. There’s a deeper understanding of those belief systems and that mindset, the mindset that we have, right?
Growth, fixed, perfectionist, high achiever mindset. And then the second principle, is self discovery. This is where we have an understanding of what our strengths and our weaknesses are. We’re able to leverage on them and we’re able to make decisions powerfully and communicate confidently. Okay. This is so, so, so important as dentists that we’re able to do this and is a huge skill.
The third principle is self management. This means taking accountability and responsibility. And once again, we are our own business. We have to be accountable for ourselves. We’ve got to be responsible for our own actions.
[Jaz]Even if you’re an associate, because you mentioned that, I just want to highlight that. Even if you’re an associate, don’t think you’re not a business. You are totally a business.
[Sarika]Yeah, you are totally your business. And the fourth principle is self growth. So making goals, actioning them, right? Because you can make goals and sit on them. A lot of people procrastinate, they’ll make a goal, they won’t move from that position, but it’s about actioning them.
And then that will in turn influence and strengthen your mindset and your confidence, and it will hopefully inspire other people around you to also be self leaders. So what’s happened is I’ve taken those principles of self leadership, I practice it on myself, but I think I mentioned earlier in the podcast is when we were talking about how did I build my team, we never got to that.
But what happened was is that I started to recruit the right people, but I also started to coach my team on self leadership. Okay. And that inevitably meant that they were taking responsibility for themselves. They were making autonomous decisions. We were building trust. We were building richer relationships, building a culture.
[Jaz]But Sarika, they were building better lives themselves as well. Cause all that stuff, they take it back home with them to their families. And it improves you in every facet of your life.
[Sarika]Exactly. And I think that’s so important because dentistry is just our profession. It’s not who we are. And we say that we want to be professional. But at the same time, we want to bring a bit of our authentic self into our work. I think authenticity goes a really long way. But at the same time, we’ve got to have that balance, right? If we want to be efficient, effective at work, we’ve got to have that balance at home as well.
We’ve got to have that harmony and balance and peace at home as well. So this is what self leadership allows you to create, but it’s not only for yourself. It’s going out there and inspiring others to do the same. And that’s why multinational companies use them because they want every single member of their team to be efficient self leaders, because it’s now proven that that’s where you get optimal growth.
So basically from this, I created a brand called Flourish. Which is basically to teach everyone in dentistry about self leadership. And I speak at events. So, I speak in front of men and women, dental corporates and teams. But look, to stand for my mission, I also created a two day course called Flourish as a Female.
Which I’m so proud to say is the first self development, self leadership course in the UK, run by a woman, for other women. And it gives them the safe space to be vulnerable, to learn about self leadership skills and truly thrive and really elevate themselves and their careers. So this course really, I believe kind of benefits any woman in dentistry, whether it’s clinical or corporate to kind of elevate their careers.
So this can be associates, hygienists, therapists, and even principals to kind of really go out there and truly thrive and flourish. I think it’s going to be great for any women that feels demotivated stuck, lost, lack of clarity, has self doubt and fear. Maybe they’ve come back from maternity leave and they really kind of, they’ve lost their mojo and they kind of need that reboot again.
And it’s definitely great for female practice owners and even their teams, okay, to kind of recreate it. In a sense, what I have. I’m also a certified coach. So not only like, do they get that?
[Jaz]That definitely shines through the way you speak. I think you’re a great role model. We always bump into each other on courses throughout the year. This year, the last 10 years, I’d like to see that every single course. So, it’s been great connecting with you. I can vouch that, sorry. A really warm person, a very great role model. And I think I’m so glad that you started this initiative because I think you need to spread these good vibes and help coach people to live a better lives for themselves in general, but also professionally, which is what connects us.
But definitely far beyond that is what the ramifications have. Is this like an in person thing, right? So like location wise, I’ll put the website in the show links. And is there anything else that you want to just say in terms of the website? I think you had a promo code for Protruserati as well.
[Sarika]Yeah. So there’s a promo code that’s Protrusive. There’s a huge discount on the face to face clinical course. And yeah, like, I really want to go out there. It’s a passion project, but I want women to really start taking responsibility for themselves, prioritizing themselves and not just focusing on their clinical dentistry, recognizing there’s so much more to that and yeah, really kind of elevating themselves in their game.
[Jaz]Well, I think that would be a fantastic. I’d love to promote that. I’m going to put that in the show notes. So please do send me the links. I could just say the website out loud and I’ll put that in the show notes as well.
[Sarika]Yeah, it’s www. flourishasafemale. com.
[Jaz]Okay, fantastic. So that’s easy to remember as well. Sarika, thanks for sharing so much. So much, so openly telling us about your stories, telling us about how to cultivate a team, teaching us the importance of self leadership. I think it’s absolutely brilliant what you’re doing. More power to you. Really need this. I think you’re going to benefit a lot of dentists, women as well, but just dentists in general. So keep fighting the good fight. And thanks for giving up your time today.
[Sarika]Oh, it’s my absolute pleasure. Thank you so much for having me. I really, really enjoyed myself today.
Jaz’s Outro:Well, there we have it, guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. If you’re watching this on Protrusive Guidance, scroll down, answer the few questions on the quiz, give some reflections.
What did you learn from this episode? What will you change about yourself or your practice to make sure these lessons are not wasted? How are you going to implement it? That will actually end up on your certificate. Your CE or CPD certificate will contain that. And I think that’s a great thing to have. Download Protrusive Guidance if you haven’t already.
For those who are watching on YouTube, please give us a thumbs up to let us know you got this far. I will put all the show notes, all the links to what Sarika recommended for her course, Flourish. I’ll put it all in the show notes. I have no financial interest, but I am fully behind Sarika’s cause. I think it’s great what she’s doing with empowering women in dentistry.
Hope you resonated with the themes that we discussed today and that you’ll think a little bit more about self leadership. Thank you and I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Nov 6, 2024 • 34min
Endodontic Irrigation – How to Get Better Success – PDP203
Is Sodium Hypochlorite still the best irrigant for endodontics? Or do we have something novel and superior?
How can we improve the efficacy of our endodontic irrigation?
What % of NaOCl should we be using?
https://youtu.be/z5h2FzHpG68
Watch PDP203 on Youtube
Dr. Brett Gilbert rejoins Jaz Gulati to tackle all things endodontic irrigation after a brilliant episode on pre-emptive endodontics.
Advanced activation and delivery systems could change the game—are we on the brink of a major shift in endodontics?
Protrusive Dental Pearl: Before performing a molar extraction, challenge yourself to first complete an endodontic access on the tooth. This will enhance your understanding of the canal anatomy and improve your precision in sectioning the tooth. By visualizing the canals and the pulpal floor, you’ll refine your angulation for more accurate sectioning.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights of this Episode:
02:09 Protrusive Dental Pearl
04:23 Is Sodium Hypochlorite Still The Gold Standard?
06:54 The Role of Surfactants in Irrigation
07:58 Concentration of Sodium Hypochlorite
09:47 Chlorhexidine: Is There Still a Place?
11:32 Advanced Disinfection Technologies
21:31 Evidence-Based Techniques in Endodontics
25:22 GP Pumping
This episode is eligible for 0.5 CE credit via the quiz on Protrusive Guidance.
This episode meets GDC Outcomes B and C.
AGD Subject code: 070 Endodontics (Endodontic infections, microbiology and treatment)
Dentists will be able to:
1. Gain insight into the role of sodium hypochlorite in endodontic disinfection and assess its effectiveness compared to new innovations.2. Discover the cutting-edge irrigation methods, including surfactants, ultrasonic activation, and laser-assisted irrigation, and their impact on endodontic outcomes.3. Explore emerging technologies and innovations that could revolutionize endodontic irrigation.
If you liked this episode, be sure to watch the 1st Part – ‘PDP202 – Elective Endodontics? It’s all about Communication’
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: When you use a lower percentage, you really aren't reducing or eliminating the risk of sodium hypochlorite accident. If you get 3% sodium hypochlorite out the end of the root, it's going to cause a sodium hypochlorite accident, as will 6%. If you're trying to eliminate risk using a lower concentration, I don't think it's as effective as you think, but you are taking away some of the strength that you're looking for to kill the bacteria and dissolve the tissue. So my advice would be go full.
Teaser:We recognize that training our general dental colleagues on endo is paramount because we don’t want the option of implant to come in place of saving the natural tooth simply because of fear or the fact that they just don’t feel well enough trained to do the endo. So I believe as a dental community, the more we feel comfortable and proficient in endo, the more teeth we save and the better our patients are.
Jaz’s Introduction:Is sodium hypochlorite still the best thing in irrigation? If it is, what percentage should we be using? This one might actually surprise you. Is there ever a time when to use chlorhexidine. Whatever irrigant we’re using, how can we improve its effectiveness?
Hello, I’m Jaz Gulati and welcome to the part two with Dr. Brett Gilbert. How awesome was he? Please do check it out if you haven’t already. We talked about elective endodontics or preemptive endodontics. I love the clarity and the passion in which he speaks with. And he definitely continues it on into this episode. He’s so knowledgeable, he’s so passionate about endodontics in general, but especially the innovation in irrigation.
Because after all, endodontic success is all about killing those bugs. And Brett has so much experience in trying all the different things out there. And towards the second half of this episode, he really talks about what are the innovations. What’s around the corner? What’s the next best thing in irrigation?
But then I also squeeze out of him the all important real world question, which is no matter what clinic you are in the world, how can you improve your irrigation? So we also talk about GP pumping right towards the end. This episode is eligible for CPD or CE credits. This one’s 0. 5 CE credits under the topic of 070 endodontics as Protrusive Education is a PACE approved provider. Make sure you’ve got the Protrusive Guidance app, so you can just answer the questions after this episode.
Dental PearlEvery PDP episode, I give you a Protrusive Dental Pearl, and can you believe we already have 291 episodes? That’s across all the group functions and the interference casts. And combining all the stuff we do in the podcast, we’re almost at 300. We’ve also reached a really cool feat recently, whereby we now we’re ranked in the top 1% of podcasts worldwide in any genre. So I really want to thank you, the listener, the watcher for supporting Team Protrusive. Your support, your subscriptions, your wonderful engagement has meant so much to us and allowed us to create this content and bring on guests just like Brett and all the 200 plus guests we’ve had on. I want to thank all the guests who come on the show as well.
But before we join the main interview, let me give you today’s Protrusive Dental Pearl. How can you improve your endodontic access? Well, let me tell you the secret of improving anything in your dentistry. Any technique you want to improve in dentistry, you just have to do more of it. Now, what I don’t mean is every patient start accessing their first molar, trying to find MB2 just for the fun of it. That would be wrong, but here’s a really cool idea. As you know, every time I extract a molar, 95% of the time I will be sectioning that molar.
So for a lower molar, section around the middle to separate it into its mesial and distal root, and for an upper molar, more often than not, it’s separating it into its three roots. So I’m very pro sectioning, it’s kind to the bone, it makes your extractions easier. Makes extractions more predictable. I already have podcast episodes on this, and I also have sectioning school, my mini masterclass on Protrusive Guidance, if you want to learn more about sectioning.
But here’s how we can kill two birds with one stone. How can you improve your sectioning? Because when you start sectioning, the most difficult thing is getting that angulation of the bur correct, so that you cleanly cut through the fication or the root exactly where you want it. So how about this? The next time you’re going to do a molar extraction, How about you challenge yourself to first do an endodontic access?
The tooth’s coming out anyway, right? So how about with your bur, you go in for the kill. You get to the canals. What this will do is teach you about endodontic anatomy. It’ll teach you about where the canals live. And the more you do this, the more you’ll end up improving when you actually have to do a real access.
It’ll actually make you quicker as well. Because you have nothing to lose in that scenario because the tooth’s coming out anyway, you’re not going to be afraid to perforate. Because the point is, for sectioning, once you can see the canals, you know exactly where to section. When you see the pulpal floor, it makes the angulation of your section so much better.
So, now with the sectioning, you’ve improved your extractions, and now by the fact that you accessed it first, you’ve improved your sectioning, but you’ve also gained more experience in doing an endodontic access. So I hope you enjoy that pearl. Hopefully it’s applicable to you. Any limiting beliefs you have, oh I can’t do this in my clinic for x, y, and z, just do it.
Even if it just means you book an extra five minutes and that five minutes is what you spend on the access. Oh, and please use some good burs. It makes a huge difference to being efficient. Anyway, let’s join Dr. Brett Gilbert on how we can improve our endodontic irrigation.
Main Episode:Irrigation! Okay, so I know you’re really hot on this. So the proper disinfecting protocols, let’s talk about where we are in 2024. Cause I was taught that sodium hypochlorite is the gold standard. So the first question is, is there anything better yet? Are we still relying on 3%, 5.25% wherever it is sodium hypochlorite?
[Brett]We are, but what we’ve learned is a few things that are important to know, which is that the commercial store bought household bleach is not the way to go. And the reason is, is that what we’re dependent on for the antimicrobial bacteriology is to actually have free chlorine ion and the amount of free chlorine ion in bleach, it’s very unstable. It’s very fragile. We think of bleach as this noxious, hardcore substance, but it’s actually very fragile. It’s sensitive to air to light.
It can become contaminated. And even though it’s still, unfortunately, we’ll put a bleach stain on our beautiful new fig scrubs like you’re wearing there Jaz. It doesn’t mean that the free chlorine ion concentration is high. So we want you to be using a proprietary blend sold by a dental company where there are controls, there’s an expiration date.
And most importantly, what we found through our studies is that adding a surfactant to sodium hypochlorite really changes its effectiveness because surfactant lowers the surface tension of the solution, allowing it to flow into these crevices. We have to think, we think of the root canal as a vertical line, but it’s so much more.
And so we want to get penetration as much as possible. So for really not much more of an investment, we’d like to see you using some type of branded proprietary solution. And many, many dental companies sell these. So that would be the biggest change. Yes, sodium hypochlorite, but in the form where we can really control more of understanding that when we put it in the tooth, which is the most important part of the procedure, the chemical disinfection is the most important part.
And you would hate to be trying to do that with the solution that actually wasn’t very strong or active, even though you in your perceptible senses would have no way of knowing. So that would be the biggest thing is proprietary with surfactant.
[Jaz]I was always taught with using these grocery store bleaches, which they used to back in the day. I mean, people still probably do now, but that was very popular back then. I know there’s a grocery chain here called Sainsbury’s, and apparently their bleach was what the endodontists used to go for, get a trolley full of 30 of them and go out. But one of my endodontist mentors taught me that, yes, apparently there’s lots of crystals and lots of other nasties in there that you don’t really need for your root canal. The whole thing about surfactants, is that already in the bottle or is this something that additionally you add.
[Brett]Yeah, no, it’s part of it. It’s already pre mixed. And in fact, there’s even a solution from a company called Brass or that’s a one stop shop. So, you’re looking at organic debris removal and inorganic debris removal.
So you might be chloride is organic, right? It’s tissue. It’s bacteria. It’s biofilm. Then you need like an EDTA type material, which is going to be the inorganic, the dentine proteins, any harder substances that are removed from the walls. And so it’s always been this funny mix of the two. And now there’s actually a solution that’s all in one.
And so it’s becoming easier to be able to do this. I would say that one of the most important, there’s a ton of devices. I’d love to discuss if we’re going to get into it today, there’s been incredible explosion of technology in endodontic irrigation, but I think this is the most basic investment that each dentist needs to make is finding the right sort of proprietary stabilized solution that you can trust when you put it into the tooth.
[Jaz]When I was a dental student, we used to use something like, 0.5% or 1% because that was like a safer amount as a dental student when you were learning. And then I learned that, okay, use something like 3% or 5%. And then if you use it heated, it actually makes it more effective and that kind of stuff.
What advice are you giving to general dentists out there? What percentage should they, now they’re, they’re converted. They’re like, oh yeah, Brett said you have to use a propriety, put down that Sainsbury’s bottle, go on the website or to an official endo supplier, buy the propriety stuff. But what percentage should they be putting in their basket?
[Brett]Well, I know it’s going to be upsetting for, cause I know in Europe it’s taught differently, it’s very low percentages, but the way that I look at it personally is when you use a lower percentage, you really aren’t reducing or eliminating the risk of sodium hypochlorite accident.
If you get 3% sodium hypochlorite out the end of the route, it’s going to cause a sodium hypochlorite accident as will 6%. And so what you do though, because we know that, again, as I mentioned, sodium hypochlorite is very unstable and it’s deactivated very, very quickly. So the higher concentration actually isn’t going to be that for very long.
So we recommend in my school of thought and where I learned and I think pretty much across the U. S. that the full strength is the best bet. And so most of these you’ll be able to find will be more of a 6% solution with surfactant. The material I mentioned, Triton, which is the all in one is actually two canisters within the same bottle.
And it’s actually 8% on one side. But once mixed, it’s actually 4% when it goes into the tooth. So there’s a lot to it, but my advice is, is if you’re trying to eliminate risk using a lower concentration, I don’t think it’s as effective as you think, but you are taking away some of the strength that you’re looking for to kill the bacteria and dissolve the tissue. So, my advice would be go full.
[Jaz]Go hard or go home. But what about the use of chlorhexidine 2%? Like I’ve been in clinics before in the way in the past where they weren’t that well run. And then you look at the nurse and say, can I get some irrigation please? And then they give you Corsodyl 0.2%. And I’m thinking this is doing nothing. There’s no dissolving of the organic matter, et cetera. So where are we at now in terms of chlorhexidine? Is it something that we just need to just bin or is there still a place?
[Brett]Well, it has a place as an additive. So for instance, if you’ve heard of Q mix or there’s a number of different product called smear off, it’s sort of the EDTA solutions for the inorganic debris removal. You’ll often see chlorhexidine included in there as an additive. There was a time in my early days where 2% chlorhexidine was in vogue in retreatment. But ultimately the research never really stood behind it as much as we thought, and so I don’t really ever use it anymore. And to your point, it would be ideal as an endodontic irrigant if it dissolved tissue, which it doesn’t.
And that’s why sodium hypochlorite remains the king because ultimately there’s nothing else that will dissolve tissue. And that is the most critical part of using endodontic irrigation. We have to get those bits and pieces out of there and you can’t just deliver it all out in mass. We really need the dissolution of it through solution.
[Jaz]And when chlorhexidine is mixed with hypochlorite, is it true it makes a carcinogenic product that you should totally avoid that kind of stuff, right?
[Brett]It does if you’re using just essentially the store bought bleach and just a regular chlorhexidine. If you’re using these proprietary blends, you can actually interact them without reaction. So that’s another advantage.
[Jaz]I did not know that. Okay, fine. That’s very interesting. I definitely didn’t know that. Not that we’re recommending using CHX anyway, unless it’s an additive, as Brett said, but good to know. So now tell us about these new technologies. What is Dr. Brett Gilbert using in his clinic to maximize that disinfection and tell us about the evidence base. Is it established yet? Or is it up and coming? I would love to know what’s new and great in the world of disinfection.
[Brett]Yes, let’s start on the most basic level, which is that at this point, probably the gold standard in terms of evidence is passive ultrasonic irrigation. So you put the irrigation solution in the tooth and you use some type of ultrasonic tip to activate it.
And by doing so, you’re hoping that you’re producing some cavitation. Cavitation is the implosion of a liquid molecule, and once it implodes, it has sort of this bombardment force against the wall. So you’re basically able to essentially hit the walls of the canal with the solution to get better penetration.
So you would use that in an in and out motion. Now, ultrasonic and sonic are different. Now, sonic activation is very common. The endo activator, my good friend, Cliff Ruddle developed this. It’s been an incredible seller and to your eyeball, you see it swirling and moving. And that is good. It’s better than nothing, but the studies would show ultrasonic activation to be better penetrating into lateral canals, apical anatomy.
So that’s sort of our basis point. If you can at least do ultrasonic activation with these proprietary solutions that I’m mentioning, you’re basically at the gold standard, but there’s been so much development in terms of the use of laser assisted endodontic irrigation.
Multisonic irrigation. So I’ve been very lucky in my career to have been able to test pretty much everything, you know? So if you look at what’s really kind of changed the paradigm of irrigation, it kind of created a new category. Very disruptively was the gentle wave, which many of you may have heard of.
This is from a company called Sonendo out of California. This is a closed system. So basically you build a little platform and then the handpiece fits right into that standard platform. And then basically you hit the gas and it’s an eight minute cycle. It’s cycle sodium hypochlorite, it cycles distilled water.
And by closing the system, it creates a situation where you’re able to essentially de-gas the solution. So if you think about if you had a glass of water and you wanted to propagate energy through it, any little bubble in the water, we know this from physics would dissipate some of that energy. And so what this console does is it actually pulls all the gas out.
So if you can imagine the inside of the tooth being filled with solution. But no bubbles at all. And now it has this energy, this broadband multisonic energy. And so it’s very disruptive to the walls. It creates a negative pressure so that it allows you to really get the solution down to the end of the route. And so it’s an eight minute cycle and there’s been some tremendous visual effects of that. Now, from a research standpoint-
[Jaz]I mean, while are you talking, cause I’ve never heard this before. I’m Google imaging this. I’m looking at it. It’s looking like a big bulky machine, right?
[Brett]Oh, it is. Yeah.
[Jaz]It’s pretty sizable.
[Brett]Yeah. It’s significantly. And it’s a costly machine. I mean, it’s getting towards six figures and even per procedure, they call it the procedure instruments are one use and they’re expensive. And so this did really change the game, but there are limitations to where it can be used.
If there’s any communication to the sinus, you have to be very careful. If there’s any type of decay or leakage under a margin. This will tear right through it. You really have to be very specific about where it’s used. But ultimately, as I mentioned, visually, you see some incredible cases with just sealer, just through three canals at the apical end and out lateral puffs, et cetera.
And a much of the research it’s out there is favorable, but we do have some question marks about the unbiasedness of it. Just being totally honest. I have some of my best friends who swear by it, who teach it and they get great results. And so that’s one option that really started this new game, but then lasers have sort of come into play.
And so laser activated irrigation. And by this, we mean that the laser energy is both able to sort of activate and stir up the solution, but also the laser energy can be absorbed by the water and dentine, creating an opportunity to really effectively debride and disinfect the dentine. And so, I’ve been lucky.
I’ve used the gentle wave. In my practice, I’ve had two different stints with it. I don’t have it right now. I have three different lasers in my practice right now. One which is Erbium YSGG. And with this Jaz, you actually have the solution in the tooth and it’s like a little fiber tip, maybe about a 21 at the tip, right?
Think of like a small hand file. And you take it down halfway. And as you activate, you bring the tip out at two millimeters per second. So basically it’s a eight second cycle. And then I go into the next canal and the next canal, refresh my solution, do it again. I can also use this with water.
So then I can take the tip closer to working length, again, withdraw, and it has what’s called a radial firing tip. So if you imagine like a cone coming out, almost like an inverted cone bur right? So as you’re in the canal, this radial cone is able to basically paint the walls with the laser energy.
So that’s one option. The next option is Erbium YAG. Now, what’s different about this one is again, solution goes into the tooth, but now the tip simply goes into the chamber. It’s about three to four millimeters off the floor, hit the gas, and there’s a tremendous impact that you can see through the microscope.
You can see a lot of this on my Instagram channel If anyone’s interested, I have a lot of videos related to this. So those are the two primary lasers that are available right now. We’re seeing really nice results the advantage. There really aren’t limitations to its use. Whether you have a sinus perforation, anything like that, we also find that we are having tremendous success doing endodontic surgery, as well as resorption repair with the lasers.
And these are technologies that are very versatile in the office. And so we’re very excited about that. Very recently, I’ve just test drove and actually it’s my last post right now. Another company came up with basically a little tip that goes down into the canal. It’s a 19 at the tip. Okay. And it actually drives saline.
So by driving it out at a certain speed out of the 19 tip, it creates a cavitation flow. And so now you have an opportunity to basically power wash inside the root canal. And the reason that this is unique is we’ve never been able to do this before because sodium hypochlorite is too risky. Even EDTA, we don’t want to drive that out of the end of the route, but by utilizing saline, we have an opportunity to have more velocity and more cavitation to sort of essentially power wash inside and I’m really impressed with the potential of it.
Again, if you look at the general dentist doing endo and you look at what your heart rate does, right? You look at the stress that comes because of the risks. And so if we did have a day and age where we could irrigate very passively with the sodium hypochlorite, not trying to drive it down.
So eliminating the potential accident, be able to finish the job with saline in a powerful force, and then ultimately obituary with a material that would not ever have to be worried about extrusion. Now, I believe we open up endodontics to general dentist in a greater way where there’s not so much worry and risk.
And so there’s a lot of exciting things happening. I think as an endodontist, we recognize that, training our general dental colleagues on endo is paramount because we don’t want the option of implant to come in place of saving the natural tooth simply because of fear or the fact that they just don’t feel well enough trained to do the endo.
So I believe as a dental community, the more we feel comfortable and proficient in endo, the more teeth we save and the better our patients are. And there’s no question there are not enough endodontists in this world to even come close to eating the whole pie of endo. So it’s critical that we educate.
And that’s why I appreciate you having me on because I think your community obviously, or they’re advanced learners are looking to get better. And so exposing them to every discipline, especially the ones that most people would like to just punt, just, I don’t want to deal with this. I had a bad experience.
I had fear. So I have an online program called access endo. It’s a community I formed in 2019 where I really mentor dentists in endo. So that includes curriculum, but it also includes live coaching. And the best is like dentists send me their cases and I actually guide them through their cases.
And with the electronic medium online, I can actually be like you’re supervising, attending in your clinic. So I’m really putting myself out there to help dentists because I believe there’s a tremendous payoff for the dentist, for the patient and for all of us to see a more proficient level of endo across the board.
[Jaz]That level of mentorship you described, it really is the pinnacle. Something that we’re setting up is called a Intaglio, Intaglio dental, whereby we’re going to make mentorship much easier because it’s difficult to find the right mentors. And I think it’s great. You’ve identified yourself as if anyone needs an endodontic mentorship, definitely check out Brett.
I’ll put all his links there. That sounds amazing. But one thing that we’re trialing basically is just like you said, having the system whereby they have a loop mounted camera or the scope camera is being fed into zoom and then you’re in their ear saying okay, yeah, that’s good, that’s good, okay, do this, try this now, and I know they use it in medicine, doing crazy surgeries from halfway across the world to get the best brains on board, and I think totally it needs to be tapped into in dentistry and sound. It’s amazing to hear you’re already doing that.
The question I have regarding going back to clinical is, we had an episode with Pasquale Venuti. He talked very interestingly about process based and being outcome based. And a lot of times we are like process based. The different steps and the different techniques and the fancy gadgets and stuff, whereas ultimately to have the outcome based evidence, unfortunately, there’s no shortcut.
We need to wait 10, 15 years to then look at the data and say, okay, yeah, this improved success rate in this scenario by 20% or 18%. What evidence base do we have? Is it too early? Is it too primitive? Or do we have any established evidence base on these novel techniques? Are they actually making a difference? Because we know that root canal treatment is actually quite predictable. How much of a difference is it actually making?
[Brett]So it’s a great point. And the reality is, is we call this advanced disinfection protocols and we don’t have a lot of evidence. That’s the bottom line. I mean, we’ve had to rely on, which is eyeball evidence.
You know, what are we doing? We’re seeing more lateral canals filled with sealer, right? So I always say, when you look at sealer extrusion through little apical foramina, we know there’s multiple portals of exit. We know there’s lateral canals. And when you see the sealer, if nothing else, it’s a storyteller.
Hey, it’s a storyteller of anatomy. You now at the end of the procedure, like, wow, that’s why there’s this lateral vertical bone loss on this tooth because I had a lateral canal there that I can see now. You also know that in order to get sealer to go into these spaces. They have to have been cleared of debris because we know even on a level of smear layer, it’s going to block sealer from exiting out of a lateral canal and so the story is that yes, I use the laser.
I use the gentle wave and now I see the sealer. That’s pretty much what we have. We have had cases that we see heal tremendously fast. But we have had cases that we don’t see heal. And what’s important to realize is that the reason that we’re doing this is because we recognize that minimal preparation is key for dentine conservation. And most importantly, for all the dentists out there that are part of your community, recognizing that the pericervical dentine, the dentine, four millimeters above the CEJ and four to six millimeters below is the key dentine that supports the strength and fracture resistance of the tooth.
If your access is too big, it’s going to put more force on that pericervical dentine, we actually find that the preparation and the taper of that preparation doesn’t impact the fracture resistance as much as how big you open the orifice.
So being aware that we want to conserve the dentine. And so what these advanced technologies do Jaz is they allow us to keep the prep small, but still get the cleaning down inside there. And that’s what we’re after. Do we have the evidence of outcome? We don’t. I wish we did. We’re spending an awful lot of money over here around the world and in endo on these devices because we so want to improve.
We want to get better outcomes. We want to save teeth, but ultimately it takes time. So you have some that put their necks out there first. I’m one of them for whatever reason. I’ve always felt like someone has to try this for the sake of everyone else, even though at times it feels a little risky, but ultimately I think we’re at a point now where we are going to start to see some more studies, but like I said, if you look at the gold standard from evidence or outcome, it’s the passive ultrasonic activation that has the most evidence and that would be a great starting point because it’s not expensive to institute into your practice and your protocol, but ultimately you can have evidence based understanding that it’s definitely better than needle irrigation alone. No question.
[Jaz]Well, you’re definitely a pioneer and that’s absolutely clear from speaking to you. An old fashioned technique that I still do is GP pumping. Your thoughts on dentist GP pumping. And therefore, can you also give us some guidelines how best to do it? I remember one dentist, old school dentist who taught me to dip the master GP cone, just the tip of it in some chloroform, just a tiny bit.
And then take it to the end and then they’ll kind of make the shape of the apical foramina and then use that to GP pump. I was like a little bit concerned about doing that, but what is a good safe protocol, a good safe way to do GP pumping and just describe for our younger colleagues what that actually is.
[Brett]Yeah, so again, so GP pumping is just manual agitation again, just trying to get the solution to flow a little bit more. Obviously, that’s going to have very little impact in comparison to an ultrasonic energy coming through it. The custom cone, dipping into chloroform. Obviously, the last thing we really want to do is introduce chloroform to the apical end where it can escape.
And as I mentioned before, It’s not the Gutta-Percha we’re hoping to seal. It’s the sealer. So to me that, although I was taught the same way, I don’t think that that holds a lot of weight. In fact, I think we really want to just have chloroform be out of our operatory in general. Why bring something noxious and carcinogenic to our patient’s mouth?
Yeah. So at a very minimum, doing some type of gutter percha agitation of the solution. But as I said, if you’re here, if you’re listening, if you’re interested in endo, you can buy an ultrasonic activation tip that goes on an ultrasonic unit, very inexpensive and ultimately gives you a much better flow and activation of that solution.
[Jaz]Can you recommend a brand?
[Brett]Yeah, so there’s one Vista Apex out of the us. They have a handheld unit called the Endo Ultra, so that’s just like a single unit. But if you’re using an ultrasonic and if you learn endo from any endodontist, you’re gonna learn that an ultrasonic tip for uncovering canals.
Finding your preps is so key. You want to find MB2, you want to be able to kind of be thorough and finding the canals. And so something like there’s a tip called Irrisafe, from a company called Acteon that also is very inexpensive. It can be used 50 times it’s autoclavable and on an ultrasonic, you can see if you go in and out, it creates that cavitation. So those would be two suggestions. Just top of mind.
[Jaz]Amazing. Brett, that was absolutely fantastic. I’m so, so happy to have you. I’m so thankful to Tom Levine from the community once again for connecting us. Please tell us how can we learn more from you? So obviously you’ve got on the cusp podcast for those who’d like to have mentorship and identify you as someone.
And I have to say, Brett, I really appreciate educators like you. And I think everyone else as well. My community going to love you because we love direct. We love direct answers. Here’s how it is. You’re also very balanced, but you’re also just no fluff. You give us the answers and we absolutely love that. So I know everyone’s going to love you. So how can they learn more from you?
[Brett]Yeah. So again, my access endo community, you can find me at accessendo. org. You can message me on Instagram, but we have a great community. You can take a free training and just sort of get a really great training on different aspects.
And then at the end, learn a little bit more about joining our community. Really, really want everyone to tune into on the cusp. It would be so honored to have you. This is different than what we’re talking about here. This is really for clinicians about clinicians, but it’s about sharing the journey, the human journey, and the ideas that as more of us share about our journey and how we’ve managed stress and how we’ve dealt with burnout and how we sort of do daily practices to keep ourselves going and healthy because I believe when you are doing work on yourself, you’re investing your time during your day to work on yourself as a human. That human walks into the operatory and is a better doctor and that better doctor provides better treatment.
If you’re bringing the weight of the world and stress and sadness and trauma into the operatory with you, you’re not going to be as good of a doctor and neither will be your treatment. So on the cusp is about tuning in, hearing these amazing stories and journeys and having something resonate with you. Something someone says that becomes that instigation to say, you know what? I’m actually more interested in finding fulfillment in life than a full bank account, a fancy car and a big house.
Because as youngsters, we choose this profession. We don’t know anything about anything. We don’t even know who we are, but we make an investment of time, money, and energy that is so tremendous that you really can’t turn around and walk back out. So why don’t we learn from others journeys of how they’ve managed this stressful, burdensome profession, where, as you mentioned from the jump, we sometimes take everything so personally, that’s what my podcast is about.
It’s about finding fulfillment in life and doing it while still bridging the gap as this clinician who cares, but also has this other side as a human to make sure that when you come home from work, you’re not so dead tired that you can’t talk to your family. You have nothing to offer. You’re just dead. And I’d rather see you come home and be still ready to interact with the kids.
Do something that your spouse asked you to, because you might work all day long and take care of a million people, but when you get home, you haven’t done anything for them. And so the goal of this podcast is to get you feeling more fulfilled in your life so that you can be a fuller person. Everywhere you go and ultimately find that healthy balance between the stress of work and the joys of being alive because it’s a short period of time and I’m trying to make the most of it. So that’s what the podcast is about.
[Jaz]Absolutely beautiful. I’ll definitely put the show links on YouTube and on the podcast below. So please guys check it out. I think that we all need this. We also have coming up in December on our podcast, dentist life, work life balance. So I’ll be sure to bring you on again to just go. Cause there’s so much we talk about and I’d love to explore this further. Brett, thank you so much for giving up a time to really enhance us in our endo, our irrigation protocols, our judgment on preemptive endo and giving us that lift that we all need. You are absolutely brilliant at doing that. Thank you.
[Brett]Thank you. And I want to acknowledge you. The podcast is awesome. You’re doing a great service. You bring great energy to the show and that’s what you need, right? You want energy so that the information is absorbed. It’s something that actually excites you and gets you feeling excited. So I feel pumped after being here with you, Jaz. So I’m ready to get back in the clinic tomorrow and get after it.
[Jaz]Amazing. Thank you so much.
Jaz’s Outro:Well, there we have it guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. The future of endodontics is very exciting. And don’t you just love the human side of Brett? And the mission that he’s on. So to support that, I’m going to put all the show links to Accessendo and his community on there. He’s obviously a fantastic mentor to have, and I’m very grateful for him sharing his time with us over this two part episode.
Now, if this is the first one you’re listening to, please do go back an episode. You missed a really good one on elective endodontics. And of course, if you’re on our community, Protrusive Guidance, answer the questions, get your CE certificate. And if you’re not part of the Protrusive community yet, if you identify yourself as a nice and geeky dentist, this is a home for you.
Head to www. protrusive. app, make an account, and then you can check us out on iOS or Android. It’s all singing, all dancing app we have. I think you’ll be quite impressed. We also host monthly webinars live, sometimes me, sometimes I’ve got a guest on, in addition to what we do on the podcast. If you do want to get CE, there are paid plans available, and they’re the ones that support the podcast.
So if you’re gaining great value from the podcast, please do show your support by signing up as a premium member or for the ultimate educational plan if you want access to things like sectioning school. I want to thank the team as always. Thank you Erika for doing fantastic production. Thank you to Mari, our CE Queen.
Thank you to Nav and Krissel for making sure everything is quality controlled and scientifically correct. This podcast would not exist without the team. And thank you to the listener, once again, for listening all the way to the end. Hit that subscribe button. I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Oct 30, 2024 • 43min
Radiology and Radiography for Students – PS011
What’s the difference between radiolucency and burnout?
When’s the best time to use a bitewing vs a periapical radiograph?
When should we pick up the bur for interproximal caries?
Have you heard about the 4 white lines an OPG radiograph?
https://youtu.be/wCV3U8-OAvI
Watch PS011 on Youtube
This episode is packed full of great tips and techniques that will help you understand how to produce great radiographs as well as being able to properly figure out what they are trying to tell us. Radiographs can be tricky, whether that’s due to them being flipped, upside down or due to cone cut, that’s why this will help shine some light on how to get comfortable with radiographs as well as how to manage our patients after we know what we are dealing with.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Don’t miss the special notes on Radiology and Radiography for Students available exclusively in the Protrusive Guidance app! (Join the free Students Section)
This episode is not eligible for CPD/CE points, but never fear, there are hundreds of hours of CPD for Dentists waiting for you on the Protrusive App!
For the full educational experience, our Ultimate Education Plan gives you access to all our courses, webinars, and exclusive monthly content.
If you love this episode, check out PS003 – Routine Checkup
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: This episode is the bare basics of radiography and radiology, i.e. the taking of the radiograph and the interpretation. How do you really know if that radiolucency you see is cervical burnout or is it actually caries? What are the four white lines on an OPG radiograph and why are they important? And why you should be really careful with radiographic interpretation? And it's really important to marry the clinical picture, because that's how you come up with a clinical diagnosis.
[Jaz]Hello Protruserati, I’m Jaz Gulati and welcome back to your favorite dental podcast. This is for young dentists, students, but a lot of qualified dentists have been really enjoying this basic series, this Protrusive Student series.
And so what we’re going to do from the next episode is we’re going to make it CE eligible. The next episode is actually on basics of extraction, but before we do that extraction, we need a radiograph. And it’s a topic that you guys asked for on the YouTube comments. So there we have it. And remember, if you are a dental student, make a free Protrusive account.
Go to protrusive.app and then email your username or your name on the platform to student@protrusive.co.uk. And you’re going to get access to a secret area, which has a bit more of the premium goodies inside. Every PS episode, we have some student notes to provide you as well, made by Emma Hutchison, our Protrusive student. And the ones today are all about radiography and radiology. Hope you enjoyed the main episode, I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Emma Hutchison, our Protrusive Student. Welcome back to the student’s edition of the podcast. I know you’ve got exam results coming up and you’re going on your elective soon. How exciting.
[Emma]Yes, very exciting. So I’m just finishing up the last bits and bobs of my elective project and then I’m going traveling for two months. So, I should also get my exam results next week sometime when I’ll be away. So, hopefully everything’s good.
[Jaz]We’re all rooting for you. We know, you know, fingers crossed you’ll do well and you’ll report back to us. If anyone in Asia is a dental student or a dentist, and you happen to see Emma walking in a mall, an air conditioned mall, take a selfie with her and tag us on Protrusive. Let’s see if this social experiment works. Let’s see how much we’re spending. That’d be cool, right?
[Emma]Yeah, it would have to be an air-conditioned place because I’m from Scotland, so I’m not going to do well with the heat over there at all.
[Jaz]Excellent. Well, today’s chat and the subsequent protrusive notes which will go on the Protrusive Student Section at of Protrusive Guidance, which is our app, our community, is about radiology and radiography, right? And before we go further, I kind of have like to put a disclaimer and a lot of the Protruserati are used to me using this disclaimer now and again.
There are some things that I teach and there are just a small part of dentistry. Most of dentistry, that I do, I share. I don’t teach, I share, because to be honest with you, I’m not in a position to teach that kind of stuff, but I’m there to share my own experiences, and there’s some that my unknown unknowns I’m always just seeking to learn more and more and more.
So when it comes to radiology and radiography, I’m sharing, and what I have on you, Emma, is I’ve got like, 13, 14 years of experience over you. And that’s why I have to offer you in terms of the kind of things that used to bother me when I was a student. But I want to just say that take everything with a pinch of salt what I’m saying, because I’m trying my best to guide you and students and young dentists listening, but I’m not the radiology expert here. So it’ll be just to unpack the experience that I have.
[Emma]Yeah, not a problem. Not a problem. I think in dentistry, there’s always so many opinions and everyone has so many different experiences. So everyone will have an opinion, everyone will think differently, this, that and the next thing. So yeah, we’re all just learning. So.
[Jaz]Well said. Well said. So come at me, Emma. What have you got?
[Emma]So first question, I’m going to say. For yourself, Jaz, we’re always taught to be really methodical. Let’s say you’ve got a pair of bite wings there. What are your essential steps in reading and interpreting dental radiographs? Like, what should students look for?
What does your method look like? Because it can be really overwhelming, especially in an exam. I was faced with full mouth peri-apicals, and it was just questions, boom, boom, boom, boom, boom. And you just had to be really methodical. But what does that look like for you?
[Jaz]Great question. I think I’m a big believer in checklists when it comes to radiographs. So first thing to do is make sure it’s rotated and flipped correctly. The right way, like usually I don’t have to flip it, but make sure it is correct and it’s orientated correctly. The next thing to check for is that is it good enough quality doesn’t need repeating and you’d hope that 95 percent plus a time it’s acceptable quality.
So you have to grade your radiograph. So it used to be like grade one, two, three. Now it’s like A or N. So it’s either acceptable or not acceptable. And you have to obviously justify in your notes the reason for taking a radiograph. So Emma, what would be the typical reason to justify a bite wing from what you’ve learned?
[Emma]Caries and bone levels, perhaps?
[Jaz]Yeah. And specifically, it’s interproximal caries, right?
[Emma]Interproximal caries, yeah.
[Jaz]What I say to my patients is that, I need to take these x rays because there are bits of teeth that I can’t see. I can’t see between the teeth. This is where x rays help me. And so it’s very important when writing the justification.
It’s interproximal caries. And so really interesting point. Early on in practice, you just get into a rhythm of doing things and you need to start questioning why we do certain things. Why do we take this bite registration? Why do we do a certain stage in dentures? And so, I remember being a newly qualified dentist and just, oh okay this patient hasn’t had bite wings in like three years, let’s take some bite wings.
And you take a bite wing and you see that actually this patient has like every other tooth missing and no history of periodontal disease. So if I can see the interproximal surfaces, why did I just take this bite wing? You see what I mean? So you really have to think critically and I’ll share a, I guess an honest mistake I made recently.
Okay, I’ll share an honest mistake. I know this is deviating a little bit, but I think it’s really nice to learn from the failures and mistakes of others. Had this really nice gentleman who has had an issue whereby the wisdom tooth was causing decay in the second molar. So low wisdom tooth impacted, that wisdom tooth was removed.
Okay, and the decay seemed minimal and it was really deep down. It was like covered by the gum. So I thought, okay, maybe we can just safely monitor this. When we came around to the interval of taking bite wings. Okay, I did not capture the distal of that second molar.
[Emma]Right. Okay.
[Jaz]Didn’t capture it. And so lo and behold, he came in an emergency and he had pain from that tooth and there was a much, much bigger caries than what we initially had some years ago. And so it’s really important that, yes, we want to see the interproximals, but we have to tailor it to the individual. If we know that actually someone’s not got any restorations or no historical caries, or you’re not watching the premolars, then maybe in that patient, the distal of the second molar for those patients is more important.
And sometimes you can’t capture everything. So it’s important to tailor it to that individual. Going back to what you asked, though, in terms of the checklist and actually being systematic about it, totally the right word is systematic here. So what I would do is once I’ve made sure everything’s correct and orientated and acceptable quality, I will always just start with the bone levels.
I’m having a look at bone levels and I’m reporting on that. So I’m doing as a percentage bone loss, although. Arguably, you need a PA to see a percentage because you can’t see the whole root. But you can kind of guesstimate. We know average how long teeth are. So it’s not like a mild bone loss, moderate or severe bone loss.
And then I’m looking at the interproximal surfaces where they touch very, very carefully. It might be changing the contrast. And what we do in practice, actually, is we have this code that we use on the charting. So you guys are probably, are you guys computerized? Are you guys like paper notes?
[Emma]We’re still paper notes, yeah.
[Jaz]Okay. So what we do is on the computer, like do from previous bite wings stuff. If we know it’s like a little radiolucency, we’re going to mark on the chart, on the digital chart, a WB. WB stands for watch bite wing. That means we’re watching this area on bite wings. So as well as clinically, we’re checking on bite wings.
So I will have a look at my chart on one screen. I say, hmm, there was a watch bite wing place in 2017 on the distal of the upper left second molar. Let me have a look now. And often it’s nice to compare old radiographs. to see any changes and that’s really important stuff. So maybe I’ll have the left bite wing from a few years ago and left bite wing now and I’ll just compare the bone levels and I’ll compare any watch bite wings, any changes.
I’m then looking at the restorations and any sort of radiolucencies or any ledges or all the issues with restoration. So starting with the bone, then the heart structures and I would report on those.
[Emma]Okay. Yeah. So just your checklist, like you were saying, I know for me when I’m in clinic and I’m doing a radiographic report, I have everything written down, like, teeth present, restorations present, boom, boom, boom, and just keep yourself right in that respect. I think that’s a very important thing to do.
[Jaz]In the real world, like, to write teeth present, I just feel it’s very laborious, right?
[Emma]Yeah, yeah.
[Jaz]So we’ve got the chart already, right? I’m looking more for, like we did the routine checkup episode we did, and we added the video. I don’t know, did you watch that video, Emma, of the routine checkup I did, yeah?
[Emma]Yes, yes, I have done, yeah.
[Jaz]Was it useful?
[Emma]Yeah, I think it was. I think it’s always useful to see other people’s methods and how they go through things, et cetera. I think it’s definitely-
[Jaz]Even some dentists have messaged on there saying, well, you know what Jaz, I’ve been a dentist for so many years and it was just nice to see some validation routine, check up how you do things. So that was good. So in that one, you’ll see that I’m comparing previous radiographs and we know we have the charting already. So I just feel like in a time efficiency, when I’m doing a report, I’m not reporting on all the teeth present. That goes without saying, but I know at your stage, that’s what you’re expected to do because you’re learning the bare foundations.
But in the real world, I don’t report on all the teeth present. It’s like, okay, teeth present as expected. Okay, I’m just looking for, okay, good bone levels and no obvious caries. And then I’m looking for the actual things to watch out for, and that’s just the honest truth.
[Emma]Yep, no, a hundred percent. I think when you get into the real world, it’s a lot more fast paced. Not that that’s a bad thing. I mean, you have the time to report on your radiograph what you need to report, but at Glasgow we’re still expected at this stage to do full radiographic reports for absolutely everything, which takes such a long time, but it is good to getting you used to looking at radiographs.
Being methodical in your approach, and then by the time you get to your VT, hopefully and beyond, you’re a lot quicker at doing your radiograph reports and you see things straight away. Whereas at the moment, I still have, it’s still very overwhelming. So-
[Jaz]Take your time. We’ll take several minutes at this stage. But just one thing on that, I think the most common mistake you can do is just like, imagine you’re taking bite wings because you suspect, okay, there’s something perhaps going on around the upper left first molar and you take your bite wings and your eye immediately goes to the upper left first molar and you kind of like skim over the rest.
It’s really important to check the follow, trace the bone levels everywhere. And the most common one is like the distal of the second molar. There’s something there and you just didn’t spot it. And then years later, you see a patient comes back with symptoms. Oh yes, there was something there I didn’t see at the time.
So it’s really important just to check every single area, like typically where you’d find cervical burnout, right? Like that radiolucency by the neck of the teeth. And just look at those areas and look at the contact areas where caries typically starts just for every single tooth, just tick it off mental checklist.
And the most important thing medical legally is have you justified the radiograph in your report? Have you graded it and have you noted that the findings and it’s really important just to comment on the bone levels and any radiolucency, anything of concern that you’re watching for?
[Emma]Yeah, absolutely. Like, what is it called? I think it’s satisfaction of search. If you’re looking for one thing and you find that and then you just lose everything else. So it’s so important to have that wee checklist. Either in front of you, I have mine sitting in front of me, written down in a notebook or just mentally as you get a bit more experienced, I’m sure. But just as you were talking there about cervical burnout, what are some more common pitfalls or mistakes to avoid when you’re reading and interpreting dental radiographs?
[Jaz]So common pitfalls, but also just rewinding a bit to what we said about satisfaction and looking at something and satisfying your query. OPGs are the big one. Like, OPGs, there’s a lot more noise, right? And then you see so much, but you were concerned about the wisdom teeth.
And so you look at the wisdom teeth, but there’s so much data in OPGs. So my top tip for OPGs, this is what I was taught in dental school, is that, what are the high risk areas? Like, think cancer, right? If there’s something cancerous going on, something worrisome going on, the four white lines. Have you heard of the four white lines for OPGs?
[Emma]Four white lines. No, I don’t think I have. No, I don’t.
[Jaz]No one else knows about this. It’s not just because you’re a student. Because when I speak to other dentists, I was like, I speak to them and said, do you guys report on the four white lines for OPGs?
Then they look at me like puzzles. So it must have been a Sheffield thing that we were taught basically. The four white lines we look for are the hard palette. Can you see the hard palette? Right? You see that? Okay. That’s the horizontal line radio. Opaque line going cross, right? So can we see the hard palette?
Are there any abnormalities there? The next one is the floor of the sinus. Okay. So you want to see, trace the form. You don’t want to see a break in the lining, the cortical lining of the sinus, because that could be a worrisome, that could be maxillary sinus cancer or whatever, or some sort of issue going on.
So really important to check that. So that’s the two white lines. The third one is the posterior wall of the sinus. So the way you see that is, although it’s a posterior wall, you will see it on OPG as a vertical line. So the floor becomes vertical, okay, as you go distal, and that’s the posterior wall of the sinus. So again, I’m just checking that white line. So that’s three white lines checked. And the last one is the zygomatic buttress. Okay, the zygomatic buttress. Are you familiar with the zygomatic buttress?
[Emma]Yes. Yep.
[Jaz]It’s kind of like where the zygoma bone makes like this radioopaque line as well. And it’s important just to trace that. And I just mentally tick those off. Now, to date, I have never found one that had an issue or a breakage, but this is where I report my OPG for white lines. Check, check, check, check, like a checklist. And then I check the border, the external border of the mandible, the ramus. I’m looking for like any fractures, any radiolucencies, basically.
So that’s usually intact as well. Then I comment on the bone levels. Then it’s really important to check systematically upper right last molar. So this could be the wisdom tooth, check tooth by tooth by tooth. You’re looking at the apices, any abnormalities, anything that you think needs more investigation.
So sometimes we supplement OPG with a PA to get a bit more data. Although nowadays the OPGs are so good. The qualities are so good that machines that we have that can really negate the need for additional PAs. But the common pitfalls is one of them. Yeah, looking for what you want and then skipping past it.
With bite wings and stuff, I think it would be like the actual taking of it would be like a cone cutting. Are you familiar with cone cutting?
[Emma]Yeah. Is that your collimation is not quite right or?
[Jaz]Correct. So you’ve got the beam and you’ve got the film and the kind of out of alignment. And so the x ray managed to miss the film a bit and therefore you get this like white space on the radiograph.
I mean, that may or may not be detrimental. If you get like half the radiograph gone and the reason why you took it was to see all the interproximal areas, then that’s not acceptable. And you have to repeat that basically. In terms of interpretation, the other common issue, other than like in a missing distals of certain areas because your eyes don’t go there is a confusing cervical burnout for caries.
Caries typically starts at or just below the contact area. So if you’re seeing another radiolucency a little further down by the bone level, you really have to question, hmm, could this be cervical burnout? And cervical burnout happens because as the radiograph goes through the tooth and at the neck area where there’s little curvatures and how thin it is, it appears a slightly radiolucent there.
And so we don’t want to confuse that as caries. Have I ever done this before? Yes, I have. I have confused cervical burnout as caries before. And you go and you think, whoa, okay, fine. That was not caries. Okay. And so it really needs to be hot on it. So little clues you can have is, you look at the mouth in general.
If someone’s generally not got many restorations and you’re seeing this area, then you’re probably thinking, hmm, it’s not the typical place that I’d find caries. This could be cervical burnout. The other thing to do is remember, that radiographs are just one data point, we do not treat radiographs.
Technically one of my, I think Prof Avijit Banerjee taught me that you cannot diagnose caries from radiographs. You can only diagnose radiolucencies. It’s up to you to add the clinical picture to then be able to diagnose caries. So actually, technically, if I ever write and I do this, I’m being honest, I write sometimes, yes, caries, we see, we do this, right?
Caries noted on the radiograph, upper right 5 distal. That’s technically wrong. Radiolucency noted, upper right five distal in the inner third or in the outer third of dentine, for example, you make that comment, but we cannot technically say it’s caries. So we to add now are clinical checks. So clinically I would check on the high magnification, my lighting, feel gently with my probe, not to like probe hard into it, but check like the surface, right.
Using the sort of sideways of my probe or maybe even using a ball ended probe. And if in doubt, there’s a really cool technique whereby if you’re really unsure where there’s a cavitation. Because the difference between, I don’t know if you guys are taught this, but the difference between potentially restoring something that’s early, enamel or just interdentine and not restoring that one is whether it’s cavitated. Do you guys follow this as well?
[Emma]Yes, more so in, like, paediatric patients, maybe. What do you mean? Do you mean, like, for whether you would restore it or not, like, early caries, or?
[Jaz]Yeah, so let’s imagine we have a lower molar, right? And mesially, you see that the enamel’s got full radiolucency, okay? And now, it’s just into dentine. There are so many factors to consider whether you treat this or not, right? Like the patient’s oral hygiene status, their dry mouth status, are they using a fluoride toothpaste, their history of caries, all this stuff is really, really important, their caries risk in general. But actually, at a tooth level, If that enamel is still uncavitated, so still a shell of enamel that’s not broken, that potentially may sway you to, hmm, let me tell the patient that there is some decay there and talk about perhaps being conservative and monitoring it very closely and doing repeat radiographs in the future.
But the deal breaker often is if it’s cavitated, i. e. there’s a surface breakage, then that is a deal breaker to perhaps, okay, we need to restore this. And so do you know about any ways that you could check if it’s cavitated or not clinically?
[Emma]Clinically? I don’t know, actually. No, like, apart from just looking, like, clinically and seeing if it’s cavitated, or would you call it clinically?
[Jaz]You would, but it’s very, very difficult. And you try and fill with your probe, but you often can’t get to that area. And it’s tricky and it’s very difficult to do. So can you think of another way? I was blown away when I first saw this as a student, by the way.
[Emma]I don’t know if this would just be for paediatric patients, but could you put a separator in there?
[Jaz]Yes. Well, you could put a separator. It’s more amenable in paediatric dentistry, but a really cool way to do it. Now, I don’t know if you’ve heard of Louis Mackenzie.
[Emma]No, I don’t think so. No.
[Jaz]Fantastic dentist. Unfortunately, he passed away last year. So, you know, rest in peace, Lewis. He did an episode with us called To Drill or Not To Drill. It’s one of the early episodes of the podcast and this guy was a fantastic speaker, really humble man, really one of the sweetest dentists ever. So his presence in dentistry will always be missed. So just paying a tribute to him. I saw one of his lectures, I was a fourth year student, it was the BDA conference, saw one of his lectures and he described this exact scenario.
It was like, hmm, how can you tell if a tooth is cavitated or not? And this is what he said, he said, I am so sad that this is what I will do. I’ll place a wooden wedge inside. So now you get some separation. And now, he will squirt some light bodied silicon into that interproximal area. Let it set a bit and then use the tweezers to pull it out. And now that will show you whether if it’s smooth in that area or has the light body silicon actually, for want of a better word, evaginated or extended into that cavitation. And that can be the difference between whether it’s restoring or not. So when I saw that, and I’ve used that a few times and I’ve been unsure basically. So it’s another little trick that you could use.
[Emma]That’s very, very interesting. Very interesting. The only other way that I’d heard of was pediatric patients may be using a separator to open that space a wee bit, but even I don’t imagine you would ever do that on your adult patients.
[Jaz]You could do and I know some people that can do this, but I think with this little trick it saves the patient some grief and going home and having the inconvenience of having a separator.
[Emma]So another question that I had for you Jaz was, what sort of strategies do you use to use your radiographs as a communication aid with your patients, like I’ve seen a lot of clinicians do this very well, but how do yourself use these bite wings to say to your patient and even motivate your patient, this is what we’ve got going on and this is what we need to do to treat it to get them to understand.
[Jaz]Yeah, really great. And I don’t know if you’ve heard of this relatively new ish software called Pearl. There’s some other ones as well, basically, I think. But this is like AI to read the radiographs. And basically, their slogan is Radiographs now in color. So what it does, it like, instead of the radiolucency, it’ll like paint it red. And so the patient can see clearly.
[Emma]Wow.
[Jaz]‘Cause quite often in the scenarios you’re showing the patient like, can you see the radiolucency? And they’re look at you blank. Like, no, I cannot see that. And that’s happened to me. Like, when you are learning, probably you will not see things that I can see ’cause of the difference experience.
But are patients are the same, like you show them a radiolucency and like, wait a minute, what are you sure I can’t see it. So sometimes having it colored by AI is just so some of these softwares are great. I don’t use them myself yet, but that’s cool. That’s very exciting, right? So what I would do is I’d have it on my flat screen TV I’d stand next to a radiograph is that can you see this is your tooth over here.
See this white area here That’s a big metal filling you have in the tooth. Can you see where the teeth kiss together where the teeth kiss together? That’s called the contact and that’s where decay starts. This is why it’s really important to floss or teepee, etc. Can you see there’s a shadow over here?
The shadow is a black area. It’s black because the x ray goes through mush. The mush can’t stop the x ray. So the x ray goes right through the mush and it’s not as hard. It’s softness. It’s soft mush inside your tooth. And so I’ve counted them and you have X number of areas. Now, these ones are gonna be okay.
But can you see this one over here? Can you see that it’s much, much bigger? And hopefully they can see it and you highlight it. That’s the one that we need to treat. Because if you don’t treat it, it’ll become here. And can you see this other little black area? That’s the nerve. So every tooth has a nerve.
And although you’re not feeling pain yet, most dental conditions are painless. When the pain starts, that is too late. That is a very late stage start. So most dentistry is painless, but when the pain comes, it’s often too late. This is what we’re presenting to you in the x ray. So then I’d maybe describe the bone level as well.
I often describe the bone as these are your roots and this is your bone. Thankfully, Mrs. Smith, you got plenty of soil around your roots, okay? Your soil is good, okay? And it helps them to understand it.
[Emma]Yeah, no, that’s good. A few wee tips in there, I think. It can be really difficult.
[Jaz]Because your experience as a nurse, right? What have you seen that you liked? Anything that you remember that you, oh, I really like this.
[Emma]A dentist that I worked with, John McCall, I remember him talking through radiographs with patients. Just making it really simple, again, big TV in the practice, radiographs up there. So these are your teeth, this is the upper, this is the lower, this is the left, this is the right, and the spongy bit round here is your bone.
And just sort of setting that base for your patient to know what you’re looking at, first of all. And then, like you said, again, just going in, can you see this, this darker area here? And just going from there. I think it can be really difficult for students to do that in layman’s terms. If you’re with a patient, you just want to dive right in and then, oh, you’re pulp, blah, blah, blah, and they don’t have any idea of what you’re talking about.
I find that quite hard to use radiographs as a communication aid at the moment, because at the moment they overwhelm me, but I think definitely that’s something that will come with experience.
[Jaz]100 percent.
[Emma]Yeah. Just quickly looking at a radiograph and then instantly knowing what to say to your patient and using that in a way that they can understand can be huge for patient motivation as well and just getting them to understand your treatment options.
[Jaz]It’s about the understanding and communicating the issue well. The radiographs are very important and the explanation, but that will come. The more you do it, the more second nature it will become and the more layman’s terms you will use, which is so, so important. In the routine checkup video, which is available on the student section again, I’m just reminding everyone.
I made a mistake because I never had done this before. I promise you that I would. And so usually I record procedures and it’s just me in silence recording procedure. And then later I might narrate it. For example, in sectioning school series, we have all these extractions that I’ve done and I’ve narrated it.
But when I was doing this, like the whole conversation with the patient was being recorded. And so I was a little bit self conscious about that. And so they came to one bit of explaining some treatment. And you might’ve seen my commentary on that saying there was too much jargon here. This is not how to do it.
So, very often you’ll feel that way. And it’s really important to, after every patient says, hmm, what went well? What went wrong? What, how can I improve my communication? If you keep doing that for years and years and years, you’ll find that actually, the more you simplify, the more you go back to basics, the more you make it softer and easy to understand, the more effective of a communicator you become.
[Emma]Yep. And I think radiographs are obviously hugely essential in dentistry, but they just have so many other benefits in terms of communication with your patients. But that’s a really good skill to have is just putting that into something that the patient will understand, which of course, like I’ve said, just comes with experience.
So my last question for you, Jaz, was, and this might be a big question, but let’s just see quite generally. Let’s say a patient has irreversible pulpitis, it’s going to need an extraction or a root canal. You take a peri-apical at what point does the extent of the caries call for an extraction over a root canal?
[Jaz]Oh, I love this question so much. A reason is because I’ve just posted a radiograph yesterday on the community on Protrusive Guidance, okay? And I said, okay, what are you guys gonna do? I sort of pitched it. Okay. So this is the scenario and what I used to see as the worst part of dentistry. It’s like everyone’s got different opinions.
I now see it as the beauty of dentistry. Okay, so you must see it like this, otherwise you will have a miserable career. So the beauty of dentistry revealed that everyone has, okay, some people use some sort of bioceramic materials. Some people say root canals. Some people say, actually give the pulp a chance.
Let’s try and restore it. Unless you can get a seal. Some people suggested a hemisection, all sorts. All right. So it was all in there. And it goes down to that question where, at what point do you decide, it’s a question whether it’s restorable or root canal is an optional, just remind me the question again precisely.
[Emma]Between extraction and root canal, like at what point does it just need to go?
[Jaz]Okay, so, extraction and root canal, the other way of pitching that is restorable or unrestorable.
[Emma]Okay, cool.
[Jaz]Should we go with that? Because sometimes a tooth may be restorable, but the patient will not consent to a root canal. It may be restorable, but to restore it, it needs a root canal because the pulp is either necrotic or it’s irreversibly inflamed, and therefore it needs a root canal. But actually what we’re going to gain more from is, okay, what are the radiographic parameters to use when we’re deciding whether if root canal is even an option here, right?
Okay. So if we have a PA, okay, and you’re getting to the territory where you’re thinking, hmm, I’m not sure if this tooth is restorable, the first thing to do is take a bite wing. Have you heard of this one?
[Emma]No, I don’t think so.
[Jaz]PAs often vastly overestimate how much caries there is. And they can make the situation much worse or, or different to what is going on. Sometimes by having a bite wing, because the angulation, you get a much better degree of assurance of the exact level of the caries. So in those cases, you should supplement your PA with a bite wing. So now you have a bite wing and now you can better access the exact extent of that radiolucency.
A really good tip that was given to me by a guy called Dr. Barber from Sheffield. This was when I was at DCT was when the radialucency extends below the floor of the pulp chamber. Let’s look at a molar, lower molar. Okay. Imagine young patient, large pulp chamber. We have the top of the pulp chamber and the floor of the pulp chamber. Imagine now the radialucency is getting towards the pulp chamber, but now it’s getting so far low that it’s getting to the floor of the pulp chamber.
When it gets towards the floor of the pulp chamber, that is one consideration. it’s not a hard and fast rule, but if it’s getting that deep now that it’s at towards the floor, it’s gone beyond the top. It’s now approaching the floor of the pulp chamber. It’s now on very shaky grounds. So the one I posted is on very, very shaky grounds.
So now you’re thinking, okay, how important is this tooth in this patient’s mouth? How strategically important is it? What kind of patient do we have here? Do we have an A plus patient with fantastic oral hygiene? With the otherwise low care he’s experienced? Bit of bad luck here? Maybe a wisdom tooth kind of issue?
And how much are we willing to fight for this tooth? And what is a patient’s attitude? And the way we sometimes, if we have those 50/ 50 scenarios, It’s really nice to pitch it to a patient in this way. I like to say this to a patient inspired by some communication tips I picked up from Lincoln Harris.
I said to him, imagine, dear patient, that you spent a fair chunk of change on this tooth. Imagine six months later it had to be extracted, because the root canal failed, because you never got a good seal. Would you say, you know what, I’m glad I tried, because there was a chance that this could have lasted 10, 20 years.
Or would you feel absolutely devastated? We feel like an idiot for spending money on it. What would your mindset be? And that will answer it sometimes. If they say that, they’ll be absolutely devastated. That’s six months later to have tooth out, then that answers it because it’s not very predictable.
Predictability is the key word here because when it gets that level of deepness of the caries, then it’s not as predictable. To get that seal is not as predictable. So that’s number one, right? If they say, oh, you know what? I’m, I’d be glad because I really want to say this truth and willing to give it a shot and willing to accept that in six months time, I’m not going to cry about it.
I’m going to be a big boy kind of thing. Okay. So if they say that, then, okay, if you think that your clinical skills are good enough and the patient’s up for it, then that may still sway you. Now, if it’s going well below the floor of the pulp chamber, then okay. That’s bad news. Because then you’re really, by the time you restore that A, to get the seal, to get the matrices that far down low is very, very difficult to actually do a good precise job is very, very difficult. Also biomechanically, that tooth is very weakened. The next thing to consider is would you perhaps need something like a crown lengthening? Do you know what a crown lengthening is, Emma?
[Emma]Yeah, I’ve nursed in a few crown lengthening surgeries. Do you use like an electrocautery or something?
[Jaz]It can do, to remove the gum.
[Emma]Yeah. That’s I’ve only ever seen it on a few anterior teeth.
[Jaz]It’s more common on anterior teeth and so, posteriorly, so there’s aesthetic crown lengthening whereby we’re changing the gum levels to get a nicer smile, and then there’s functional crown lengthening, we’re making the tooth a bit bigger by removing some bones, so imagine you’ve got distal caries and a molar really deep, like almost kissing the bone, so if we can make the bone go more apical, drill away some bone there, and allow us to restore this tooth in a much easier fashion, i. e. allow our matrix, allow our wedge to actually get down there and make a seal, allow our crown to actually sit, our future indirect restoration. Sit on healthy tooth structure and not near the bone, basically, that’s a good thing to do. So, we have to then think about finance as well. So whilst it could be restorable and it’s debatable, we have to think, hmm, at what expense?
Once you factor in crown lengthening privately, once you factor in a root canal, once you factor in a crown, you might be in implant territory. And so, cost benefit analysis, and how predictable and how easy or otherwise it is to get a seal. These all will play in in the real world when you’re decision making.
So in terms of purely a radiographic level, I very much look at this where it is in relation to a pulp chamber. I look at the patient as a whole. You take a step back, look at the patient. Is this patient deserving? And it’s not a nice way to think about it. But really, if they’ve got a gob rot, this one tooth is the last of your worries, right?
In that mouth, the most predictable thing for sure would be an extraction. But if it’s a well cared for mouth, then sometimes we do do a little bit of heroic dentistry as long as the patient understands that what we’re doing here is really higher risk, higher reward. We get to keep the tooth, which is great, but it’s higher risk, higher reward.
[Emma]Yep, that makes sense actually. And I’ve never really thought about it in that sort of way where you do need to take a step back and look at the patient. The patient, there’s so much room for the patient to make decisions in their treatment planning and I think coming back to communication, like for me if I was a patient that could be quite hard to grasp without being shown, okay this is where this dark bit is and I don’t think that’s going to be able to be saved xyz. I think that’s a good way to look at it, your landmarks and being able to show that on a radiograph can be good for the patient as well. But no, that’s interesting.
[Jaz]So top tip there, remember to supplement with a bite wing. Really important as well. And so, yeah, to look at the bigger picture. I remember being a DCT at Guy’s Hospital, oral surgery department, and all day long we’d be doing extractions and extirpations, right? I remember these two American students came to Shadow, for like the elective kind of thing, right? And so I think they’re American Australian. I forget now. Anyway, I saw this one lady, And she had caries and a molar that was causing pain and the diagnosis, the official diagnosis was irreversible pulpitis.
The tooth was restorable. Like, it was a home run. It was like way above the bone. It was a home run. It was decay into the nerve, but it was a home run root canal. But after having a discussion with the patient, we decided that the extraction would be the best for her. And she left and she went to get an extraction and these students were gobsmacked.
They’re like, wait a minute. What? This tooth was savable. Why didn’t you do the excavation and send this patient back for root canal? And it was an important lesson I was able to pass on to them because it’s a lesson I’d learned some years ago was actually, yes, it’s restorable, but just because you can doesn’t mean you should, because that patient, okay, you have to look at the tooth factors.
If that tooth, right, doesn’t have an opposing tooth, then what value does that have compared to, okay, it doesn’t have a tooth now or an implant in the future. If the patient is really not in a financial position to consider and they express that, like, look, I’m actually not looking to spend any money on this tooth.
I would actually like to have my patient preference is to have this tooth out. You’ve got to take that preference. Now, if it’s healthy pulp and it’s reversible pulpitis, I would dress that tooth. Right? I would not extract it. I’d be like, no, I don’t think there’s a reasonable option for what you present with.
But when the alternative is a root canal and the patient doesn’t want that, then you have to think about the patient as a whole. So it’s not just about the depth of radiolucency and whatnot. It’s about looking at the patient, their own preferences, their history of dental work, what’s opposing it and all these factors.
[Emma]Yep. And I think that can be quite frustrating when you’re going through, not frustrating, but you’re going through dental school, learning how to save all these teeth, and then when it comes to the real world, sometimes that’s just not feasible. And like you said, you have to go with the option that A, the person can afford, or that the treatment that they are willing to tolerate.
[Jaz]Tolerate, afford, and maintain as well. Like you might be able to afford it, they got gob rot everywhere. They got super, super dry mouth, and it’s going to be difficult for them to maintain. But equally, Emma, you might have a scenario where in anyone else’s mouth, you’d extract. But because that patient is on bisphosphonates, IV bisphosphonates, they are higher risk of things going wrong and the bone not healing.
And therefore, in that patient, you’re going to really do a bit more heroic dentistry and try and do what you can to save that tooth. So this is where the patient’s medical history and all those factors come into play as well. One last thing, which you haven’t mentioned, which I think is really worth mentioning in the realms of if predicting if something is restorable or not on a radiograph is remember that the radiolucency you see on the radiograph, the clinical caries will be 33% more. I remember this being taught this. It’ll be worse clinically than it is on the radiograph. Always remember that.
[Emma]Okay. Yeah, that’s a good one to remember. And also a good exam question. A good exam question.
[Jaz]Yes. And I was, it reminds me of another lesson I was taught as a third year dental student. I had this really carious premolar I was treating and it was making me stressed. Like as a student, like just, seeing so much caries was a stressful experience for me. I was stressing. I was sweating. I was like, Oh my God, when do I stop? There’s still more caries. I’ve got to go. There’s still more caries. I’ve got to go. And it took me like two hours to put this GIC, right? And the patient leaves and the tutor looks at me and he wrote a comment.
His name is Abdul Rahman Elmougy. He’s now a restorative consultant. So Abds, if you’re watching, listen to this shout out to you, my friend. He wrote in the book, he’s like, don’t be shy with a tooth of poor prognosis. Let me say that again. Don’t be shy with a tooth prognosis, okay? We didn’t owe that tooth anything, okay?
The tooth had served its time, okay? We were doing this tooth a favor. We were trying our best, okay? This tooth was on shaky grounds. So the way I approach this situation now is A, you tell the patient this is an investigation. We’re not doing a filling. We’re actually just seeing if this tooth can be saved or not.
I will tell you what the outcome is once I remove all the decay and I address it, okay? So you’re going to walk away with this information whether we can even save this tooth or not. Your tooth. This is like doing CPR for the tooth. Right. So that’s what I pitch it. But when you’re removing caries on a tooth, which is already really poor prognosis, don’t be shy.
Don’t be like little tickles. Okay. Get the big bur out. Okay. Be responsible, be precise, but don’t like be very gentle. Start tickling. You need to get this mush out. Go for it. Okay. Yeah. See what’s left. And so that really served me well, actually don’t start stressing because there’s huge caries.
That’s it’s the patient’s fault. You didn’t put the caries there. And sometimes hit the patient who sometimes you get certain types of personalities and they get very like, well, but do this and do that. And just remember, hey, well hang on a minute. I didn’t put the decay there.
I’m helping you, but I didn’t put the decay there. So it might take some years, Emma, to be able to be confident enough to say that to a patient, but it’s one to have up your sleeve.
[Emma]Yeah. I’ve heard people saying before it might have been yourself actually like you didn’t put the caries there, and if there’s moosh there, then it needs to go. I think a lot of patients sort of demonize dentists. Like, I didn’t do that to your tooth. That’s hard to sort of, I wouldn’t ever say, oh, it’s your fault, blah, blah, blah.
[Jaz]But it’s a hard one. I hear, Emma, is patients saying that, Oh, my dentist drilled too much. And so that really for me is a failure in the communication department. So it just means that, oh, we’re going to do a filling today. There’s some decay. Let’s crack on. Really? That kind of conversation should be like, there’s some decay here. I don’t know how deep it is. I think it’s actually, look at the radiograph here. So look at this x ray. This is the dark area. That’s the mush.
But actually in the real world, this mush is going to be much deeper. So I’m telling you now, although you’re not in pain now, there’s a real chance. Your nerve might be in pain because your decay is really uncontrollable. And although you’re not in any pain now, this could become a painful scenario. If you’d wish not to have this treatment done, that’s fine.
But you’re looking at having this tooth out. But if you still wish to try and save this tooth, remember the kind of symptoms to look out for are X, Y, and Z. And now your patient is really much more informed than their understanding that actually is their problem, not yours.
[Emma]Yeah. No, definitely. I think and another one is I wasn’t in pain before I went to the dentist and-
[Jaz]Classic.
[Emma]I don’t need treatment done because it’s not sore. But again, that communication like, well, if you don’t get something done, then it will be sore down the line but she pick up along the way.
[Jaz]A hundred percent. And as per the GC criteria in the UK, we have to tell the patient the risk of the treatment, but always the risk of not doing treatment. So, Miss Smith, I know you’re concerned the decay is deep, and actually after this procedure, you might be in a lot of pain, you might have a sleepless night because it’s very, very close to your nerve, and this is the reality of the really deep decay that you have in your tooth, Miss Smith, right? So your tooth is in a really troubled state, so we need to do CPR for the tooth here, but if you want an alternative, the option of not doing anything, although you’re not in pain now, this is going to be potentially a very painful issue in the future and whilst we might be able to save it now, we probably won’t be able to save it in the future. So the risk of doing nothing is not recommended and I’m not recommending this treatment, although you may choose to do nothing because you are well within your right.
[Emma]Yes. Yep. The option of doing nothing is always there, but it’s not often recommended.
[Jaz]Correct. And patients have to consent to doing treatment or not doing treatment. And so we put it on the table, but it’s the way we communicate and the gravitas that we explain things, which is really important.
[Emma]Yep. Yep. Absolutely.
[Jaz]Amazing. Emma. So we’ve covered now some degree of real world radiography. We talked a little bit about OPGs, periapicals, and grading and assessing. Looking at things in a systematic way and actually drawing out the real world, the communication gems, which I think this episode really evolved into in the second half. Please tell us about the notes, the Protrusive Student notes that you’re adding on every time you do an episode. Tell us about what you’re going to cover in this round.
[Emma]So this month’s notes about radiography, of course, I’m going to go through what we’re taught at Glasgow about your radiographic reports and your checklist. And what I personally have in my wee book that I carry about with me, a bit of localization and parallax technique, common mistakes that we make when we’re interpreting radiographs and it’s just, yeah, basic interpretation, things like that.
[Jaz]Excellent. Very excited to put that on. So Emma, thanks so much for all the hard work you do for Protrusive and I hope you have a fantastic elective. We will meet again. Obviously, people will not know the difference because we’re recording ahead of time, but we can’t wait to hear in the next episode your stories about your elective and from the Protrusive Community, we’re thankful for all that you’ve done so far, but we look forward to rejoining and continuing your good work.
[Emma]Perfect. Thank you so much.
Jaz’s Outro:Well, there we have it, guys. Thank you so much for making it all the way to the end. Please let us know what should we cover next in this basic series, in this Protrusive Student Series. Like I said, the next one’s on extractions, and it will be CE eligible because I find that so many dentists are also tuning in, and it’s nice to reconnect for validation when it comes to the basics.
If you know a colleague who will benefit from these episodes, please send them a link to our podcast, and at least join the community of the nicest and geekiest dentists in the world. That’s Protrusive Guidance. You can get it on iOS and Android, and our thriving community is absolutely awesome.
Nice people. Not like what you see on Facebook. Facebook is junk, in my opinion. So if you are a keen listener of Protrusive and you want to connect with other Protruserati, that’s the place to be. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. Once again, I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Oct 26, 2024 • 34min
Elective Endodontics? It’s all about Communication – PDP202
Does ‘elective’ or ‘pre-emptive’ endodontics have a role in Restorative Dentistry?
It almost feels dirty to me as I try my best to PRESERVE pulp vitality!
But sometimes this bites you, and you wish you had carried out root canal treatment before cementing that crown.
At what point can pre-emptive root canal be justified in a world where MTA and biodentine exist?
https://youtu.be/9Gc_yik9fDU
Watch PDP202 on Youtube
In this episode, Jaz sits down with renowned endodontist Dr. Brett Gilbert to delve into the intriguing world of elective or pre-emptive endodontics. Together, they explore challenging cases where teeth with uncertain pulpal health may require root canal treatment, whether due to caries or crown prep. Dr. Gilbert sheds light on patient communication strategies, the role of bioactive materials like biodentine and bioceramic sealers, and how to make crucial decisions about preserving pulp vitality.
Protrusive Dental Pearl: Dr. Pav Khaira suggests using Alvogyl, commonly used for dry sockets, to treat pericoronitis! After cleaning and disinfecting the area, place a small amount under the operculum for immediate relief and to soothe inflammation.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
Highlights of this Episode:
3:01 Protrusive Dental Pearl
03:55 Dr. Brett Gilbert’s Journey and Philosophy
07:17 Elective or Pre-emptive Endodontics
11:06 Radiographic Measurement
11:40 Real-Life Encounters
15:29 Discussing Treatment Options and Patient Communication
20:28 Can Biodentine Prevent Root Canal?
22:45 Materials and Techniques in Endodontics
26:16 Death of Gutta-percha?
This episode is eligible for 0.5 CE credit via the quiz on Protrusive Guidance.
This episode meets GDC Outcomes B and C.
AGD Subject code: 070 Endodontics (Endodontic infections, microbiology and treatment)
Dentists will be able to:
1. Learn what elective or preemptive endodontics entails and recognize scenarios where root canal treatment may be required due to caries or crown preparation, and how to approach them.2. Discover effective strategies for explaining treatment options to patients, improving trust and decision-making.3. Gain insights into the use of bioactive materials like biodentine and bioceramic sealers, and their benefits in preserving pulp vitality.
If you liked this episode, you’ll love Post Operative Pain after Endodontics – Prevention and Management – GF017
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: I do believe in these instances, you are justified to recommend the treatment. You're not demanding it. You're not saying it's dogma, but you're having a conversation so the patient understands. Because what happens if you don't is you do your work, you're doing it in best faith. Patient winds up in pain, and they become very angry.
Teaser:They become agitated, and they want to blame the dentist. And without a conversation, without a dialogue, they’re clueless, and all of a sudden, they just think you did something wrong. You are a human, and you are the doctor. Speak to yourself. Let the words flow out so that you can explain all the different possibilities in a way that the patient feels heard, understood, but also nurtured, and at the same time you realize this is biology. We are not in control.
Jaz’s Introduction:In a world where we want to do everything to preserve pulp vitality, is it ever appropriate to carry out elective endodontics? Another terminology that our guest today, Dr. Brett Gilbert shared with me is preemptive endodontics.
For example, you have a tooth with dubious pulpal prognosis. And you know that by prepping it for a crown or by removing the caries, this tooth may need root canal treatment. Is it okay to just go ahead and do the root canal so it doesn’t bite you in the behind in the future? You see, I was always taught to do everything possible to preserve pulp vitality.
So I started my career being very much against it. And yes, I burnt my fingers a few times. So we’ll ask our guest today, who’s a specialist endodontist, and you know what, Protruserati, you’re going to absolutely love him. He’s so direct, he’s so quick, he’s so punchy with his answers. And whilst this episode is just half an hour, it’s part of a two part special.
So this half an hour we focus on elective or pre emptive endo. We talk about things like biodentine and bioceramic sealers. And this is worth 0.5 CE credits or half an hour’s worth of enhanced CPD. The subject code for this one, because we are a PACE approved provider, is 070 endodontics. And in the part two of this episode, we’re going to discuss irrigation.
Is sodium hypochlorite still the best thing around? How can we improve the efficacy of our irrigation? How can we get all those bugs? Because endo is all about getting rid of the bug. So that’d be in part two. So don’t miss that one next week.
Dental PearlHello, Protruserati. I’m Jaz Gulati and welcome back to your favorite dental podcast. Every PDP episode, I give you a Protrusive Dental Pearl. And this one comes straight from the protrusive community. As you know, we have our platform, it’s called Protrusive Guidance. It’s been going strong for about seven months now. There’s over 2000 dentists on our community now that have been approved.
So there’s hundreds of people who want to join, but we manually approve each one because A, we want there to be only dental professionals in our group. You want this to be a safe space and I want the nicest and geekiest dentists in the world. So if you identify yourself as that, please join us because today’s pearl comes straight from the community.
We have a very busy chat section of our community, and someone was asking about the management of pericoronitis. And then came Dr. Pav Khaira, who’s like the implant guru, but he dropped such a powerful pearl that I really want to share this with you all. He says that you can use a bit of Alvogyl. You know that stuff we use for dry sockets, we put inside the dry socket?
He suggests putting just a tiny bit of that under the operculum. So where that inflamed tissue is, just tuck it under. Obviously you’ve got to do this after you’ve irrigated, you got rid of the debris, you’ve disinfected the tissues, and now you leave a bit of Alvogyl. And this stuff gives immediate relief to patients.
Now, this was so good that community member Dr. Nikhil Misra said that he’s used this technique for three patients this week with immediate relief. And he’s very grateful that that tip was shared. So thank you to everyone on Protrusive community. Thank you Pav for sharing such a powerful little tip. It’s something we virtually all have in our clinics.
And now we have another use for it. So once again, if you missed it, Alvogyl for pericoronitis. Now, totally unrelated, let’s get back to endodontics and let’s join our wonderful guest, Dr. Brett Gilbert. You’re going to absolutely love him. I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Dr. Brett Gilbert from the U. S. So, so good to have you on the podcast. You were recommended to me by Dr. Tom Levine, who’s a member of the community, and he did some CE with you, which I love to hear about. And the more I research and look into you, the more amazed I am. So I’m super, super excited in a geeky way to chat endo with you today. Specifically irrigation, but there’s so many communities, so many, so many questions the community has actually asked, and I can’t wait to dig in.
But for anyone who hasn’t heard about you before, tell us about yourself. I see you’ve got your lovely little box there on the cusp podcast and you do so much in education, but tell us about you, Brett.
[Brett]Yes. So thanks so much. Jaz excited to be here. And I do think Tom, he was at my AGD presentation and within, after the first break, he came up, he goes, do you know, Jaz? And I said, I’ve heard of him. I’ve seen his podcast. He said, well, you guys have to meet. Cause there’s so many just synergies between your energy and your message. So very grateful to be here.
So I’m a full time clinical endodontist. I’m board certified. I’ve been in practice for 21 years. I have a ton of passion for the profession, but as I’ve gotten a bit older into my career and dealt with burnout and the mental distresses and the burdens of the stress of being a dentist, I’ve also become super passionate and a student of personal growth and development and just sort of that ability to manage our stress.
And so I really try to balance them both out because I really feel it’s really important to have the opportunity as a dentist to study the X’s and O’s to understand technique, rationale, the way that we approach dental treatment in whole, but before we do that, we really have to make sure we’re also focusing on the human being inside the scrubs.
And that’s another area of passion that I have. And so I know you share that and I’m really grateful to be here and to meet your audience and to talk it up a little bit and let’s get into some endo.
[Jaz]Absolutely. What I’d love to start with is your journey from the perspective of did you spend much time as a GP before you niched into endo or for you was it like you’re always you’re calling since after dental school?
[Brett]Yeah, interestingly enough, so I’m a son of a dentist, general dentist and my whole life I was going to be a general dentist and practice with my dad and then after one year of dental school, I started to feel a little out of sorts. I just felt like pulled in so many directions with all the different disciplines of dentistry.
And that’s when the discussion of specializing came up. And my dad sent me to all of his different friends, offices, ortho, oral surgery, perio, and then endo. And I got there and this gentleman, he just was incredible. His name was Barry Jurist. He was doing rotary at this time. He had microscopes. He was showing me videos of his surgeries.
And I was just struck. And from that moment on, I was full go for endo. I picked up my studies. I really focused down and I was lucky enough to be accepted right out of dental school into my endo residency at the University of Maryland.
[Jaz]Great. It’s nice to learn about someone’s background and story. Now I’ve got a million questions and also it’s just great about your background in or your passion in self development growth, the human perspective.
And I’m sure wherever we can weave that in. We should, but I’m going to start with a few questions from the community. So community, which Tom is part of is called Protrusive Guidance. I’d love for you to join on there and help us out with our endo woes and queries. There’s always a radiograph being popped up saying, oh, what’d you think of this?
So you’d be great for that. But the first question I’m going to start with, amazing. I’ll make sure I’ll get you hooked up. The first question I’m going to start with is about what I emailed you about. I called it Elective Endodontics. And you introduced me to the term, Pre-Emptive Endodontics, which I’d never heard of before and I really like it.
And so from the background, the context of this question is I have always been taught never expose the pulp. Like whatever you do, avoid the endo. And actually an endodontist’s first response responsibility is to protect the pulp and avoid the endo, which is great. And then taking that on board, I had these scenarios where the caries were so deep, the tooth was still vital.
And my diagnosis. was still reversible pulpitis at that stage. It wasn’t irreversible pulpitis. So I thought, okay, maybe there’s a chance that by placing a restoration on here, I can avoid the endo. And then a few times it happened where a few days later, the patient’s in agony and you think, Oh man, I wish I just did the endo.
So I know in other countries, it’s more popular. It’s more accepted in other countries whereby anytime they’re doing any sort of indirect work, they’re thinking, ah, let me go ahead and kill the pulp off so it’s not going to be an issue in the future, which I think is at the other extreme and perhaps irresponsible, I would say. Where do you lie in terms of, is there a time and a place for pre-emptive endo or elective endo? And how do you assess that kind of situation?
[Brett]Yeah, by all means there is. And I think what’s important to remember is that all of these decisions aren’t done just by the clinician, right? It’s a collaborative decision based upon a very specific conversation with the patient. And so the decay issue is different because the more I study restorative, schools of thought, some are comfortable leaving some decay, as part of the underlying parts of a restoration and others are not.
But ultimately, I think we have to look at the history of symptoms first and foremost, because if you have a patient that you were describing with reversible pulpitis, that you feel very confident is reversible. We do have to recognize that there’s probably about a 50 50 chance that it either calms down underneath the restoration or it doesn’t.
And sometimes that’s a conversation to be had. Sometimes I’ll explain to a patient, listen, we may be able to send you back and have the crown cemented and you’ll be just fine. I don’t know. It’s possible we send you back and you’ll have symptoms as you mentioned a week, a day, a year later, and endo may need to be done through the restoration.
So what I need you to understand is, are you comfortable moving forward with the understanding we may have to go through the restoration later? And if not, then understand that there is the option of pre-emptive endo now, meaning we can do the root canal now so that the foundation underneath your restoration is sound.
It’s not going to cause problems later. It’s surprising. You can never go into these conversations with an expectation of how they will answer. That’s what I’ve learned. So it’s about giving them the A to the Z. Explaining the situation if they opt to not do endo at that time. It’s fine I do recommend having an extra little consent line that the potential for endodontic treatment after the restoration is place was discussed.
Patient defers and will prefer to wait and see what happens. Have them sign it. It’s amazing how helpful that piece of paper becomes later when the patient’s upset and they realize that now their brand new crown has to have a small access opening, but I also do tell patients, listen, it’s pretty non intrusive for us to be able to go in and do endo through a crown.
So it’s not like the end of the world, but it’s important for you to understand the situation now where that starts to become more clinician centered as far as the decision is to your point. There was a lot of decay. You’re very close to the pulp. In fact, you might even see it. Our studies would show that really anywhere from about 1. 8 millimeters away from the pulp, there are already destructive changes happening into the pulpal cells. So you have to then take into account, this doesn’t seem very good.
[Jaz]Is that a radiographic, Dr. Gilbert, is that a radiographic measurement?
[Brett]It’s really more probably just eyeball to be honest, because you’re probably looking at some huge change in the dentine that would indicate where you are. Domenico Ricucci out of Italy has done a lot of work with this, as far as when it’s appropriate to leave the pulp and when the appropriate to take it out, but ultimately in the global scale of dentistry, I think ultimately it comes down to your gut instinct as the clinician with a really good conversation with the patient and allowing them to be a part of the decision making process.
[Jaz]In your week to week endodontics, or month to month, I mean, how often does this pop up with the kind of work you do? Is this something that you’re doing on a weekly, monthly basis, or not so much?
[Brett]Yeah, I mean, I think ultimately it depends on what kind of restoration you’re placing to, right? If it’s a direct composite, if it’s a standard restoration that does not involve cementation, I think we’re often much more patient before we institute endodontics, because, of course, once endodontics is completed on a molar, then typically some type of cuspal coverage is recommended afterwards.
So that’s a lot of dentistry. That’s a tremendous amount of expense for the patient. So really it comes down to more of the cemented type of restoration where this conversation really takes hold. And so, if you’re just doing fillings, et cetera, et cetera, then ultimately a veneer even.
Then really the conversation can lean more toward, let’s see what happens. But once it’s full coverage or cuspal coverage, it’s cemented, you know you have to go through it. Then that’s where this conversation of pre-emptive treatment becomes more profound.
[Jaz]Well, I’m going to share my screen now for those who are listening on Apple and Spotify. They won’t get to see this, but I’ll describe it literally today on the community, I posted this like hot, cold, like a poll, and I said, how do you feel about elective or pre-emptive endodontics? Example, deep carries and will need indirect, RCT it pre-emptively or no, I’m not comfortable with this. I wouldn’t do this.
It’s like a hot and cold. And as you can see, the audience is generally veering more towards cold, not freezing, but towards cold. And there’s a few in the middle like me. And then there’s a few to the right of me, a bit warm. No, one’s hot in it, which is good. We don’t want as a community to be trigger happy doing these endos.
We still value and respect the importance of preserving pulp vitality. But then from the chat here, Brett, what came here is a great discussion whereby colleagues, what they’re doing, and essentially here’s the question, what colleagues are doing in those scenarios is yes, it may benefit from cuspal coverage because a lot of these are huge MOD amalgams, recurrent caries.
So they’re going to need cuspal coverage. But what our clinicians are opting to do is remove the caries, remove the old restoration, clean everything up, and then just put a well bonded composite and tell the patient, look, It needs something more definitive than this, but let’s see how it goes for a year. What is your thought on this kind of approach?
[Brett]I mean, it’s very conservative and that’s great. We always love conservative treatment. You’re going to be in the same situation a year from now, though, when you go to do a more significant prep and place and cement the crown, we often find that the actual, it’s like the last little straw that breaks the bow is the cementation.
And what it does to the pulp through the dental tubules. So I think it’s always again about this conversation and about consent and about what’s your gut instinct for the patient because the patient says, I’m so busy. I travel a lot. The last thing I want is to all of a sudden start having tooth pain.
It sounds to me like you’re saying that’s possible. So I would prefer just moving forward with the root canal now. And then another patient says, well, my insurance is running out. I don’t have a lot of out of pocket resources. I think I’ll take my chances. And so you have to look at the actual patient’s lifestyle and their thought process, because I do believe in these instances, you are justified to recommend the treatment.
You’re not demanding it. You’re not saying it’s dogma. But you’re having a conversation so the patient understands because what happens if you don’t is you do your work, you’re doing it in best faith, patient winds up in pain and they become very angry. They become agitated and they want to blame the dentist and without a conversation, without a dialogue, they’re clueless and all of a sudden they just think you did something wrong. So whether you wind up pre-emptively treating or not having the conversation, I believe is paramount for building the relationship and ultimately managing the patient winding up in pain later.
[Jaz]Thank you. And one thing I struggle with in informative years and a lesson I pass on a lot on the podcast, especially for our younger colleagues, Brett, and I think you’d be great to give a perspective with your interests on the human side is when colleagues are communicating this to their patient, I feel as though sometimes our colleagues, our friends, end up owning the problem.
They’re thinking like it’s their tooth, right? And I think it’s really important for our mental health, our anxiety, that we’re just there to help to guide the patient, to do what’s best for them and dissociate themselves from the problem. Because if you start stomaching the problem with yourself, and you start being a bit too vested in it, then that can have bad health effects on us. What do you think about owning the patient’s problem when it comes to the ultimate decision?
[Brett]I mean, this is the one of the biggest stressors we carry as dentists. We are very empathic people. We want to help people. We also have been trained in an era of we are expected to be perfect, whether it’s been imposed on us in our dental school training or self imposed.
And so when something doesn’t work out the way you had hoped, and now someone else is suffering, it’s very, very challenging to separate The human being, the tender soul inside of you and the dentist. And that’s where the identity as a human first is so important. And that only comes with addressing it, feeding that human inside of you so that you can have some separation.
I, as a young clinician took everything personally. I went to bed thinking about it. Terrified of what might happen or what had happened, and then I make it a little sleep. And the second I wake up, it’s right there. So the advice is this. It’s important to understand that when you are a dentist, there’s a full spectrum of reactions that an individual patient might have to our treatment.
Now, are our treatments ever going to be perfect? Let me just say from my own pursuit of it every single day. Nothing’s perfect. So what we should be striving for is excellence, not perfection. And within the frame of excellence, you have to be aware that there are different reactions. And what’s important is to understand how to have these conversations, just like the pre-emptive conversation.
And what I suggest, especially to the younger dentists who haven’t quite been through as many situations, talk to yourself in the mirror. You are the patient and you are the doctor. You are human and you are the doctor. Speak to yourself. Let the words flow out so that you can explain all the different possibilities in a way that the patient feels heard, understood, but also nurtured.
And that at the same time you realize this is biology. We are not in control. And so you do your very best. And Jaz, if every dentist that hears this within your community can recognize all that’s expected of you, not to be perfect, not for everything to be 10 out of 10, all that we can ask is that every day that you show up, you have the intention of doing your very, very best.
That’s it. And if you do that, then when a patient does have a problem, you can look back and say, yes, Mrs. Smith, I have to say, the treatment that we did looks good, but I understand you’re suffering. Let me explain why. And ultimately, let me give you sort of a view of what might come down the road.
I don’t know that you’ll need potentially this tooth to be extracted, but I want to put it out there to you that ultimately, if that were to happen, I just want you to know that there will be a game plan to replace the tooth. But in the meantime, for now, let’s focus on just getting the symptoms to settle down.
I’ll have you back for frequent followups. So, you know, I’m here for you, right? I like to say that to patients, just so you know, I’m here for you. I will be here if you need me. That’s all patients need. Sometimes the pain isn’t as much physical as mental and emotional and financial, right? They’ve gone through all of this time, energy, they miss work, they spent all this money and now the tooth hurts when they bite on it.
Well, that’s upsetting to them. So it’s important to meet them as a human where they are, but also separate yourself as a human, as someone that has done their best in every moment. And that’s all that was ever asked of us.
[Jaz]This is absolutely communication gold. If anyone was multitasking when Brett was given this most wonderful monologue, you need to hit rewind, just go back the last couple of minutes and just listen to this again.
And just for a few days, just that was absolutely fantastic. I love that. The whole thing about rehearsing in the mirror, we don’t do that enough. And that connection that you make with the patient and yes, ultimately patients need to have that feeling that, okay, I’m in safe hands here. This guy will look after me and that can’t be emphasized enough just to reflect on what you said.
I had a guest Marco Maiolino from Italy on recently and we talked about how we’re always striving for perfection this gold standard but he very much resonates with what you said where if you show up and do our best every day and we call that the daily standard. So what he suggested was Instead of like one or two cases going 10 out of 10 and the rest going four or five out of 10 because you’re particularly putting too much energy.
And if you lift your daily standard to eight out of 10 consistently, we will better serve our patients and try and do that rather than chasing that 10. So I just want to remind everyone of that great reflection. And then going back to clinical on that point of pre-emptive endodontics, selective endodontics.
So once again, April from our community, she mentioned that actually she has been using biodentine with some good success. So previously when she’d be wondering about, ah, should I be having this conversation with the patient? How much are you using biodentine as part of your armamentarium to further reduce your risk or help this scenario? And based on the evidence base and your experience, is this a silver bullet?
[Brett]So biodentine is an interesting material. It’s been around for a while. I haven’t used it as much as I think a lot of other dentists. And I don’t know if it’s a US thing or a global thing. But we do use the bioceramic materials in the same way, right?
Like a material that is non irritating to the pulpal tissue, that’s a nice insulator that can sort of rebuild where the natural dentine protection of the tooth structure has been removed, whether by biology or by bur, but these things are nice because in the past, all that we had to put close to a pulp was irritating, something with huge and all, etc.
And now what we have is examples of something like biodentine or any of the MTA products, the bio ceramic putties, where we actually can sort of kind of protect the pulpal tissue in a way that’s non irritating so that we could potentially extend the life of the pulp. And so I think that’s a very valid way to go.
Again, I think when you’re talking about fillings and things like that composites, that’s going to be a really important part of your armamentarium to maybe put something close to the pulp instead of something that was considered a base back in the day using something like this, that’s a little more biocompatible.
But ultimately, when it comes down to crowns and full coverage, cost full coverage, that’s where cementation comes into play and that’s where it becomes a little bit trickier. So I think bio dentine is a wonderful material. I think one of the reasons it’s not as in vogue is just because to my knowledge, still, it needs to be triturated.
And a lot of the bioceramics, you just basically just push a little bit out of a syringe already premixed, but I think you get a similar result. And so I think it’s a valid comment and definitely a material worth having in your office.
[Jaz]Here’s a real world spit off from that question. We have an international audience here all around the world, and some countries, it’s just not something that they can afford in their clinic. And that’s the truth, right? So out of glass, iron and cement, composite, even amalgam if it was your tooth and it was a deep one and the dentists wanted to try their best to give It the shot for vitality. What should the dentist be using in what’s most likely going to be stocked in their cupboard already? What’s the kindest protocol to the pulp in terms of restorative material to place when you are close to the pulp?
[Brett]That’s really interesting. I think it’s more of like how close are you and are you actually exposed. So if I have any type of exposure, I want to buy a ceramic cement against my pulp tissue 100 percent because the studies would show over volumes using MTA is the sort of essential baseline.
But since then, the bio ceramics as we learn, you know, bio ceramic putty, bio ceramic sealer. They’re all the same material. They’re just different consistencies based on particle size. But what we see is that the pulpal cells will actually grow against it without any zone of necrosis. So to be honest with you, once something like a bio ceramic is up against the pulp, you really need something of a resin to sort of hold it in place and seal it.
So there’s been an advent of something called resin ionomer. One example is from Brasseler, USA. They have what’s called BC Liner. And what’s interesting about this material is that it bonds to both the dentine as well as the bioceramic material. So for instance, if we flip it around from a pulpal exposure and you think about like a perforation.
Same type of scenario, you would put the bioceramic putty down against the vital tissue, and then with this resin ionomer, you can basically just put a bandage over it, light cure it, and it’s bonded to dentin, it’s bonded to the bioceramic, and now that is essentially sealed. So whether it’s a healthy pulp that you’re trying to seal or perforation, this protocol to me is ideal in this day and age.
To your point, though, unfortunately, some of these materials are costly and therefore, some dentists may not have that. So in that situation, I think we have to still go with the old tried and true, which would be something like an I. R. M. Or using some type of base material. But ultimately, we used to talk about pulp exposure or indirect pulp capping, direct pulp capping as death of the pulp.
And with the advent of these bioceramic and bioactive materials, it’s just not so,. And a whole nother topic for your podcast would be vital pulp therapy, which really has come into vogue because we now have biomaterials that allow us to actually protect the pulp. And so if you have an immature tooth, you can do the same protocol over a pulp exposure, even like Cvek pulpotomy and actually allow for the natural Apexogenesis to occur because that pulp tissue will remain vital.
So there’s a lot of exciting things happening. We’ve learned that, there are parts of the world where even from an endodontic perspective, I still teach hand files and I still teach cold lateral condensation because that’s what they have. So it’s important as educators, I believe, to meet our doctors where they are. We can talk about the highest level of expensive materials and the lowest level. And fortunately, the beautiful part is you can still get a great result with either.
[Jaz]Excellent. I mean, that’s very encouraging to hear. And I think you’ve given some good guidelines to consider. The final question I have is from Christos in the community before we talk more about irrigation, right?
So that’s gonna be the more like the part two. The final question is, because on the topic of bioceramics, he asked, is this the death of gutta-percha, GP, are we now doing these bio ceramic sealers in the canals or using the bio ceramics as an alternative to GP, which I know many endodontists have been doing for a while now.
So is there still a place for GP? And I think just to give you some background as a general dentist, I was recently advised by an endodontist that if a general dentist is doing an endo and you’re thinking, hmm, there’s something in doubt here, I don’t think I can get a perfect result due to a myriad of different reasons, then please use something like Tubli-Seal and GP because the re treatment will be easier.
If you, in that scenario, when you can’t get patency or you’re not 100 percent confident, if you use a bioceramic material to fill it, then that re treatment may become more difficult. So I want to learn from you in terms of how far have we come and how have we moved away from GP?
[Brett]So a couple of things on this. So GP, what you have to look at it as, and the way I like to teach it is the gutta-percha is simply a vehicle and it’s a vehicle to essentially drive the sealer against the walls into lateral canals into dental tubules into apical rarifications and all kinds of apical deltas. We know that there is such a tremendous amount of anatomy within the root canal wall.
So you’re using a match cone system, ideally in modern systems where the gutta-percha and the final file that you finished with are the same dimensions, which means that what you’re depending on the gutta-percha to do is to fill the bulk of the center of the canal. While allowing this hydrodynamics, this condensation of hydraulics to push the sealer against the walls.
That’s the goal. Gutta-percha doesn’t seal to anything. So the reality is when bioceramics came into vogue, we started to see this concept of single cone, but the cone was tiny. So it was a bulk of bioceramic sealer and a tiny little central core of gutta-percha. And that’s where the whole retreatment argument began.
Because the reality is, you can’t remove cement from the inside of a canal. So we shifted our thinking and thought, well, we actually could probably get a very similar effect by using a normal size, a match cone gutta-percha to actually drive the sealer against the walls. But still retain the ability to retreat if necessary.
And so that’s essentially what most endodontists are doing. We do the single cone, we put the bioceramic material in the coronal third of the canal. And if you’ll see any of my videos, you can actually see as the gutta-percha comes in like that piston, you see it actually carry the sealer down. And then start to spread it out.
In fact, even getting some extrusion, which we don’t see as harmful at all. In fact, especially with a lesion where it’s more common to happen, it actually has osteogenic potential to actually help the body to form bone because it has hydroxyapatite. That forms on it within about 24 hours, and the body sees that hydroxyapatite as self.
And so it actually instigates healing. So to answer the question for the doctor, no gutta-percha is not going anywhere only because it’s that really nice inert material that can actually facilitate the movement of the sealer where we want it most into the apical rarefications into the lateral walls, et cetera.
But something exciting that’s come onto the market very recently is actually obturation with neither gutta-percha or sealer. And this is a hydro gel material. So a company out of Switzerland named Odne has developed what’s called OdneFill. And what it is, is it’s actually a liquid that you inject and then it has a laser that goes down and actually polymerizes it.
So what you get is an actual root canal filling that is neither gutta-percha and neither sealer. And so we’re seeing some paradigm shifts in thinking. The hydrogel is nice because as it sets, it pushes out just gently, almost like if you think of like oxygen mass being pushed against one’s face to make a seal.
Very similar concept, very easily retreatable. The key though, and again, it’s still in the early stages, but Jaz, think about it with sealer and gutta-percha. You do have some risk of extrusion, right? Whether it’s the sealer gets way out, whether it’s the gutter percha point. And with a material like this, it eliminates the extrusion because it’s basically an aqueous solution.
If it goes past the root, it’s simply absorbed and it can never be hardened because the laser doesn’t go beyond the apex. So just putting it out there to the community, there are some new developments, but right now, what’s nice about the bio ceramic sealer with the gutta-percha, is that there is, and it’s basically, it’s considered single cone, but it’s really called hydraulic condensation.
And the reason is, is you can put some pressure on that gutta-percha and find that the sealer actually can spread. So that’s where you’re seeing these lateral puffs on instagram and you’re seeing these anatomies just get filled with sealer because of the hydraulic nature of the bioceramic sealer, and that’s very exciting isn’t it?
[Jaz]That’s only possible with the heated techniques, right? We can’t achieve that with lateral compaction. We are, if you don’t have the know how or the kit to do it in the hands of the cold lateral compaction, is bioceramic sealer still a good option for a general dentist to use?
[Brett]Yeah, as long as you can sear off the top of the gutta-percha, you really are not putting like an apical penetration of heat. It’s really just, again, that piston of gutta-percha. And when you just condense it, it just puts a little more hydraulic force on the sealer. So yeah, it’s exciting time and just wanted to share that because I think it’s important to open the minds of what’s in research and development. And this is actually an approved material that’s available. And it’s a very new paradigm shift. Obviously, we don’t have a tremendous amount of evidence on any of it, but it’s exciting to think about de risking the endodontic procedure, especially for the GP.
[Jaz]Well, the future of endo is certainly very exciting and that takes us very nicely to irrigation. Okay. So, I know you’re really hot on this. So the proper disinfecting protocols, let’s talk about where we are in 2024. Cause I was taught that sodium hypochlorite is the gold standard. So the first question is, is there anything better yet? Are we still relying on 3%, 5. 25%, wherever it is, sodium hypochlorite?
Jaz’s Outro:There we have it, guys. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. How good was Brett? I told you you’d love him. His direct way of responding is absolutely fantastic. And hopefully now you have a more informed opinion about the relevance of pre emptive endodontics today. Is there a time and place?
Yes. There might be, but it’s all about that patient communication. If you’d like to claim 0.5 CE credits, cause you’ve done all the hard work of actually listening and hopefully we made it just that little bit fun. Head over to the Protrusive Guidance app. Now, if you’re downloading it on Android, you need to first make an account on the website, protrusive. app.
You can actually access it from your laptop, but then once you get your account, you can access it on iOS, Android. And about 99% of the episodes have quizzes. I’ve also got my masterclasses section for those who want to learn further. If you enjoyed this episode and you like what Brett’s doing, then firstly, give it a thumbs up and subscribe.
But don’t forget to join us for part two, where we talk about the latest innovations when it comes to irrigation. But even if you’re not using anything fancy, how can we improve how well your irrigation and disinfection protocols are working in your clinic? today, right now. So it’s another juicy one with Brett coming next week.
I will put Brett’s podcast and links to this episode as well, but the next one he talks more about all the wonderful things he’s doing to support the world of dentistry. Thank you again. I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.

Oct 23, 2024 • 45min
Diamond Burs Made Tangible – Clinical Applications and Guidance – PDP201
Are single-use diamond burs more efficient at cutting?
When should we throw away a bur and pick up a fresh one? How long are they supposed to last? (it’s measured in minutes!)
Are expensive brands a con?
Tiny, but one of the most important tools of our trade…BURS! In a world full of different identifying numbers and names, it can get confusing and even overwhelming.
https://youtu.be/Ol0_XcIbSD8
Watch PDP201 on Youtube
That’s why on today’s episode, we welcome Günter and Marcela from Intensiv, a globally recognised manufacturer of dental burs, where they take great pride in bringing the latest tech to help make our dental procedures that much easier and effective.
In this episode, we cover how diamonds are sourced, what the differences are in colours of burs and how the grain size of diamonds can change our results. There’s lots of amazing tips and tricks here given by the team at Intensiv, so you’ll definitely walk away from this one with something new up your sleeve.
Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below!
HIGHLIGHTS of this Episode:
01:24 Protrusive Dental Pearl
02:03 Introduction to Team Intensiv
05:40 Understanding Bur Codes
10:49 Bur Colours
15:10 When to Use Different Grit Diamonds
18:40 Single Use Burs vs Reusable Burs
24:59 Sourcing Diamonds
29:18 Fixing the Diamonds to the Metal Shank
32:40 Is my bur fit for purpose?
37:30 Drilling Zirconia
39:30 Final Tips
41:20 Contact Intensiv
This episode is eligible for 0.75 CE credit via the quiz below.
AGD Code: 250 Operative (restorative) Dentistry (Preparation Technology)
GDC Learning Outcome: C
Learning Outcomes
Identify the appropriate dental burs for different procedures, considering grit size and material composition, to ensure efficient and safe treatment.
Evaluate the impact of bur selection on patient comfort and procedural outcomes, minimising trauma and maximising efficiency during dental treatments.
Implement best practices for the maintenance and replacement of burs to ensure optimal performance and longevity, thereby improving clinical results and patient satisfaction.
If you liked this episode, you will aslso like: PDP117 – Dental Ceramics in 2022 – Which Ceramic Should I Use
Click below for full episode transcript:
Teaser: Are single use burs better or really more cost effective than our traditional multi use burs? I think the answer is actually going to surprise you. And my biggest pet peeve, the thing I hate the most, is using a bur and it has like zero cutting efficiency. I work in a clinic where we share our burs and we have like different bur kits made up.
Jaz’s Introduction:And so sometimes I use a bur and I hadn’t inspected it and I find that, oh my goodness, this is taking way longer than it should. And of course I have to ask my nurse to go to the stock room to get a brand new bur. But this is frustrating. Like when you are using a bur with less cutting efficiency. It is annoying and it’s actually downright dangerous for the tooth. So how can you tell? Is there an objective way to tell and subjectively, how can you tell exactly the moment when you should bin a bur? So you avoid that horrible scenario.
Hello, Protruserati. I’m Jaz Gulati and welcome back to your favorite dental podcast. I’m joined today by Günter Smailus and Marcella Roba who represent Intensiv. Intensiv is a Swiss based company which specializes in diamonds, so who better to find out more about the use of diamond burs and everything to do with diamonds. It’s a very geeky episode, but I feel diamond burs and diamonds in dentistry, we use them so much, we rely on them so much. I think it’s worth an episode, it’s worth discussing about different diamonds in dentistry.
I have no financial interest with Intensiv, this is not a sponsored episode. But this is very much for the pursuit of knowledge and disseminating information to Protruserati, i. e. you guys, and making everything to do with diamonds clinically relevant.
Dental PearlThe Protrusive Dental Pearl I have for you is when you’re cutting off a zirconia crown. I know that dreading feeling, that anxiety you get about drilling off zirconia crowns. And the top tip is, do not be tempted to use a coarse or a super coarse bur. Maybe you know this already, but actually when you use a coarse bur or a super coarse bur on a zirconia, you are not being efficient. You will be slow and it will generate too much heat.
Instead, go for finer diamonds, go for standard blue grit or go for even red grit diamond. You will actually end up being more efficient at cutting that zirconia. To find out the scientific explanation of why this happens, you’ll have to wait till the end of the episode to find that out. Let’s join now the main interview and I’ll catch you in the outro.
Main Episode:Günter Smailus and Marcella Roba, welcome to the Protrusive Dental Podcast. I mean, for those of you listening right now, Günter is this tall man wearing this lovely red bow tie and in a slightly difference in height, but probably just because Günter’s so tall. We have Marcella and they’re both looking very slick and they’re joining us today from Switzerland. How are you guys?
[Marcella]Thank you very much. Doing great. Thanks.
[Günter]You’re great on the sunny side.
[Jaz]Well, I’m fantastic. I’m really looking forward to a nice geeky discussion about diamonds, because as I was telling you before we hit record, trust me, no matter what you think. When we qualify, we know nothing about the bur codes, about which diamonds indicated when there’s little intricacies.
I think this would be a nice geeky chat and there’s a lot in there for any dentist, because we rely so much on our tools. We rely so much on diamonds. And we ought to know a little bit more and this will actually, I think, make us better clinician. The most frustrating thing ever is when you’re drilling a tooth, removing caries, right?
And things are going slow. And that is not only damaging to the patient’s pulp and the tooth, but it’s also losing us money because time is money. So there’s so much we can gain from this conversation by using the right materials in the correct way. And diamonds are a big part of that. Before we delve in deeper, Günter and Marcella, please can you tell us about yourself? Günter, let’s start with you. Tell us about yourself.
[Günter]Okay. My name is Günter, as we said. I’m in dentistry since more than 40 years now. Let’s say I grew up in dentistry. I’m running this company and the third generation, the company that was more than 80 years on the market. And my background is not dentistry, my background is economics.
So I get it. I’m running the company here with 45 people. And as I said, the third generation and I took already 20 years duty and still I have to do one other 10 years because the first one gets 10 years, 10 years, 30 years, and then myself 30 years or 90 years is my goal here.
[Jaz]Very good. And Marcella, tell us about yourself.
[Marcella]Hi. So I’m Marcella and I come from Italy, but I live here in Switzerland. I’ve been working in Intensiv since 11 years now. I started off as quality manager and now I’m responsible for regulatory affairs. My background is biomedical engineering and surface science, and I’m in this field since, yeah, 11 years.
[Jaz]Fantastic. And I first met you Günter recently, in Valencia. I know we saw each other online and stuff, but we saw each other in Valencia. We did a really cool IPR workshop working with the Swingle and that’s creation by Intensiv. So, before I discovered Intensiv diamonds, I just saw, oh, the Swingle.
And then I discovered that, oh my goodness, Intensiv is this huge brand in diamonds and burs and stuff. And so that kind of came to me like, whoa, that’s so fascinating. In terms of the range of products that you guys do. So you are in a great position to teach us about diamonds. And what I like about you Günter is when I had that chat with you in Valencia planning this, the position you came from was very much education.
Let’s educate the dentists about diamonds and stuff because it’s an important topic rather than from a commercial background. Yes, you represent Intensiv. Yes, you own a company. But you were very much on board that yes, education, education is so important. And I saw that in action teaching with you in Valencia.
That was real good fun. And there was so much I’ve never seen anyone. I told you this. I’ve never seen anyone plan a lecture minute by minute by minute. Please. I was amazed. You literally made all the slides for me. I just had to enter my photos. That was fantastic.
[Günter]Yeah. And then growth by growth almost.
[Jaz]It was phenomenal. It was a lesson on leadership as well. So I admire you as a person, as a leader as well. And it was great to have some good food and drink with you there as well, but getting back on topic. Okay. Where do we start? I think we should start here, right? Basic, basic, basic bur codes, right? So when we are using, let’s say a bur for a crown preparation or a round diamond, for example, to remove some caries, can you just tell us about how the bur codes, the system of naming a bur?
[Günter]Okay. The system of the bur is historical. Historical because in the beginning, when it starts with the burs, we had only let’s say five or seven different forms. And I just said the ball, the cylinder, or as you see here, the football or the egg, we had only five or four. And they said, then this is 800, this is 801, this is 802.
And then they start creating more and you say, okay, did you call that 023? And this is called size 010. So it is a really grow up, step by step. And we still orientated on this. Standard codes for the different forms in total.
[Jaz]So that’s the first part. So like a bur code is actually quite a long number, full stop, long number, full stop. So that’s the first part. The first part describes the shape.
[Günter]That’s right. That’s the shape. But you’re referring now to the number, which is called ISO number. The ISO number is something different. This is complicated stuff because this is almost 12 different digits. And they start actually not with the form number, they start with the shank, if it is in friction grip or the low speed bar, which you have in the contra-angles, that’s a little bit different.
[Jaz]So the friction grip is 314, from memory it’s 314, right?
[Marcella]Friction grip is 314 and 204 is the RA. So the right angle, these are the most common, let’s say, so yeah.
[Günter]I believe me, even if we start teaching, we talk about that since the decades already and dentists, they’re never aligned to the ISO codes. So we do have some companies in the sector that have the ISO codes. Intensiv, never jumped into the ISO codes. We do have the standard form numbers, which we follow, which is a very easy to learn, and then we have our own article numbers. There are companies outside, they have their own article numbers.
For example, when you see this thin bur next to me here, the long one, this one, this is called, well, that’s a D6. Just a D like Delta and then six, that’s easier. So we try an Intensiv to bring barcodes more closer to the customer, making the ball is just a 200 or 199 or 201. It’s more easier, more easier for the assistants instead of having the 12 digit number, because they can error very easy.
So I can tell you, I must tell you, all students, it’s almost better to start with the form numbers and then getting the idea of the different numbers from the industries, because in the industry, they do a lot with ISO codes. None of them works with ISO code. This is something which has been invented sometimes and then was never really followed because there’s a reason behind it.
Just guess just if we would use the ISO code and my colleague my competition would use the ISO code for the same instrument the ball there would be a confusion. Because if I don’t say this is the Intensiv ISO coder, this is the Komet ISO code, that’s not possible. So the ISO code makes a reunification of one Industry, but it’s not we have very many industry and we differ a lot. So one of them could use a different setup from the other one.
[Jaz]That’s a really insightful and just to talk about that difference. So it is an 802 with one company, the same as an 802 with another company.
[Günter]The phone number. Yes.
[Jaz]So it would describe the same shape.
[Günter]Yeah, the shape. We have about one of the different shapes in the line. And even our competitors, they have, it’s about 100, some they have 90, some they have 110, depends what you define as a shape or a different shape.
But these numbers, they are common. They are common because they are historically grown. And then we have it called the article number or the reference number, and everybody is free. Everybody is free to choose. His own reference number and Intensiv being 80 years on the market far before ISO came in place, and why should we change our article numbers because generation of dentists, they know that this wonderful diamond here is called D6.
So when we start making a 12 digit number for that article, we would lose a lot or they would not cite of that anymore and they would just send it out and they would get from any industry something because they have the same ISO code. ISO code is just telling you this is the length, this is the form, this is the grid size. And that’s it.
[Jaz]You were pointing to the red grit diamond behind you. So let’s talk about the different colors. If you just describe, do they like K files, for example, they follow ISO colors, basically do diamonds generally follow the same coloring system, i. e. white would be the finest and going up to green and black.
How many different grits of diamond are there and is this standardized? So is a green grit with one company, the same as a green grit in another company? So I want to know that as well, but just give us a little overview flavor of different coarseness of diamonds.
[Marcella]Yeah. So yes, the colors identify the diamond crystal grain sizes, and they are given by standard. There is an eyes of standard, which specify which color corresponds to which range. In the eyes of standard, there are six colors, which identify a certain range, which is quite broad. Here in Intensiv, just to give an example, we range from finer diamond grain sizes, which is 8 microns in orange, and then we go up to the 150 micron grain size of the diamond crystal, which is identified with the black color which is the super coarse, let’s say, and then there are all these grains in the middle.
So the standard gives six color specifications. What happens here in Intensiv is that we follow the standard, but we also have more colors because we have a special feature. Maybe I could start mentioning something about this now, which is about the dimension distribution of the grain sizes in a lot of diamonds.
So here at Intensiv, we have a very narrow distribution. So if you think of the Gaussian distribution curve, which shows the percentage of diamond crystals inside the population, which have a certain size, the Intensiv Gaussian distribution of its diamonds, it’s very narrow and tall, meaning that, for example, if we’re talking about a 40 microns, a really high percentage of diamond crystals in this plot, they are actually 40 microns. And you have a very, very small percentage, which differ and are a bit lower or a bit higher.
[Günter]In other words, ISO says, okay, if you have the red ring, that gives you medium, medium grit size and the code then for 25 to 60. So the grade coarse goes from 25 to 60, and in the middle you got most than 40, but you have 25 and 60. Intensiv, they have 25, we have 40, we have 50, and we have 60. So we have instead of one red, one for all four, we have four different ones because we are able to get that crystals much better sorted.
[Jaz]Are there any advantages? So, for example, if you have a bur that’s red grit and it has some percentage 25, some percentage 40, some percentage 60, how will that result in a clinical difference to a burr that has just 50, for example, throughout?
[Marcella]Maybe, yeah, so if you have a bur, which is very precise, it’s in its distribution. This is fantastic because this means that you are very precise and very efficient with your cutting with the abrasion performance. If you have a bur where the distribution of the diamond crystals is not so precise and it’s broader, then you have a high percentage of crystals which are lower in dimension.
This means that the bur is less efficient and then you have also a high percentage of crystals which are higher in dimension. This means that the surface is not As smooth as it should be, because maybe you have some cuts and some scratches given by these bigger sizes of crystals. If it is very precise, you don’t have this problem. Efficiency and precision.
[Günter]This is especially valid for medium and fine grit because of the scratches. If a dentist relies on a red ring bur, they say, okay, this is medium. And they find two, four, five, ten crystals. I enlarge it in, they get scratches on the composite fillings. And that’s always bad, you know that, they take this and that, smoothen that, another rubber polisher to get it smooth because a scratch on a filling is always bad that bad notice, so with Intensiv, we guarantee that there’s no scratches. Absolutely not. When it comes to-
[Jaz]It makes sense. And I imagine if you were to blow it up and zoom in on a scanning electron microscope, you would see that difference based on uniform, grit versus a variable grit. Just give us an overview if you don’t mind both of you on when bur producers are making different grit burs.
Just a classical indications. For example, when I’m finishing a composite, I might like to use a red or a yellow. When I’m preparing, I’ll pick up the blue green or when do you recommend the black? What is the indication for the black, the super coarse one? I don’t see many of those burs around. Is it because they’re more expensive or is there because there’s not much use in dentistry?
[Günter]Well, there are not much use. Let’s say that, in the past we had a tendency to the coarse grits because the speed of the turbines, everything was not that good developed and dentists tend to get coarse grits to get the job done as you said before. We count in minutes maybe five or ten minute blocks. I would like to get that preparation done so when they choose when the dentists choose the one the 150 or 125 black or green marked grit they get it faster done, of course because of the corset grain. But it is some kind of traumatic as well for the tooth because it’s really rough that get some cracks. It is a risk of cracks, and you know what a crack mean after 10 years. And that’s why we from Intensiv, we recommend for preparation, the blue one, the blue is 80 micron.
It’s wonderful. Today, it drove by electric tow bike. Red ring is a constant 200, 000 or 160, 000 tons a minute. And that’s wonderful. That’s a wonderful job. The actual bike, I understand that the actual bike, you tend to get that coarser because when you press, you come down from 200 to 100, 000 or 80, 000 turns because you’re pressing, you’re blocking that air system.
And that’s why the trend with the red ring contra angle. It comes more and more to the smoother grains like 80 or we call it standard grain means silver, no color on the bur. And that’s, that’s, I’m happy to see that I must tell you, after all that years being in the sector, I do not like the cost first.
Because even for the patient, it’s really tough having that vibration because they’ve got a lot of vibration in the jaw, and that’s not comfortable. So I always teach dentists, especially young dentists, start with 80. You’re good enough. It’s fine for abrasion. So when you start abrading something, take the 80 micron, the blue ring, and then right here, you can take them the 40.
For the red ring for shaping and then the yellow one for finishing and polishing. We have then in between the 60 micron, the gold bar, we call it gold ring, gold bur. And this is more something in between. You can guess it. That’s 80, that’s 40 and we have 60. Guess what? Veneer preparation, we’d like to have a minimal invasive prep done, just a little bit, maybe partial just a little bit, so we take the 50 and that’s it, we just start with the 50. We do not need a smooth surface for that because we have some adhesion and then that’s why we have that medium grits in between.
[Jaz]Very good. And I think the next question from this is when we are looking at the different types of burs, because it makes sense to me why there’s so many blue now that I see because your answer just answered that. But now we’re seeing also some clinics that are using the disposable one time single use diamond.
So I would love to know when I speak to some clinicians, they say, I am a prosthodontist and I need to prep quickly. And so I don’t want to use a diamond that’s already been used because the efficiency is less. So if I’m using single use diamonds, yes, it might cost me initially to open the packet.
And this is single use, you don’t get to use it again, but because the efficiency benefits it gives me, they prefer it. Do you think there’s any truth to this? Do you have any opinions or arguments in terms of, okay, what is better for a clinic? Or does it depend? Is a single use better or something that is a multi use like we traditionally have in clinics?
[Günter]We would say that the single use is probably, if you’re in the high performance, it’s good for a very short job. Let’s say if three minutes or five minutes separation, that’s okay. But then the performance starts going down. So in multiple use bur, they have much longer performance.
From Intensiv, you can easily count on 30 minutes performance. So just guess, making a crown preparation and choosing a single bur half of the job or quarter of the job, you need to reload a new bur. Then you get the second bur, then you reload again and get that bur you know, that’s what we know, that what is feedback from our clinicians that the single bur drives me crazy because I have to reload always because they get weak very fast.
The multiple job bur gets works much longer for longer jobs. For the shorter jobs, of course, it’s wonderful because we have multiple use. You would name the cost, single burs. I always tell dentists when they come to me and tell me why I’m taking seeing it, but cost only $1 that you’re very rich, you know, we are really rich because a multiple bur costs you $10 and use it 20 times. So you pay half, so okay. I didn’t know that. And maybe sometimes people then do not make really calculation what it means having a single per year, maybe the one cost, maybe good.
[Marcella]Then I’ll supply it by all the time you need to get a new bur. And another thing is that the feedback we have from our doctors and clinicians we talk to, we feel that multiple use is still the major direction that dentists are going towards.
And for various reasons what Günter mentioned now, but also, the fact that to have a sustainable, just single use on the market industry is not ready yet. Because this would mean a lot of raw material. Think about all the burs that we need to multiply by 10, 20 in comparison to what is already now around. There might be in the future, we don’t know, maybe for regulatory reasons, some pressure worth to go in that direction. But, not so far.
[Günter]Not seen on the horizon. Nothing seen. And we see some trend in some countries, especially the United States, the United States, you may divide already a little bit half of them, they’re using single coarse, but not really single, what we know is they take it a second and third time, and then the other one, they take the multiple ones.
What Marcella said is about the industry, it’s right, if you would guess 500 million words per year in production worldwide, just the guess, I don’t know that this is exact, but more or less it should work. And then you multiply that by 10. The industry is not ready.
We do not have the capacity to do that. And the other point is we can’t get the cost down, you know. What I have heard from many friends from myself is that they say, you know I would go for single bur if I pay 30 cents or 40 cents per bur. It makes sense to do that, I say yes, this is probably the multiple bur cost by time. It’s okay. But yeah, we have metal as raw material. We have diamond crystals. It’s not feasible. The raw material doesn’t deliver that cost. It’s simply not possible to do so.
[Jaz]I bet that most of the Protruserati, our colleagues listening and watching today did not know that a standard bur should be used for 30 minutes before it starts to lose its cutting efficiency. So, I will include that as one of the questions in the quiz for the certification at the end. So for those listening, watching, remember this answer of 30 minutes at the end. And I think, you know what? There’s always a role of something, right? And I do think that perhaps the kind of environment where the single use could be beneficial is if you run an emergency clinic.
And trying to disinfect things is maybe a bit more difficult between patients. And you need to literally go inside and get to the pulp and put some medicine in and that’s it. And you’re just drilling time is two, three minutes only. That might make sense in emergency clinic. But for someone who’s doing preparations and crown preps, it makes sense that you get more, a better cost effectiveness of using a more traditional bur.
Now, when we are talking about cutting efficiency and time of cutting. Basically, you mentioned something very interesting at the Valencia lecture, and you meant you were talking to the dentist. You were saying that your diamonds are I think you used the word natural. Is that right? Your diamonds are naturally sourced.
And later I asked you is I have no idea what that means. What’s the difference between naturally source and what’s the alternative. So teach us about where your diamonds come from and why is that significant?
Interjection:Hey guys, it’s Jaz. It’s interfering to ask you, have you joined Protrusive Guidance yet? It is the community, the nicest and geekiest dentist in the world. We have kind of geeky discussions just like these. We talk about cases, we talk about clinical techniques to improve our success and ultimately benefit our patients. We do manually verify that each person applying to join the community is a dentist.
So we will ask for certification and we will look you up. So bear with us in our manual verification checks, but this is super important to create this a safe and thriving network. You can access on your laptop or your phone by going to protrusive. app. That’s the website, or you can just download it on iOS, Android by typing in protrusive guidance. If you love Protrusive, you’ll love Protrusive Guidance. I hope to see you there. Let’s join back to learn more about diamonds.
[Marcella]Yeah, I can start. So, first of all, diamond is the solid form of carbon in a crystal matrix, okay? So, it, in nature, it is produced over time with extremely high pressures and extremely high temperatures down underneath in the earth mantle, 150 to 250 kilometers usually.
And in billion years they develop and then after volcanic eruptions, maybe they come up third phase. They are brought up by the volcano and then they can be harvested and then they can be used .So, through this process you get a natural diamond, which has a very unique feature. Well, in general, diamond is the hardest material on earth, and so it can basically abrade any surface, any material.
This is why it’s so important in dentistry. And also, the diamond crystals are very irregular, and they have sharp edges. And these features make natural diamonds perfect for doing this abrasive job in dentistry. I don’t know if you want to add something.
[Günter]Maybe the audience may be interested how we get that, how we get that small pieces, so that’s in it. We do not take this one, the brilliant, no, no. This is for jewelry. Everything what is found larger than a millimeter or two goes to jewelry. We get these piece of very, very small crystal, like a sugar crystal, or even less, more than a little bit crystal.
And this you find in the sand of the desert. For example, in the desert of the southern Afrikan part, it was million of years, this was volcanic area. There’s a lot of diamonds, the most diamond mining is in that areas. And they find it in the sand in the sea sand in the desert sand. So let’s take 20 tons of sand filter that and get then the crystals out, the small small 1%. This is for industry a big profit from this we get it from this. Then these are sorted out in different microns, we take out all the 14 microns all the 16 microns. And as Marcella said, we are very good at making the sortings, the sorting of it.
The other companies, they say, okay, ISO allows me to get a broader range, so I can make a more or less sorting, and Intensiv would take a very precise sorting of these crystals. But interesting is that we take it really from nature. Industrial means that they just take carbon, put it in the oven, making heat. Making pressure and get it out some hours later. So the difference is millions and some hours, and then that’s-
[Jaz]And so how does that relate to the, is that actually imparting difference in the quality of the final product in terms of the cutting efficiency, this in the oven, a couple of hours versus millions of years. Is that actually a difference?
[Günter]Well, we would say, yes, there is a different, especially in the shaping and in the pureness of diamonds. When you get that naturally done, you need to get forms for that. And you need to build that into forms. Normally they use metal forms. Then all these diamond crystals, they have metal substances in.
And you’re taking the bur on 200, 000 turns per minute, and with the metal substances you get heat. You have much more heat and with the diamond crystal from nature, it has nothing just carbon. And although that that’s one of the major difference in using the heat, the cutting, the performance of the diamond is different.
You can take the natural diamond is probably more compact than the crystal of the industrial diamond. So when we say to our dentists, they say, sometimes the diamonds are smaller on the bur. No, no. It’s not, you’re just seeing the diamonds deep into the matrix. You just see the iceberg, not really the diamond, the other diamonds, which has been before on the earth, they’re gone, they’re off, they’re not used up, never a diamond, the natural diamond never used up, they won’t break.
[Jaz]And so I guess the next logical question is how are the actual diamonds fixated to the metal shank? What’s the technology used to actually put the diamond on the metal?
[Günter]That’s something for Marcella.
[Marcella]I can try to explain. So we use the electroplating technique. This means that we have a special electroplating containers containing the liquid for electroplating. And then we have diamond crystals inside this liquid and of course we have our instrument inside as well which needs to be coated. So the electroplating starts, we have metallic ions, which are deposited through electroplating on the surface of the bur, and as they deposit and they form a metallic layer, they embed the diamond crystals, which are inside liquids.
Now, to give you an idea, maybe it would be nice to have a picture, like an image in mind. So, we can think about a nice mountain lake, for example. So this lake has all sorts of parts, pieces inside, wooden pieces, for example. Yeah, they’re floating on the surface, or maybe inside if you’re soaked with water.
What happens when winter comes? So the lake, the water freezes, and as it freezes it gets harder, and these pieces which are embedded inside, they get fixed. They are stuck inside the frozen water. So you can think of the diamond coating on a bur just as this mountain lake. So the frozen water is like the metallic matrix and the wooden pieces inside are like the diamond crystals which get fixed, embedded and fixed and hard, very, very hardly stuck inside the metallic matrix. And I hope this maybe was a nice picture to imagine how the process works, but the official term is electroplating.
[Jaz]And so when we’re using these burs, and they are losing their efficiency, so let’s say we’re getting to a bur that’s been used for maybe 40 minutes, beyond that 30 minute, is the diamond, and maybe you’ve already mentioned this so I apologize, but is the diamond actually becoming smaller, or is it becoming less sharp, or is it actually breaking away from the metal? How is it losing its efficiency?
[Marcella]The diamond is staying exactly the same. It’s not getting smaller in shape, it’s maintaining its sharp edges. It’s just the fact that it’s been released from the matrix.
[Günter]Break out.
[Marcella]It breaks out.
[Günter]Yeah. It breaks out with the time. We have an outbreak already in the first minute, because we have some always on the shank, which is not anchored that much into the lake. In the frozen lake, let’s say, and then there are pieces that are much deeper into the frozen lake, it’s half in or two thirds in, they stay down there. So then you can estimate that at the end, you may believe that they are used up or gone bad, you’ll see only the small tips out of the frozen lake and then the hot the large pieces inside. So because you can’t use up the nickel matrix, oh, that’s not possible. You can’t get the other ones, the ones and the nickel markets inside. They’re gone They are in.
[Jaz]This is when we’re looking at a bur that we’ve used for a long time, we see that the color, there’s almost like a color difference, right? You’re seeing more metal show through. So my final question is a very clinically relevant one is the following.
And we have this problem in our practice where we use burs that go to the autoclave and they come back and we have these certain bur pots and all the dentists use them. And the most frustrating thing as a dentist is picking up a bur and it’s no longer fit for purpose or already been used too much.
And I hate that so much. So I’m very hot on, if I see a bur that is a bit knackered because look, the bur does not tell us, oh, I’ve been used for 27 minutes. I’ve been used for five minutes. I’ve been used for four or five days. We need to look and guess. And so can you give us any clues for our dental assistants, nurses, and dentists, when we are looking at a burr, how much magnification do we use, what are the telltale signs that maybe it’s time to order a new bur?
[Marcella]So I can mention maybe about the signs, which allow to understand if a bur needs to be replaced. When you see that, if it’s totally metallic in color, you don’t see any more diamond means that it’s totally worn out. When you see 50 percent of diamond coverage, that means that it needs to be replaced.
Half, more or less half. This means that it needs to be replaced. I would say that. May I add also another thing that if the bur looks white, then this means that it has enamel or ceramic debris clogged or composite clogged. And so maybe, okay, it’s not no longer efficient. The doctor tries to use it and has to apply a lot of pressure to compensate.
It looks like it’s no longer working. And it will give heat, exactly. But the only thing is that it needs to be rinsed. And cleaned, and this debris and clogging removed. To resume it, to make it proper.
[Günter]Never accept the white bur. And should never accept the silver bur. And absolutely hate the black bur. Because when the bur comes, black is burnt off, that’s gone, ultimately gone, but if you arrange between white and silver, it’s really good to tell the assistants, if you have a white bur, clean it until you can’t see any white spots on that, because we do not need them.
It’s from the patient before and then the other one is if you see less than half average, take a new one in my bur block because it’s better for me, with the half coverage, I can’t work anymore. So it’s-
[Jaz]I like this guideline of a half coverage. So this is a visual inspection that we do. I imagine it’s better with magnification, using loops and having a good look and seeing, yes, what kind of coverage there is. I wish there was like a quick test that you could do like, okay, yep, this is gone. This is not, but we have to rely on visual and hopefully before we start using the bur and realize that way.
[Günter]We have the same wish, the same wish. So far we haven’t find the right feasible technique because it’s too much reflecting. The diamond is transparent, the metal is reflecting and whatever we try to do, it doesn’t work because it gives us different results. And, but anyway, what is properly nice for the office, for the assistant in the sterilisation room, you place some two photographs, the good one and the bad one, the half coverage and the full coverage.
And they said to their assistant, when you see that with a half coverage, that’s gone. Whenever you see close to what I see completely, leave it, place it again, please. So to support that with the picture, because people love picture like this.
[Marcella]People love picture.
[Günter]Just telling them, look, is this half? I don’t know. Maybe just start this one. I don’t know.
[Jaz]Comparison photo makes a lot of sense. If anything, someone’s going to be a superstar. Here’s what they do. They get a brand new bur photo and then they use it for like one patient and then they can photo, and then they use the second page, take it to photo.
And then they have a series of the same bur. That would be, then you’re like the nurse kind of charting it. Like, where is it? Like a scale. That would be cool. Maybe you have this photo already and you can send it to me.
[Günter]We haven’t done that yet, but we could make it, but please, there are more parameters, not just the usage, you know. I must admit that the 30 minutes with a status, it’s variable. There are dentists, they have good muscle. They are, right, strong, and they press. And then the 30 minute goes down to 20, because the burs goes off easier, because you’re pressing too much. Then there are very feminine dentist, they have a soft plan, very nice, very sensitive, they even give you 40 minutes, no problem.
[Marcella]It’s actually the diamond which is doing the work, the creation, not the strength. So this is a very important concept.
[Jaz]And the other thing to bear in mind here then is depends what you’re cutting, the substrate. Like if you’re cutting soft caries, that’s not going to do anything to the diamond. Whereas if you’re cutting ceramic and metal and you’re removing all, you’re cutting old crowns off and you’re having to work hard, that would obviously reduce that time. Is that a fair statement?
[Günter]That’s absolutely correct. The most worth is zirconia. Zirconia is the most worth for diamond burs. Then we come really in the multiple yield bur becomes a single yield bur because of the material. However, industry is especially intense that we place a special bur for that with a special coating, a special extra coating to get the bonding better done. Because the key for zirconia bur is to leave the crystals in place. That was our goal and we found that after years of testing we found the bonding, which is more expensive of course, but it works much better to cut zirconia. So many dentists-
[Jaz]I’ve heard and I’ve tested as well that a red grit or a yellow grit diamond is going to be better and more efficient at cutting zirconia. And, but yes, you’ll need to use a few of them than using a coarse burr to cut zirconia.
[Günter]Of course, because the coarse is clogging, the coarse is clogging. In fact, in seconds, the fine grid, you must just imagine that’s fine or medium grid. You have many crystals on that piece. And the part in between the crystal is not that large. If you have larger crystals, automatically the path between the crystal becomes larger. But there are large neighbors, the neighbors.
So that’s why the coarse ones are clogging much faster than the fine ones and the medium ones. You’re absolutely right. We are from the industry, we say the blue one. The blue one is the ideal one to start cutting zirconia. Oh, it’s good. And double water. Double water helps because of washing of the instrument. Yeah, the rinsing is really important. And then for secondia, just have an extra water supplied. It works better. It’s not because of the heat, it’s because of the cleaning.
[Jaz]That’s very helpful because often in this scenario, we may need to cut off a zirconia. I personally have been using red grit diamond with good success. Yes, I’m able to use two, but I’m much quicker. Yeah. But if I change that bur quickly, I can get the crown off sooner than if I use, like, if you use a green, like just like you said, it makes sense. Like it’s too coarse. The clogging is happening. So, you’ve given a scientific reason for that.
So I appreciate that. That’s all the questions that I had. Is there anything else you’d like to add that dentists should know about when working with diamonds. Like we covered a few important working tips, like, how to recognize when the diamonds worn out a few little tips about to think about the minutes we learned a little bit, a bit more about diamonds in terms of how it’s made and how it’s affixed to the bur. Is there anything else that you think educationally we should know?
[Günter]Yes. We have many different sizes in the bur, the bur line. So many days that they ask and say why do I have a long cylinder short cylinder and so on and this is because when the time of burs used you better use a full surface of the bur.
Never use only the tip or only the middle part, you know. That’s not good for the bur, it’s not good for the tooth. So, whenever you have the application, watch on the tooth. The tooth at that size, then choose the right dimension of the bur for that, to applicate the full bur on the tooth.
When we have the occlusion to be done here, larger occlusion, larger egg. Smaller occlusion, smaller egg place. So, it helps a lot, because the burnout of the bur-
[Marcella]More uniform.
[Günter]Yeah, more uniform. The other one is, never use a bur for Endo, Exos because then you just get all this, I thought it grew out to make it old.
[Jaz]So basically don’t use the standard crown prep bur that you rely on for making your margin for the endo access. Because yeah, you’re right, because we look at these burs and 99 percent of the bur looks amazing. And the most important bit, the tip is looking like pretty much metallic, the diamonds are gone and that’s not very good either.
[Günter]Yeah, that’s right. That’s my addition here. Yeah, that’s right.
[Jaz]Very useful. Very helpful. Günter and Marcella, thank you so much for your time. I appreciate learning about it. Please tell us more about dentists who want to start looking into different diamonds, your brand, how is it distributed? Where can they get in touch? Learn more about Intensiv. You obviously look after your product very much, your brand very much in terms of the quality of diamonds that you produce. I use your Swingle a lot in for IPR, as you know. Which is why we did the workshop together as well. But tell us more about how dentists can learn more for you guys.
[Günter]Okay. Mostly dentists can learn on further education courses. We do support a lot of courses from university, from other institutes, but mostly dentists get our products in all markets through dental dealers. So we do work for dental dealer networks, like Shine Dental or Dental Director in UK or GACD in France or whatever, you know, name it.
But this is, we never sell directly to the dentist. However, we are in touch with dentists. We have a website, www.intensiv.Ch for Switzerland, and we get contacts to many dentists. So whenever dentists have questions, of course, they’re invited to contact us directly. We love that. We love to talk to dentists. We go on exhibitions every year, maybe 20 or 30 days of the year.
We are outside in exhibitions. We’re making ourselves a Congress in Lugano, which is a nice place to be because Intensiv is located in the south of Switzerland, in Lugano, in the Italian part. And we run a two day congress here every day, every year, with about 10 to 15 speakers from four different countries almost. And that’s a lot of things to get closer to Intensiv. And to learn more about application, about our instruments.
[Jaz]I appreciate your time. And Marcella, you’re pretty much working full time with Intensiv at the moment. You’re a very scientific role. Thank you for your time.
[Günter]Great. Thank you to the audience. A great thank you to you. You had wonderful work. Loved it. You are challenging us here a lot and look forward to getting more of that. Because it’s really good to get challenged and getting this discussion done. We love that. It’s nice.
[Jaz]Amazing.
[Marcella]So yeah, we look forward to more, hopefully.
Jaz’s Outro:Appreciate it. Thank you so much. There we have it, guys. Thank you so much for staying all the way to the end. We now know why we should be using finer diamonds and not the super coarse diamond that you can find when you’re cutting off zirconia. And hopefully now we can actually be a little bit more astute when it comes to assessing our diamonds and knowing when it’s time to say goodbye and opening a fresh pack.
Ultimately, your efficiency will be better and you’re actually not heating up the pulp so much. I want to thank Intensiv for giving up their time, Günter and Marcella. And of course, I want to thank you, the Protruserati. You can get CPD. You can get 45 minutes CPD or CE credit and a certificate sent to you by answering our quiz on Protrusive Guidance.
There are hundreds of hours of CPD to be gained just from the episodes alone, let alone the premium content and the mini courses that we have on Protrusive Guidance. You can either pay monthly or pay an annual, and you get a bit of a discount when you pay annual as well. So if you’re not already part of the nicest and geekiest dentists in the world, do check out Protrusive Guidance.
And I thank you again for listening all the way to the end. I’ll catch you same time, same place next week. Bye for now.


